DOWNLOAD PDF : John Deere 870GLC Excavator Repair and Test Technical Manual TM13343X19 (1) by www.heydownloads.com

870GLC Excavator Repair (PIN: 1FF870GX__F890001— )

REPAIR TECHNICAL MANUAL 870GLC Excavator TM13343X19 10JUN20 Kevin Ryland 618 Anderton Road 308 Comox BC V9M 0C3 Canada Email address: k.ryland2014@gmail.com

Worldwide Construction And Forestry Division PRINTED IN U.S.A.

(ENGLISH)

Introduction Foreword This manual is written for an experienced technician. Essential tools required in performing certain service work are identified in this manual and are recommended for use. Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the introduction of this manual and the cautions presented throughout the text of the manual.

Information is organized in groups for the various components requiring service instruction. At the beginning of each group are summary listings of all applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools, other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits, specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values.

This is the safety-alert symbol. When this symbol is seen on the machine or in this manual, be alert for the potential of personal injury.

Technical manuals are concise guides for specific machines. They are on-the-job guides containing only the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing, and repair.

Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair the components. Operation and test sections help to quickly identify the majority of routine failures quickly.

Fundamental service information is available from other sources covering basic theory of operation, fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type of failures and their causes. MM16284,00026ED -19-10FEB20-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=2

Introduction

Manual Identification—READ THIS FIRST!

TX1092252A —UN—13MAY11

IMPORTANT: Use only supporting manuals designated for each specific machine. If incorrect manual is chosen, improper service may occur. Verify product identification number (PIN) when choosing the correct manual. Choosing the Correct Supporting Manuals John Deere excavators are available in different machine configurations based on the various markets into which they are sold. Different supporting manuals exist for different machine configurations. When necessary, product identification numbers are listed on the front covers of excavator manuals. These numbers are used to identify the correct supporting manual for the machine.

PIN Plate Location

1 Model

870GLC

Product Identification Number The product identification number (PIN) plate (1) is located on the front, right corner of the cab. Each machine has a 17-character PIN (2) shown on PIN plate.

Product Identification Number

*1FF870GX__F890001*

JOHN DEERE DEERE & COMPANY MOLINE, ILLINOIS, USA MADE IN JAPAN

TX1191042 —UN—24JUN15

Hydraulic Excavator

Example of PIN Plate 1— PIN Plate

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

2— 17-Character PIN

CN93077,0000571 -19-07JUL15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=3

Introduction

The following is an example for a machine that meets Final Tier 4 and Stage IV emission levels:

The PIN identifies the producing factory, machine model number, machine option, year of manufacture, engine emission level, and machine serial number.

17-Character PIN Examples 1

• (1—3) World Code: Identifies location where machine is manufactured.

1FF .................

World Code (manufacturing location)

_ ....................

Manufacturing Year Code (variable)

D .................

2013

E .................

2014

1DW ............

Davenport Works

F .................

2015

1T8 ..............

Thibodaux Works

G ................

2016

1T0 ..............

Dubuque Works

1FF ..............

Deere—Hitachi (Kernersville, NC, USA)

1F9 ..............

Deere—Hitachi (Indaiatuba, São Paulo, Brazil)

• (11) Engine Emission Code: Represents engine emission certification.

F ....................

Engine Emission Code

• (4—8) Machine Model and Series Identifier: Identifies

C ................ D ................

Tier 3 and Stage III A

870G ...............

E .................

Interim Tier 4 and Stage III B

model number and series.

Machine Model and Series Identifier

NOTE: Characters 7—8 identify series and major machine configuration options. These characters will change from one machine to another. X.....................

Machine Option Code (variable)

X .................

Base Machine Model

R .................

HYEX Military Excavators

• (9) Check Letter: This is a random character assigned

by the factory. This is not used in machine identification.

_ ....................

Tier 2 and Stage II

F .................

Final Tier 4 and Stage IV

G ................

Interim Tier 4 and Stage III A (19-56 kW)

H .................

Final Tier 4 and Stage III A (19-37 kW)

J ..................

Final Tier 4 and Stage III B (37-56 kW)

K .................

Final Tier 4 (8-19 kW)

• (12—17) Machine Serial Number: Identifies machine serial number. This character will change from one machine to another.

890001 ............

Machine Serial Number

Check Letter (variable)

• (10) Manufacturing Year Code: Identifies year of machine manufacture.

CN93077,0000571 -19-07JUL15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=4

Introduction

Technical Information Feedback Form We need your help to continually improve our technical publications. Please copy this page and FAX or mail your comments, ideas and improvements. SEND TO:

John Deere Dubuque Works 18600 South John Deere Road Attn: Publications, Dept. 324 Dubuque, IA 52004-0538 USA

FAX NUMBER:

1-563-589-5800 (USA)

Publication Number:

Page Number:

Ideas, Comments:

Name:

Phone:

Email Address:

THANK YOU! TX,TM,FAX -19-03JUL01-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=5

Introduction

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=6

Contents Section 00—General Information

Group 9900—Dealer Fabricated Tools

Group 0001—Safety Group 0003—Torque Values

Section 01—Tracks Group 0130—Track System

Section 02—Axles and Suspension Systems Group 0250—Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears Group 0260—Hydraulic System

Section 04—Engine Group 0400—Removal and Installation

Section 05—Engine Auxiliary System Group 0510—Cooling Systems Group 0530—External Exhaust Systems Group 0560—External Fuel Supply Systems

Section 08—Splitter Drive Group 0800—Removal and Installation Group 0851—Gears, Shafts, and Bearings

Section 17—Frame or Supporting Structure Group 1740—Frame Installation Group 1749—Chassis Weights

Section 18—Operator's Station Group 1800—Removal and Installation Group 1810—Operator Enclosure Group 1821—Seat and Seat Belt Group 1830—Heating and Air Conditioning

Section 19—Sheet Metal Group 1910—Hood or Engine Enclosure Group 1921—Grille and Grille Housing

Section 33—Excavator Group 3302—Buckets Group 3340—Frames Group 3360—Hydraulic System

Section 43—Swing System Group 4350—Mechanical Drive Elements Group 4360—Hydraulic System

Section 99—Dealer Fabricated Tools

Original Instructions. All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice. COPYRIGHT © 2020 DEERE & COMPANY Moline, Illinois All rights reserved. A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION ™ Manual Previous Editions Copyright © 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

870GLC Excavator

061020

PN=1

Contents

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=2

Contents

Section 00 General Information

Page Page

Group 0001—Safety Recognize Safety Information ................... 00-0001-1 Follow Safety Instructions.......................... 00-0001-1 Operate Only If Qualified ........................... 00-0001-1 Wear Protective Equipment....................... 00-0001-2 Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications.......................................... 00-0001-2 Control Pattern Selector—If Equipped ............................................... 00-0001-2 Add Cab Guarding for Special Uses ...................................................... 00-0001-2 Inspect Machine ........................................ 00-0001-3 Stay Clear of Moving Parts........................ 00-0001-3 Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ....................... 00-0001-3 Avoid High-Pressure Oils .......................... 00-0001-4 Work In Ventilated Area............................. 00-0001-4 Avoid Static Electricity Risk When Refueling ............................................... 00-0001-5 Prevent Fires ............................................. 00-0001-6 In Case of Machine Fire ............................ 00-0001-6 Prevent Battery Explosions ....................... 00-0001-7 Handle Chemical Products Safely.............. 00-0001-7 Handle Starting Fluid Safely ...................... 00-0001-7 Decommissioning — Proper Recycling and Disposal of Fluids and Components ................................... 00-0001-8 Prepare for Emergencies........................... 00-0001-8 Clean Debris from Machine ....................... 00-0001-9 Use Steps and Handholds Correctly ................................................ 00-0001-9 Start Only From Operator's Seat ............... 00-0001-9 Use and Maintain Seat Belt ....................... 00-0001-9 Prevent Unintended Machine Movement............................................ 00-0001-10 Avoid Work Site Hazards......................... 00-0001-10 Keep Riders Off Machine ........................ 00-0001-11 Avoid Backover Accidents ....................... 00-0001-11 Avoid Machine Tip Over .......................... 00-0001-12 Inspect and Maintain ROPS .................... 00-0001-12 Travel Safely............................................ 00-0001-13 Prevent Acid Burns.................................. 00-0001-13 Use Special Care When Lifting Objects ................................................ 00-0001-14 Add and Operate Attachments Safely................................................... 00-0001-14 Park and Prepare for Service Safely................................................... 00-0001-14 Service Cooling System Safely ............... 00-0001-15 Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating ................................................ 00-0001-15 Make Welding Repairs Safely ................. 00-0001-15 Drive Metal Pins Safely ........................... 00-0001-16

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

Group 0003—Torque Values Torque Value Metric Bolt and Cap Screw....................00-0003-1 Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque Values ........................................ 00-0003-3 Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw ..........00-0003-4 Service Recommendations for 37° Flare and 30° Cone Seat Connectors ............................................ 00-0003-5 Service Recommendations for O-Ring Boss Fittings.............................. 00-0003-6 Service Recommendations for Flared Connections—Straight or Tapered Threads ................................... 00-0003-7 Service Recommendations for Flat Face O-Ring Seal Fittings ..................... 00-0003-8 Service Recommendation O-Ring Boss Fittings In Aluminum HousingExcavators.............................................................00-0003-9 O-Ring Face Seal Fittings with SAE Inch Hex Nut and Stud End for High Pressure.....................00-0003-10 O-Ring Face Seal Fittings with Metric Hex Nut and Stud End for Standard Pressure..............00-0003-12 O-Ring Face Seal Fittings with Metric Hex Nut and Stud End for High Pressure.....................00-0003-14 Service Recommendations for Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting................................................... 00-0003-16 Service Recommendations For Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings ................................................. 00-0003-17 Inch Series Four Bolt Flange For High Pressure ..................................................00-0003-18 Service Recommendations For Non-Restricted Banjo (Adjustable) Fittings............................. 00-0003-19 Service Recommendations For O-Ring Boss Fittings With Shoulder .............................................. 00-0003-20 Metric 24 O-Ring Seal DIN 20078.......00-0003-22

00-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=1

Contents

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=2

Group 0001

Safety Recognize Safety Information T133555 —UN—15APR13

This is the safety alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert for the potential of personal injury. Follow the precautions and safe operating practices highlighted by this symbol. A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION — is used with the safety alert symbol. DANGER identifies the most serious hazards.

T133588 —19—28AUG00

On your machine, DANGER signs are red in color, WARNING signs are orange, and CAUTION signs are yellow. DANGER and WARNING signs are located near specific hazards. General precautions are on CAUTION labels.

TX,RECOGNIZE -19-28JUN10-1/1

Follow Safety Instructions

TS201 —UN—15APR13

Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on your machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in good condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Use this operator’s manual for correct safety sign placement. Be sure that new equipment components and repair parts include the current safety signs. Replacement safety signs are available from your John Deere dealer. There can be additional safety information contained on parts and components sourced from suppliers that is not reproduced in this operator's manual. Learn how to operate the machine and how to use controls properly. Do not let anyone operate without instruction. Keep your machine in proper working condition. Unauthorized modifications to the machine could impair the function or safety and affect machine life.

If you do not understand any part of this manual and need assistance, contact your John Deere dealer.

TX,FOLLOW -19-20JAN11-1/1

Operate Only If Qualified Do not operate this machine unless the operator's manual has been read carefully, and you have been qualified by supervised training and instruction.

machine functions with the machine in an open area before starting to work. Know and observe all safety rules that may apply to every work situation and work site.

Operator should be familiar with the job site and surroundings before operating. Try all controls and TX,QUALIFIED -19-18JAN11-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0001-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=11

Safety

Wear Protective Equipment Guard against injury from flying pieces or metal or debris; wear goggles or safety glasses.

TS206 —UN—15APR13

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job. Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while operating machine. Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. Wear suitable hearing protection such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or uncomfortable loud noises. Radio or music headphones are not suitable to use for hearing protection.

TX,WEAR,PE -19-22SEP10-1/1

Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications John Deere recommends using only genuine John Deere replacement parts to ensure machine performance. Never substitute genuine John Deere parts with alternate parts not intended for the application as these can create hazardous situations or hazardous performance. Non-John Deere parts, or any damage or malfunctions resulting from their use, are not covered by any John Deere warranty. Modifications of this machine, or addition of unapproved products or attachments, may affect machine stability or

reliability, and may create a hazard for the operator or others near the machine. The installer of any modification which may affect the electronic controls of this machine is responsible for establishing that the modification does not adversely affect the machine or its performance. Always contact an authorized dealer before making machine modifications that change the intended use, weight or balance of the machine, or that alter machine controls, performance, or reliability. AM40430,00000A9 -19-01JUL15-1/1

Control Pattern Selector—If Equipped This machine may be equipped with a control pattern selector valve. Ensure all bystanders are clear of machine

and area is large enough to operate machine functions. Verify the machine response to each control movement.

TX,CTRL,PAT,IFEQUIP -19-24FEB20-1/1

Add Cab Guarding for Special Uses Special work situations or machine attachments could create an environment with falling or flying objects. Working near an overhead bank, demolition work, using a hydraulic hammer or winch, working in a forestry application or wooded area, or working in a waste management application, for example, could require added guarding to protect the operator.

Additional level II FOPS (falling object protective structure), forestry protection packages, and special screens or guarding should be installed when falling or flying objects could enter or damage the machine. A rear screen should always be used with a winch to protect against a snapping cable. Before operating in any special work environments, follow the operator protection recommendations of the manufacturer of any specialized attachment or equipment. Contact your authorized John Deere dealer for information on protective guarding. TX,CABGUARD -19-12FEB13-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0001-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=12

Safety

Inspect Machine

Keep all guards and shields in good condition and properly installed. Fix damage and replace worn or broken parts immediately. Pay special attention to hydraulic hoses and electrical wiring.

T6607AQ —UN—15APR13

Inspect machine carefully each day by walking around it before starting.

TX,INSPECT -19-08SEP10-1/1

Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury. Stop engine before examining, adjusting, or maintaining any part of machine with moving parts. Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any guard or shield that has been removed for access as soon as service or repair is complete.

T133592 —UN—15APR13

Stay Clear of Moving Parts

TX,MOVING,PARTS -19-20JAN11-1/1

Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high-pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

X9811 —UN—23AUG88

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.

TX,FLUID -19-08JUN20-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0001-3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=13

Safety

Avoid High-Pressure Oils

Never search for leaks with your hands. Protect hands. Use a piece of cardboard to find location of escaping oil. Stop engine and relieve pressure before disconnecting lines or working on hydraulic system.

T133840 —UN—20SEP00

If hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, see a doctor immediately. Injected oil must be removed surgically within hours or gangrene could result. Contact a knowledgeable medical source or the Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

T133509 —UN—15APR13

This machine uses a high-pressure hydraulic system. Escaping oil under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.

TX,HPOILS -19-20JAN11-1/1

Work In Ventilated Area

If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the doors and get outside air into the area.

TS220 —UN—15APR13

Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe extension.

DX,AIR -19-17FEB99-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0001-4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=14

Safety

Avoid Static Electricity Risk When Refueling

Static charges can build up in ULSD fuel while it is flowing through fuel delivery systems. Static electricity discharge when combustible vapors are present could result in a fire or explosion. Therefore, it is important to ensure that the entire system used to refuel your machine (fuel supply tank, transfer pump, transfer hose, nozzle, and others) is properly grounded and bonded. Consult with your fuel or fuel system supplier to ensure that the delivery system is in compliance with fueling standards for proper grounding and bonding practices.

RG21992 —UN—21AUG13

Refineries may have treated the fuel with a static dissipating additive. However, there are many factors that can reduce the effectiveness of the additive over time.

RG22142 —UN—17MAR14

The removal of sulfur and other compounds in Ultra-Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel decreases its conductivity and increases its ability to store a static charge.

DX,FUEL,STATIC,ELEC -19-12JUL13-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0001-5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=15

Safety

T133552 —UN—15APR13

Prevent Fires Handle Fluids Safely: All fuels, most lubricants, and some coolant mixtures are flammable. Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Never refuel machine while smoking or when near sparks or flame. Clean Machine Regularly: Keep flammable debris (trash, leaves, twigs, straw, and other debris) and grease and oil from accumulating in engine compartment and away from fuel lines, hydraulic lines, exhaust components, and electrical wiring. Never store oily rags or flammable materials inside a machine compartment.

Handle Fuel Safely T133553 —UN—07SEP00

Maintain Hoses, Tubes, and Wiring: Replace hoses and tubes immediately if they begin to leak. Clean up any oil spills. Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequently for damage. Keep a Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep a multipurpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine. Know how to use an extinguisher properly.

Clean Machine Regularly T133554 —UN—07SEP00

Be Aware of the Operating Environment: Airborne debris may contain sparks or embers. Do not operate near any flame. Lithium-Ion Battery Safety:

Carry a Fire Extinguisher

T133555 —UN—15APR13

• To reduce the risk of fire or burns, do not attempt to open, disassemble, or service the display unit. Servicing of this unit is to be performed only by an authorized dealer. There are no user-serviceable parts inside the display unit. Accessing the inside of the equipment will void the warranty. • Do not remove or handle a damaged or leaking Lithium-Ion Polymer battery. • Do not crush or puncture battery, short battery contacts, or dispose of battery in fire or water. • Do not expose to temperatures above 60°C (140°F).

Caution TX,PREVENT,FIRE -19-28APR20-1/1

In Case of Machine Fire CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from exposed flames. Maintain safe distance.

TS227 —UN—15APR13

• Turn the engine off. • Turn the battery disconnect switch to the OFF position (if equipped).

• If possible, fight the fire using the portable fire

extinguisher or other fire suppression equipment (if equipped). • Ensure that the fire does not spread to the surrounding area. Do not risk injury. If a fire is too far advanced, do not try to extinguish fire. • Call for help.

In Case of Machine Fire

TX,MACH,FIRE -19-24FEB20-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0001-6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=16

Safety

Prevent Battery Explosions Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of battery. Battery gas can explode.

TS204 —UN—15APR13

Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer. Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F). Keep battery electrolyte levels properly maintained.

Battery Explosions MB60223,0000081 -19-01JUL15-1/1

Handle Chemical Products Safely

A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific details on chemical products: physical and health hazards, safety procedures, and emergency response techniques. Check the MSDS before you start any job using a hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow procedures and recommended equipment.

TS1132 —UN—15APR13

Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with John Deere equipment include such items as lubricants, coolants, paints, and adhesives.

(See your John Deere dealer for MSDS’s on chemical products used with John Deere equipment.) DX,MSDS,NA -19-03MAR93-1/1

Handle Starting Fluid Safely Starting fluid is highly flammable.

To prevent accidental discharge when storing the pressurized can, keep the cap on the container, and store in a cool, protected location. Do not incinerate or puncture a starting fluid container. Do not use starting fluid on an engine equipped with glow plugs or an air intake heater.

TS1356 —UN—18MAR92

Keep all sparks and flame away when using it. Keep starting fluid away from batteries and cables.

DX,FIRE3 -19-14MAR14-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0001-7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=17

Safety

Decommissioning — Proper Recycling and Disposal of Fluids and Components

TS1133 —UN—15APR13

Safety and environmental stewardship measures must be taken into account when decommissioning a machine and/or component. These measures include the following:

• Use appropriate tools and personal protective

equipment such as clothing, gloves, face shields or glasses, during the removal or handling of objects and materials. • Follow instructions for specialized components. • Release stored energy by lowering suspended machine elements, relaxing springs, disconnecting the battery or other electrical power, and releasing pressure in hydraulic components, accumulators, and other similar systems. • Minimize exposure to components which may have residue from agricultural chemicals, such as fertilizers and pesticides. Handle and dispose of these components appropriately. • Carefully drain engines, fuel tanks, radiators, hydraulic cylinders, reservoirs, and lines before recycling components. Use leak-proof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or beverage containers. • Do not pour waste fluids onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source. • Observe all national, state, and local laws, regulations, or ordinances governing the handling or disposal of waste fluids (example: oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid);

filters; batteries; and, other substances or parts. Burning of flammable fluids or components in other than specially designed incinerators may be prohibited by law and could result in exposure to harmful fumes or ashes. • Service and dispose of air conditioning systems appropriately. Government regulations may require a certified service center to recover and recycle air conditioning refrigerants which could damage the atmosphere if allowed to escape. • Evaluate recycling options for tires, metal, plastic, glass, rubber, and electronic components which may be recyclable, in part or completely. • Contact your local environmental or recycling center, or your John Deere dealer for information on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste. DX,DRAIN -19-01JUN15-1/1

Prepare for Emergencies Be prepared if a fire starts.

Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

TS291 —UN—15APR13

Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.

DX,FIRE2 -19-03MAR93-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0001-8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=18

Safety

Clean Debris from Machine

Clean any oil spills or fuel spills on machine surfaces. Temperature in engine compartment could go up immediately after engine is stopped. BE ON GUARD FOR FIRES DURING THIS PERIOD. Open access door(s) to cool the engine faster, and clean engine compartment.

T6669AG —UN—15APR13

Keep engine compartment, radiator, batteries, hydraulic lines, exhaust components, fuel tank, and operator's station clean and free of debris.

TX,DEBRIS -19-20JAN11-1/1

Prevent falls by facing the machine when you get on and off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps and handrails. Never use machine controls as handholds. Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease or oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount or dismount a moving machine.

T133468 —UN—15APR13

Use Steps and Handholds Correctly

TX,STEPS -19-09FEB11-1/1

Avoid unexpected machine movement. Start engine only while sitting in operator's seat. Ensure that all controls and working tools are in proper position for a parked machine. Never attempt to start engine from the ground. Do not attempt to start engine by shorting across the starter solenoid terminals.

T133715 —UN—15APR13

Start Only From Operator's Seat

TX,SOFOS -19-20JAN11-1/1

Use seat belt when operating machine. Remember to fasten seat belt when loading and unloading from trucks and during other uses. Examine seat belt frequently. Be sure that webbing is not cut or torn. Replace seat belt immediately if any part is damaged or does not function properly.

T133716 —19—17APR13

Use and Maintain Seat Belt

The complete seat belt assembly should be replaced every three years, regardless of appearance. TX,SEAT,BELT -19-20JAN11-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0001-9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=19

Safety

Prevent Unintended Machine Movement

T216779 —UN—22NOV05

Be careful not to accidentally actuate control levers when coworkers are present. Pull pilot shutoff lever to locked (UP) position during work interruptions. Pull pilot shutoff lever to locked (UP) position and stop engine before allowing anyone to approach machine. Always lower work equipment to the ground and pull pilot shutoff lever to locked (UP) position before standing up or leaving the operator's seat. Stop engine before exiting.

Unintended Machine Movement OUT4001,0000796 -19-28JUN16-1/1

Avoid Work Site Hazards T134986 —UN—31OCT00

Avoid contact with gas lines, buried cables, and water lines. Call utility line location services to identify all underground utilities before digging. Prepare work site properly. Avoid operating near structures or objects that could fall onto the machine. Clear away debris that could move unexpectedly if run over. Avoid boom or arm contact with overhead obstacles or overhead electrical lines. Never move any part of machine or load closer than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice the line insulator length to overhead wires.

Work Site Hazards

T133650 —UN—27SEP00

Keep bystanders clear at all times. Keep bystanders away from raised booms, attachments, and unsupported loads. Avoid swinging or raising booms, attachments, or loads over or near bystanders. Use barricades or a signal person to keep vehicles and pedestrians away. Use a signal person if moving machine in congested areas or where visibility is restricted. Always keep signal person in view. Coordinate hand signals before starting machine. Work Site Hazards

Operate only on solid footing with strength sufficient to support machine. When working close to an excavation, position travel motors away from the hole. T133549 —UN—24AUG00

Reduce machine speed when operating with tool on or near ground when obstacles may be hidden (e.g., during snow removal or clearing mud, dirt, etc). At high speeds, hitting obstacles (rocks, uneven concrete, or manholes) can cause a sudden stop. Always wear seat belt.

Work Site Hazards TX03679,0001748 -19-08JUL15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0001-10

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=20

Safety

Keep Riders Off Machine Always use seat belt. Only allow operator on machine.

Riders are subject to injury due to fall from machine, being caught between machine parts, or being struck by foreign objects. Riders may obstruct the operator's view or impair the operator's ability to operate machine safely.

TX1094208 —UN—27JUN13

The instructional seat, if equipped, is used to accommodate trainers, persons that need to observe machine operation, and for coworkers to provide further operational instructions.

Keep Riders Off Machine TX,NO,RIDERS,EXC -19-23APR20-1/1

Before moving machine, be sure that all persons are clear of machine path. Turn around and look directly for best visibility. Use mirrors to assist in checking all around machine. Keep windows and mirrors clean, adjusted, and in good repair. Be certain reverse warning alarm is working properly. Use a signal person when backing if view is obstructed or when in close quarters. Keep signal person in view at all times. Use prearranged hand signals to communicate.

PC10857XW —UN—15APR13

Avoid Backover Accidents

Do not rely on the rear camera and radar object detection systems, if equipped, to determine if personnel are behind the machine. The system has limitations due to maintenance practices, environmental conditions, and operating range. TX,AVOID,BACKOVER -19-04MAR16-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0001-11

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=21

Safety

Avoid Machine Tip Over T133716 —19—17APR13

Use seat belt at all times. Do not jump if the machine tips. You will be unlikely to jump clear and the machine may crush you. Load and unload from trucks or trailers carefully. Be sure truck is wide enough and on a firm level surface. Use loading ramps. Properly attach ramps to truck bed. Avoid trucks with steel beds because tracks slip more easily on steel.

Use Seat Belt

T133545 —UN—15SEP00

Be careful on slopes. Use extra care on soft, rocky or frozen ground. Machine may slip sideways in these conditions. When traveling up or down slopes, keep the bucket on uphill side and just above ground level. Be careful with heavy loads. Using oversize buckets or lifting heavy objects reduces machine stability. Extending a heavy load or swinging it over side of undercarriage may cause machine to tip.

Unloading Machine

T133803 —UN—27SEP00

Ensure solid footing. Use extra care when operating near banks or excavations that may cave-in and cause machine to tip or fall.

Do Not Jump TX03679,00016DF -19-08JUL15-1/1

Inspect and Maintain ROPS

To maintain the ROPS:

A damaged rollover protective structure (ROPS) should be replaced, not reused.

• Replace missing hardware using correct grade

The protection offered by ROPS could be impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding, bending, drilling, or cutting.

• Check hardware torque. • Check isolation mounts for damage, looseness, or

hardware.

wear; replace them if necessary.

• Check ROPS for cracks or physical damage.

If ROPS was loosened or removed for any reason, inspect it carefully before operating the machine again. TX,ROPS -19-20JAN11-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0001-12

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=22

Safety

Travel Safely When working on steep slopes, travel as straight up and down as possible to prevent roll-over. T6964AD —UN—20DEC88

DO NOT PARK ON A HILLSIDE OR AN INCLINE. Always park the machine on level ground. Know the location of bystanders before moving the machine. Always keep the reverse warning alarm in working condition. The alarm warns bystanders when the machine starts to move in reverse.

Travel Safely

Use a signal person when moving the machine in congested areas. Coordinate hand signals before starting the machine. CN93077,00000B3 -19-01JUL15-1/1

Prevent Acid Burns Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into eyes. Avoid the hazard by: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte. Use proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself: 1. Flush your skin with water. 2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid. 3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30 minutes. Get medical attention immediately.

1. Do not induce vomiting. 2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not exceed 2 L (2 quarts). 3. Get medical attention immediately.

TS203 —UN—23AUG88

If acid is swallowed:

DX,POISON -19-21APR93-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0001-13

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=23

Safety

Use Special Care When Lifting Objects T133839 —UN—27SEP00

Never use this machine to lift people. Never lift a load above another person. Keep bystanders clear of all areas where a load might fall if it breaks free. Do not leave the seat when there is a raised load. Do not exceed lift capacity limits posted on machine and in this manual. Extending heavy loads too far or swinging over undercarriage side may cause machine to tip over.

Use Special Care When Lifting Objects

Use proper rigging to attach and stabilize loads. Be sure slings or chains have adequate capacity and are in good condition. Use tether lines to guide loads and prearranged hand signals to communicate with co-workers. TX,LIFT,CARE -19-08MAY20-1/1

Add and Operate Attachments Safely Always verify compatibility of attachments by contacting your authorized dealer. Adding unapproved attachments could affect machine stability or reliability and could create a hazard for others near the machine. Ensure that a qualified person is involved in attachment installation. Add guards to machine if operator protection

is required or recommended. Verify that all connections are secure and attachment responds properly to controls. Carefully read attachment manual and follow all instructions and warnings. In an area free of bystanders and obstructions, carefully operate attachment to learn its characteristics and range of motion. TX,ATTACH -19-20JAN11-1/1

Park and Prepare for Service Safely Warn others of service work. Always park and prepare machine for service or repair properly.

• Park machine on a level surface and lower equipment T133332 —19—17APR13

to the ground.

• Place pilot shutoff lever in locked (UP) position. Stop engine and remove key.

• Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag in an obvious place in the operator's station.

Securely support machine or attachment before working under it.

• Do not support machine with any hydraulically actuated

Do Not Operate Tag

equipment.

• Do not support machine with cinder blocks or wooden pieces that may crumble or crush.

• Do not support machine with a single jack or other devices that may slip out of place.

TS229 —UN—23AUG88

Understand service procedures before beginning repairs. Keep service area clean and dry. Use two people whenever the engine must be running for service work.

Support Machine Properly OUT4001,000089A -19-02JUL15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0001-14

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=24

Safety

Service Cooling System Safely Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

TS281 —UN—15APR13

Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

DX,RCAP -19-04JUN90-1/1

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust. Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch. TS220 —UN—15APR13

Remove paint before heating:

• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area

to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed, wear an approved respirator before heating or welding. • If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator. • If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating.

Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding will take place.

Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic fumes and dust away. Dispose of paint and solvent properly. DX,PAINT -19-24JUL02-1/1

Make Welding Repairs Safely T133547 —UN—15APR13

IMPORTANT: Disable electrical power before welding. Turn off main battery switch and disconnect positive (+) and negative (-) battery cables. Do not weld or apply heat on any part of a reservoir or tank that has contained oil or fuel. Heat from welding and cutting can cause oil, fuel, or cleaning solution to create gases which are explosive, flammable, or toxic. Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines

Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines. Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns if pressurized lines malfunction as a result of heating. Do not let heat go beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines.

Make sure there is good ventilation. Wear eye protection and protective equipment when welding.

Remove paint properly. Do not inhale paint dust or fumes. Use a qualified welding technician for structural repairs. MB60223,0000212 -19-02JUL15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0001-15

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=25

Safety

Always wear protective goggles or safety glasses and other protective equipment before striking hardened parts. Hammering hardened metal parts such as pins and bucket teeth could dislodge chips at high velocity. Use a soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer and object to prevent chipping.

T133738 —UN—15APR13

Drive Metal Pins Safely

TX,PINS -19-20JAN11-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0001-16

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=26

Group 0003

Torque Values

TORQ2 —UN—15APR13

Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values

Top—Property Class and Head Markings; Bottom—Property Class and Nut Markings Class 4.8 Bolt or Screw Size

M10

Hex Head

Class 8.8 or 9.8

Flange Headb

Hex Head

Class 10.9

Flange Headb

Hex Head

Class 12.9

Flange Headb

Hex Heada

Flange Headb

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

3.6

31.9

3.9

34.5

6.7

59.3

7.3

64.6

9.8

86.7

10.8

95.6

11.5

102

12.6

112

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

23.8

17.6

25.9

19.1

27.8

20.5

30.3

22.3

8.6

76.1

9.4

83.2

16.2

143

17.6

156

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

18.4

13.6

31.9

23.5

34.7

25.6

46.8

34.5

37.6

40.6

44.3

59.7

65.6

70.1

105

77.4

16.9

150

N·m

lb·ft

M12

—

40.6

M14

—

64.2

70.8

128

94.4

141

104

150

111

165

122

M16

—

135

99.6

149

110

198

146

219

162

232

171

257

190

M18

—

193

142

214

158

275

203

304

224

322

245

356

263

M20

—

272

201

301

222

387

285

428

316

453

334

501

370

M22

—

365

263

405

299

520

384

576

425

608

448

674

497

M24

—

468

345

518

382

666

491

738

544

780

575

864

637

M27

—

683

504

758

559

973

718

1080

797

1139

840

1263

932

M30

—

932

687

1029

759

1327

979

1466

1081

1553

1145

1715

1265

M33

—

1258

928

1398

1031

1788

1319

1986

1465

2092

1543

2324

1714

M36

—

1617

1193

1789

1319

2303

1699

2548

1879

2695

1988

2982

2199

The nominal torque values listed are for general use only with the assumed wrenching accuracy of 20%, such as a manual torque wrench. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For lock nuts, stainless steel fasteners, or nuts on U-bolts, see the tightening instructions for the specific application.

Replace fasteners with the same or higher property class. If higher property class fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the original. Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-1

OUT3035,TORQUE2 -19-20FEB20-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=27

Torque Values Class 4.8 Bolt or Screw Size

Hex Head

Flange Headb

Class 8.8 or 9.8 a

Hex Head

Flange Headb

Class 10.9 a

Hex Head

Flange Headb

Class 12.9 Hex Heada

Flange Headb

CAUTION: Avoid injury. Use only metric tools on metric hardware. Other tools may not fit properly, causing tool to slip resulting in injury.

• Make sure that fastener threads are clean. • Apply a thin coat of Hy-Gard™ or equivalent oil under the head and on the threads of the fastener, as shown in the following image. • Be conservative with the amount of oil to reduce the potential for hydraulic lockup in blind holes because of excessive oil. • Properly start thread engagement. TS1741 —UN—22MAY18

Lubricant Locations a

Hex head column values are valid for ISO 4014 and ISO 4017 hex head, ISO 4162 hex socket head, and ISO 4032 hex nuts. b Hex flange column values are valid for ASME B18.2.3.9M, ISO 4161, or EN 1665 hex flange products. Hy-Gard is a trademark of Deere & Company OUT3035,TORQUE2 -19-20FEB20-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=28

Torque Values

T6873AA —UN—15APR13

Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque Values CAUTION: Use only metric tools on metric hardware. Other tools may not fit properly. They may slip and cause injury. Check tightness of cap screws periodically. Torque values listed are for general use only. Do not use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is listed for a specific application.

T-Bolt

T6873AB —UN—18OCT88

Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade. Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher grade. If higher grade fasteners are used, these should only be tightened to the strength of the original. Make sure fastener threads are clean and that the thread engagement is properly started. This will prevent fasteners from failing when tightening.

H-Bolt

T6873AC —UN—18OCT88

Tighten cap screws having lock nuts to approximately 50 percent of amount shown in chart. METRIC CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUESa T-Bolt

H-Bolt

M-Bolt

Nominal Diameter

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

108

176

130

137

101

265

195

206

152

392

289

294

217

118

539

398

392

289

167

125

735

542

539

398

216

159

931

687

686

506

274

202

1372

1012

1029

759

392

289

1911

1410

1421

1049

539

398

2548

1890

1911

1410

735

542

3136

2314

2401

1772

931

687

M-Bolt

Torque tolerance is ±10%. 04T,90,M170 -19-09JUL19-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=29

Torque Values

TORQ1A —UN—15APR13

Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values

Top—SAE Grade and Head Markings; Bottom—SAE Grade and Nut Markings SAE Grade 1a Bolt or Screw Size

Hex Head

SAE Grade 2b

Flange Headd

Hex Head

SAE Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2

Flange Headd

Hex Head

Flange Headd

SAE Grade 8 or 8.2 Hex Headc

Flange Headd

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

1/4

3.1

27.3

3.2

28.4

5.1

45.5

5.3

47.3

7.9

70.2

8.3

73.1

11.2

99.2

11.6

103

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

5/16

6.1

54.1

6.5

57.7

10.2

90.2

10.9

96.2

15.7

139

16.8

149

22.2

16.4

23.7

17.5

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

3/8

10.5

93.6

11.5

102

17.6

156

19.2

170

27.3

20.1

29.7

21.9

38.5

28.4

41.9

30.9

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

7/16

16.7

148

18.4

163

27.8

20.5

30.6

22.6

31.7

47.3

34.9

60.6

44.7

66.8

49.3

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

1/2

25.9

19.1

28.2

20.8

43.1

31.8

34.7

66.6

49.1

72.8

53.7

69.3

103

75.8

9/16

36.7

27.1

40.5

29.9

61.1

45.1

67.5

49.8

94.6

69.8

104

134

98.5

148

109

5/8

37.6

55.9

41.2

62.7

93.1

68.7

131

96.9

144

106

186

137

203

150

3/4

89.5

72.3

149

110

164

121

230

170

252

186

325

240

357

263

7/8

144

106

157

116

144

106

157

116

370

273

405

299

522

385

572

422

216

159

236

174

216

159

236

174

556

410

609

449

785

579

860

634

1-1/8

305

225

335

247

305

225

335

247

685

505

751

554

1110

819

1218

898

1-1/4

427

315

469

346

427

315

469

346

957

706

1051

775

1552

1145

1703

1256

1-3/8

564

416

618

456

564

416

618

456

1264

932

1386

1022

2050

1512

2248

1658

1-1/2

743

548

815

601

743

548

815

601

1665

1228

1826

1347

2699

1991

2962

2185

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-4

OUT3035,TORQUE1 -19-20FEB20-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=30

Torque Values SAE Grade 1a Bolt or Screw Size

Hex Head

Flange Headd

SAE Grade 2b Hex Head

SAE Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2 c

Flange Headd

Hex Head

SAE Grade 8 or 8.2 Hex Headc

Flange Headd

Lubricant Locations a

Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6 in (152 mm) long, and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length. Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6 in (152 mm) long. Hex head column values are valid for ISO 4014 and ISO 4017 hex head, ISO 4162 hex socket head, and ISO 4032 hex nuts. d Hex flange column values are valid for ASME B18.2.3.9M, ISO 4161, or EN 1665 hex flange products.

b c

Hy-Gard is a trademark of Deere & Company OUT3035,TORQUE1 -19-20FEB20-2/2

Service Recommendations for 37° Flare and 30° Cone Seat Connectors 1. Inspect flare and flare seat. They must be free of dirt or obvious defects. T6234AC —UN—15APR13

2. Defects in tube flare cannot be repaired. Overtightening a defective flared fitting will not stop leaks. 3. Align tube with fitting before attempting to start nut. 4. Lubricate male threads with hydraulic fluid or petroleum jelly. Cone Seat Connector

5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand. 6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on torque chart. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings.

STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHART Thread Size

N·m

lb·ft

3/8 - 24 UNF

7/16 - 20 UNF

1/2 - 20 UNF

9/16 - 18 UNF

3/4 - 16 UNF

7/8 - 14 UNF

1-1/16 - 12 UN

102

1-3/16 - 12 UN

122

1-5/16 - 12 UN

142

105

1-5/8 - 12

190

140

1-7/8 - 12 UN

217

160

NOTE: Torque tolerance is ± 10%. T82,BHMA,EL -19-29SEP99-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=31

Torque Values

Service Recommendations for O-Ring Boss Fittings Straight Fitting T6243AE —UN—15APR13

1. Inspect O-ring boss seat for dirt or defects. 2. Lubricate O-ring with petroleum jelly. Place electrical tape over threads to protect O-ring. Slide O-ring over tape and into O-ring groove of fitting. Remove tape. 3. Tighten fitting to torque value shown on chart. Straight Fitting 04T,90,K66 -19-29SEP99-1/2

Angle Fitting 1. Back off lock nut (A) and backup washer (B) completely to head end (C) of fitting. T6520AB —UN—15APR13

2. Turn fitting into threaded boss until backup washer contacts face of boss. 3. Turn fitting head end counterclockwise to proper index (maximum of one turn). NOTE: Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings. 4. Hold fitting head end with a wrench and tighten locknut and backup washer to proper torque value.

Angle Fitting

STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHART Thread Size

N·m

A—Lock Nut B—Backup Washer

lb·ft

3/8-24 UNF

7/16-20 UNF

1/2-20 UNF

9/16-18 UNF

3/4-16 UNF

7/8-14 UNF

1-1/16-12 UN

102

1-3/16-12 UN

122

1-5/16-12 UN

142

105

1-5/8-12 UN

190

140

1-7/8-12 UN

217

160

C—Head End

NOTE: Torque tolerance is ± 10%. 04T,90,K66 -19-29SEP99-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=32

Torque Values

Service Recommendations for Flared Connections—Straight or Tapered Threads 1. Inspect flare and flare seat. They must be free of dirt or obvious defects. T6873AE —UN—15APR13

2. Defects in the tube flare cannot be repaired. Overtightening a defective flared fitting will not stop leaks. 3. Align the tube with the fitting before attempting to start the nut. 4. Lubricate the male threads with hydraulic fluid or petroleum jelly.

Straight Thread

5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand. 6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on the chart. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings. Straight Thread b

Tapered Thread

Thread Size

N·m

lb·ft

1/8

1/4

3/8

1/2

lb·ft

3/4

176

130

157

116

343

253

1-1/2

196

145

539

398

255

188

588

434

T6873AD —UN—15APR13

TORQUE CHARTa

Tapered Thread

NOTE: If female thread is cast iron (control valves, brake valves motors, etc.), torque must be reduced approximately 10%.

Torque tolerance is ±10%. b With seat face. 04T,90,M171 -19-28JAN92-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=33

Torque Values

Service Recommendations for Flat Face O-Ring Seal Fittings

4. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on the chart. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings, use backup wrench on straight hose couplings.

1. Inspect the fitting sealing surfaces and O-ring. They must be free of dirt or defects.

IMPORTANT: Tighten fittings to 150% of listed torque value if indexing is necessary or if fitting is attached to an actuating devise.

2. Lubricate O-rings and install into grove using petroleum jelly to hold in place.

Tighten fittings to 50% of listed torque value if used in aluminum housing.

3. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand pressing joint together to ensure O-ring remains in place.

FLAT FACE O-RING SEAL FITTING TORQUE* Nominal Tube OD mm

6.35 9.52

Thread Size

Bulkhead Nut

Swivel Nut

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

0.250

9/16-18

0.375

11/16-16

12.70

0.500

13/16-16

15.88

0.625

1-14

19.05

0.750

1-3/16-12

102

22.22

0.875

1-3/16-12

102

25.40

1.000

1-7/16-12

142

105

142

105

31.75

1.250

1-11/16-12

190

140

190

140

38.10

1.500

2-12

217

160

217

160

lb·ft

*Torque tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Stud End O-ring Seal Torque for Straight and Adjustable Fittings* Thread Size

Straight Hex Size

Locknut Hex Size

Straight Fitting or Locknut Toque

N·m

lb·ft

3/8-24

5/8

9/16

7/16-20

5/8

1/2-20

3/4

11/16

9/16-18

3/4

3/4-16

7/8

15/16

7/8-14

1-1/16

104

76 130

1-1/16-12

1-1/4

1-3/8

176

1-3/16-12

1-3/8

1-1/2

230

170

1-5/16-12

1-1/2

1-5/8

285

210

*Torque tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. OUO6092,00010A4 -19-04MAR16-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=34

Torque Values

T196315 —UN—17NOV03

O-Ring Boss Fittings In Aluminum Housing Service Recommendations—Excavators

O-Ring Boss Straight and Adjustable Fittings 1— Straight Fitting 2— O-Ring

5— Hex Nut 6— Backup Washer

3— Stud End 4— Adjustable Fitting

O-RING BOSS STRAIGHT OR ADJUSTABLE FITTING STUD END NUT WITH METRIC THREAD IN ALUMINUM HOUSING TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is ± 10% unless otherwise specified

O-RING BOSS PLUG STUD END WITH INCH THREAD IN ALUMINUM HOUSING TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is ± 10% unless otherwise specified

Thread Size mm

Hex Nut Size mm

Nm (lb-ft)

Thread Size in.

M12 x 1.5

39 (29)

1/8

7.8 (5.80)

M14 x 1.5

39 (29)

1/4

11.8 (8.70)

M16 x 1.5

55 (41)

3/8

23 (17)

M22 x 1.5

75 (55)

1/2

39 (29)

M27 x 2

110 (81)

3/4

55 (41)

M30 x 2

141 (104)

86 (64)

M33 x 2

165 (122)

1-1/4

126 (93)

M38 x 2

165 (122)

1-1/2

157 (116)

M42 x 2

275 (203)

204 (150)

O-RING BOSS STRAIGHT OR ADJUSTABLE FITTING STUD END NUT WITH INCH THREAD IN ALUMINUM HOUSING TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is ± 10% unless otherwise specified Thread Size in.

Nm (lb-ft)

1/8

—

1/4

28 (20)

3/8

39 (29)

1/2

75 (55)

3/4

126 (93)

165 (122)

1-1/8

—

1-1/4

259 (191)

1-3/8

—

1-1/2

330 (243)

1-3/4

—

Nm (lb-ft)

1. Inspect fitting and O-ring boss sealing surfaces and the O-ring. They must be free of dirt, scratches, nicks, or burrs. O-ring must be free of dirt, cuts, cracks, swelling or flatten condition. 2. Back the stud end hex nut (5) off as far as possible. Push backup washer (6) towards the nut to fully expose the turn down section of stud end. Washer must fit turned down section and not be too loose 3. Wrap electrical tape over threads to protect O-ring. Slide O-ring over the tape into turned down section. Remove tape. Apply hydraulic oil to the threads of stud end, turned down section, and O-ring. 4. Turn fitting into the boss by hand until face of nut or backup washer squeezes O-ring into the seat and contacts face of boss. Loosen an adjustable fitting no more than one turn for alignment. 5. Tighten straight fitting or hex nut to the torque value given. Hold body of adjustable fitting using a second wrench when tightening hex nut. OUT3035,0000353 -19-28MAY09-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=35

Torque Values

O-Ring Face Seal Fittings With SAE Inch Hex Nut and Stud End for High-Pressure Service Recommendations O-RING FACE SEAL FITTINGS WITH SAE INCH HEX NUT AND STUD END FOR HIGH-PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified.

H70406 —UN—15APR13

G E F

H F E

O-Ring Face Seal Fittings A—90° Swivel Elbow and Tube Nut B—90° Adjustable Stud Elbow

C—Stud Straight and Tube Nut D—Bulkhead Union and Nut

Nominal Tube OD or Hose ID

E—Stud End F— Tube Nut G—Swivel Nut H—Hex Nut Bulkhead Nut

O-Ring Face Seal Hose or Tube Swivel Nut Thread Size

Hex Size

Torque

Hex Size

Torque

Dash Size

mm (in)

N·m (lb·ft)

-3

4.78 (0.188)

—

-4

6.35 (0.250)

9/16-18

11/16

24 (18)

13/16

32 (24)

—

37 (27)

42 (31)

Metric Tube OD

Inch Tube OD or Hose ID

-5

7.92 (0.312)

—

-6

9.53 (0.375)

11/16-16

13/16

-8

12.70 (0.500)

13/16-16

15/16

75 (55)

1-1/8

93 (69)

-10

15.88 (0.625)

1-14

1-1/8

103 (76)

1-5/16

118 (87)

-12

19.05 (0.750)

1-3/16-12

1-3/8

152 (112)

1-1/2

175 (129)

-14

22.23 (0.875)

1-3/16-12

—

152 (112)

—

175 (129)

-16

25.40 (1.000)

1-7/16-12

1-5/8

214 (158)

1-3/4

247 (182)

-20

31.75 (1.250)

1-11/16-12

1-7/8

286 (211)

328 (242)

-24

38.10 (1.500)

2-12

2-1/4

326 (240)

2-3/8

374 (276)

O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH SAE INCH STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Thread Size

Straight Hex Sizea

Adjustable Nut Hex Size

Steel or Gray Iron Torque

N·m (lb·ft)

3/8-24

5/8

9/16

18 (13)

7/16-20

5/8

24 (18)

1/2-20

3/4

11/16

30 (22)

9/16-18

3/4

37 (27)

3/4-16

7/8

15/16

75 (55)

7/8-14

1-1/16

103 (76)

1-1/16-12

1-1/4

1-3/8

177 (131)

1-3/16-12

1-3/8

1-1/2

231 (170)

1-5/16-12

1-1/2

1-5/8

270 (199)

1-5/8-12

1-3/4

1-7/8

286 (211)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-10

OUT3035,0000420 -19-04MAR16-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=36

Torque Values O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH SAE INCH STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Thread Size

Straight Hex Sizea

Adjustable Nut Hex Size

Steel or Gray Iron Torque

N·m (lb·ft)

1-7/8-12

2-1/8

326 (240)

Straight hex size applies to fittings only and may not be the same as the corresponding plug of the same thread size.

1. Inspect fitting and connector sealing surfaces and the O-rings. They must be free of dirt, scratches, nicks, and burrs. O-ring must be free of dirt, cuts, cracks, swelling, or flatten condition. 2. Back the stud end hex nut off as far as possible. Push backup washer towards the nut to fully expose the turn down section. Washer must fit turned down section and not be too loose.

To protect an O-ring from threads, wrap electrical tape over the threads. Slide O-ring over the tape into the turned down section. Remove the tape. 4. Turn fitting into the boss by hand until face of nut or washer squeezes the O-ring into the seat and contacts face of boss. Loosen adjustable fittings no more than one turn for alignment. Hold connections together while tightening nut to ensure O-ring remains in place.

3. Lubricate O-rings using a thin film of clean hydraulic oil or as needed, petroleum jelly to hold O-ring in place. Install O-ring into groove making sure it is seated at the bottom. Excess petroleum jelly will prevent seating of O-ring and cause it to pop out.

5. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown. Use a second wrench to hold the fitting in position or to keep hose from twisting while tightening nut. OUT3035,0000420 -19-04MAR16-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-11

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=37

Torque Values

O-Ring Face Seal Fittings With Metric Hex Nut and Stud End for Standard Pressure Service Recommendations O-RING FACE SEAL AND FITTINGS WITH METRIC HEX NUT AND STUD END FOR STANDARD PRESSURE, BELOW 27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified.

T196337 —UN—15APR13

T196337

O-Ring Face Seal Fittings 1— 90° Swivel Elbow 2— 90° Adjustable Stud Elbow 3— Stud Straight

4— Bulkhead Union and Nut 5— External Hex Stud End Plug

Nominal Tube OD or Hose ID Metric Tube OD mm

11— Identification Groove

Bulkhead Nut

O-Ring Face Seal Hose or Tube Swivel Nut Thread Size

Hex Size

Torque

Hex Size

Torque

mm (in)

N·m (lb·ft)

—

Inch Tube OD or Hose ID Dash Size

6— Tube Nut 7— Swivel Nut 8— Stud End 9— Hex Nut 10— O-Ring

-2

3.18 (0.125)

—

-3

4.78 (0.188)

—

-4

6.35 (0.250)

9/16-18

16 (12)

32 (24)

-5

7.92 (0.312)

—

-6

9.53 (0.375)

11/16-16

24 (18)

42 (31)

-8

12.70 (0.500)

13/16-16

50 (37)

93 (69)

-10

15.88 (0.625

1-14

69 (51)

118 (87)

-12

19.05 (0.750)

1-3/16-12

102 (75)

175 (129)

-14

22.23 (0.875)

1-3/16-12

102 (75)

175 (129)

-16

25.40 (1.000)

1-7/16-12

142 (105)

247 (182)

—

-20

31.75 (1.250)

1-11/16-12

190 (140)

328 (242)

-24

38.10 (1.500)

2-12

217 (160)

374 (276)

50.80 (2.000)

—

-32

O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR STANDARD PRESSURE, BELOW 27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Thread Sizea

Straight Hex Sizeb

Adjustable Nut Hex Size

Steel or Gray Iron Torque

Aluminum or Brass Torque

N·m (lb·ft)

M8 x 1

8 (6)

5 (4)

M10 x 1

15 (11)

10 (7)

M12 x 1.5

25 (18)

17 (12)

M14 x 1.5

40 (30)

27 (20)

M16 x 1.5

45 (33)

30 (22)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-12

OUT3035,0000366 -19-04MAR16-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=38

Torque Values O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR STANDARD PRESSURE, BELOW 27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Thread Sizea

Straight Hex Sizeb

Adjustable Nut Hex Size

Steel or Gray Iron Torque

Aluminum or Brass Torque

N·m (lb·ft)

M18 x 1.5

50 (37)

33 (25)

M22 x 1.5

69 (51)

46 (34)

M27 x 2

100 (74)

67 (49)

M30 x 2

130 (96)

87 (64)

M33 x 2

160 (118)

107 (79)

M38 x 2

176 (130)

117 (87)

M42 x 2

210 (155)

140 (103)

M48 x 2

260 (192)

173 (128)

M60 x 2

315 (232)

210 (155)

Stud end threads are identified as metric by an identification groove in the hex nut next to the O-ring.

Straight hex size applies to fittings only and may not be the same as the corresponding plug of the same thread size.

5. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown. Use a second wrench to hold the fitting in position or to keep hose from twisting while tightening nut. OUT3035,0000366 -19-04MAR16-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-13

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=39

Torque Values

O-Ring Face Seal Fittings With Metric Hex Nut and Stud End for High-Pressure Service Recommendations O-RING FACE SEAL FITTINGS WITH METRIC HEX NUT AND STUD END FOR HIGH-PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified.

T196337 —UN—15APR13

10 T196337

O-Ring Face Seal Fittings 1— 90° Swivel Elbow 2— 90° Adjustable Stud Elbow 3— Stud Straight

4— Bulkhead Union and Nut 5— External Hex Stud End Plug

Nominal Tube OD or Hose ID

6— Tube Nut 7— Swivel Nut 8— Stud End 9— Hex Nut 10— O-Ring

11— Identification Groove

Bulkhead Nut

O-Ring Face Seal Hose or Tube Swivel Nut Thread Size

Hex Size

Torque

Hex Size

Torque

Dash Size

mm (in)

N·m (lb·ft)

-2

3.18 (0.125)

—

-3

4.78 (0.188)

—

-4

6.35 (0.250)

9/16-18

24 (18)

32 (24)

-5

7.92 (0.312)

—

-6

9.53 (0.375)

11/16-16

37 (27)

42 (31)

-8

12.70 (0.500)

13/16-16

75 (55)

93 (69)

-10

15.88 (0.625)

1-14

103 (76)

118 (87)

-12

19.05 (0.750)

1-3/16-12

152 (112)

175 (129)

-14

22.23 (0.875)

1-3/16-12

152 (112)

175 (129)

-16

25.40 (1.000)

1-7/16-12

214 (158)

247 (182)

—

-20

31.75 (1.250)

1-11/16-12

—

286 (211)

328 (242)

2-12

—

326 (240)

374 (276)

Metric Tube OD

Inch Tube OD or Hose ID

-24

38.10 (1.500)

O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Thread Sizea

Straight Hex Sizeb

Adjustable Nut Hex Size

Steel or Gray Iron Torque

N·m (lb·ft)

M8 x 1

8 (6)

M10 x 1

15 (11)

M12 x 1.5

35 (26)

M14 x 1.5

45 (33)

M16 x 1.5

55 (41)

M18 x 1.5

70 (52)

M22 x 1.5

100 (74)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-14

OUT3035,0000421 -19-04MAR16-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=40

Torque Values O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Thread Sizea

Straight Hex Sizeb

Adjustable Nut Hex Size

Steel or Gray Iron Torque

N·m (lb·ft)

M27 x 2

170 (125)

M30 x 2

215 159)

M33 x 2

260 (192)

M38 x 2

320 (236)

M42 x 2

360 (266)

M48 x 2

420 (310)

Stud end threads are identified as metric by an identification groove in the hex nut next to the O-ring.

Straight hex size applies to fittings only and may not be the same as the corresponding plug of the same thread size.

5. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown. Use a second wrench to hold the fitting in position or to keep hose from twisting while tightening nut. OUT3035,0000421 -19-04MAR16-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-15

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=41

Torque Values

T6890BB —UN—15APR13

Service Recommendations for Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting

Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange

C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange

1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. Out-of-flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot be polished out, replace component.

DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO NOT over tighten. TORQUE CHARTa

2. Install the correct O-ring (and backup washer if required) into groove using petroleum jelly to hold it in place.

3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves. Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular to the port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C). 4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in center of flange and install four cap screws. Flange must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring. 5. After components are properly positioned and cap screws are hand tightened, tighten one cap screw, then tighten the diagonally opposite cap screw. Tighten two remaining cap screws. Tighten all cap screws as specified in the chart below.

Thread

N·m

lb·ft

M10

M12

M14

157

116

M16

217

160

M18

334

246

M20

421

318

Tolerance ± 10%. The torques given are enough for the given size connection with the recommended working pressure. Increasing cap screw torque beyond these amounts will result in flange and cap screw bending and connection failures. b Metric standard thread. 04T,90,K175 -19-29SEP99-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-16

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=42

Torque Values

T6890BB —UN—15APR13

Service Recommendations For Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings

Flange Fittings A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange

C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange

1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. Out-of-flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot be polished out, replace component. 2. Install O-ring (and backup washer if required) into groove using petroleum jelly to hold it in place. 3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves. Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular to port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C). 4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in center of flange and install cap screws. Flange must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring. 5. Tighten one cap screw, then tighten the diagonally opposite cap screw. Tighten two remaining cap screws. Tighten all cap screws as specified in the chart below.

TORQUE CHART N·m Nominal Flange Size

Cap Screw Size

1/2 3/4

lb·ft

Min

Max

Min

Max

5/16-18 UNC

3/8-16 UNC

1-1/4

7/16-14 UNC

1-1/2

1/2-13 UNC

131

1/2-13 UNC

131

2-1/2

1/2-13 UNC

107

131

5/8-11 UNC

158

264

117

195

3-1/2

5/8-11 UNC

158

264

117

195

5/8-11 UNC

158

264

117

195

5/8-11 UNC

158

264

117

195

DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO NOT over tighten. 04T,90,K174 -19-01AUG94-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-17

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=43

Torque Values

T6890BB —UN—15APR13

Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting for High-Pressure Service Recommendations

Four Bolt Flange Fittings A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange

C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange

O-ring wear. Out-of-flat causes O-ring extrusion. If imperfection cannot be polished out, replace component.

INCH SERIES FOUR BOLT FLANGE FITTING FOR 41 400 kPa (414 bar) (6000 psi) PRESSURE SERIES TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is ± 10% unless otherwise specified. Nominal Flange Size

Cap Screw Sizea

Min—Max Torque

N·m (lb·ft)b

1/2

5/16-18 UNC

20—31 (15—23)

3/4

3/8-16 UNC

34—54 (25—40)

7/16-14 UNC

57—85 (42—63)

1-1/4

1/2-13 UNC

85—131 (63—97)

1-1/2

5/8-11 UNC

159—264 (117—195)

3/4-10 UNC

271—468 (200—345)

2. Install the O-ring (and backup ring, if used) into groove. Use petroleum jelly to hold it in place. IMPORTANT: DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO NOT over tighten. 3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves. Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular to port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange halves and line in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C).

a JDM A17D, SAE Grade 5 or better cap screws with plated hardware. Lock washers are permissible but not recommended. b Minimum torques given are enough for the given size connection with the recommended working pressure. Torques can be increased to the maximum shown for each cap screw size if desired. Increasing cap screw torque beyond the maximum will result in flange and cap screw bending and connection failures.

1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches, nicks, and burrs cause leaks. Roughness causes

Single piece flange (D): Make sure flange is centrally located on port and line is centered in flange. Install the cap screws. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange and line in place. Do not pinch O-ring. 4. Tighten one cap screw and then the diagonally opposite cap screw. Tighten the two remaining cap screws. Tighten cap screws within the specified torque values. OUT3035,0000422 -19-04MAR16-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-18

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=44

Torque Values

Service Recommendations For Non-Restricted Banjo (Adjustable) Fittings 1. Inspect all fitting sealing surfaces. They must be free of dirt and defects. 2. Inspect O-ring (A). It must be free of damage or defects. 3. Inspect sealing ring (B) for damage or defects. 4. Hold body in desired position while tightening stud by hand. 5. Tighten stud (C) to torque value shown on the chart. Do not allow body to twist when tightening stud. T113948 —UN—06MAR98

NOTE: The L in the Tube Fitting OD Size column indicates “light” designed fitting and the S indicates “heavy” designed fitting. Torque Value Tube Fitting O.D. Size

Metric Thread

N·m

lb·ft

6 L

M10 x 1

8 L

M12 x 1.5

10 L

M14 x 1.5

Non-Restricted Banjo Fitting Torque Value

12 L

M16 x 1.5

100

Tube Fitting O.D. Size

Inch Size

N·m

lb·ft

15 L

M18 x 1.5

130

6 L

1/8

18 L

M22 x 1.5

160

118

8 L

1/4

22 L

M26 x 1.5

250

184

10 L

1/4

28 L

M33 x 2

400

295

12 L

3/8

35 L

M42 x 2

600

443

15 L

1/2

130

42 L

M48 x 2

800

590

18 L

1/2

150

111

6 S

M12 x 1.5

22 L

3/4

250

184

8 S

M14 x 1.5

28 L

400

295

10 S

M16 x 1.5

100

35 L

1-1/4

600

443

12 S

M18 x 1.5

130

42 L

1-1/2

800

590

14 S

M20 x 1.5

160

118

6 S

1/4

16 S

M22 x 1.5

160

118

8 S

1/4

20 S

M27 x 2

250

184

10 S

3/8

25 S

M33 x 2

400

295

12 S

3/8

100

30 S

M42 x 2

600

443

14 S

1/2

130

38 S

M48 x 2

800

590

16 S

1/2

150

111

20 S

3/4

250

184

25 S

400

295

30 S

1-1/4

600

443

38 S

1-1/2

800

590

CED,OUO1002,562 -19-09MAR98-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-19

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=45

Torque Values

Service Recommendations For O-Ring Boss Fittings With Shoulder 1. Inspect component seal boss seat for dirt or defects. T113957 —UN—06MAR98

2. Inspect EOlastic seal (A) for damage. Replace seal or fitting as necessary. To replace seal, put electrical tape over threads to protect seal. Slide seal over tape and into seal groove of fitting. Remove tape. 3. Tighten fitting to torque value shown on chart. IMPORTANT: Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings. NOTE: The L in the Tube Fitting OD Size column indicates “light” designed fitting and the S indicates “heavy” designed fitting.

O-Ring Boss Fitting With Shoulder Torque Value Tube Fitting O.D. Size

Inch Size

N·m

lb·ft

6 L

1/8

Torque Value Tube Fitting O.D. Size

Metric Thread

N·m

lb·ft

6 L

M10 x 1

8 L

M12 x 1.5

10 L

M14 x 1.5

12 L

M16 x 1.5

15 L

M18 x 1.5

18 L

M22 x 1.5

130

22 L

M26 x 1.5

190

140

8 L

1/4

10 L

1/4

12 L

3/8

15 L

1/2

140

103

18 L

1/2

100

22 L

3/4

180

133

28 L

300

221

35 L

1-1/4

600

443

42 L

1-1/2

800

590

6 S

1/4

28 L

M33 x 2

300

221

35 L

M42 x 2

600

443

8 S

1/4

3/8

42 L

M48 x 2

800

590

10 S

6 S

M12 x 1.5

12 S

3/8

1/2

160

118

8 S

M14 x 1.5

14 S

10 S

M16 x 1.5

16 S

1/2

140

103

12 S

M18 x 1.5

110

20 S

3/4

250

184

400

295

14 S

M20 x 1.5

140

103

25 S

16 S

M22 x 1.5

170

125

30 S

1-1/4

650

479

38 S

1-1/2

800

590

20 S

M27 x 2

250

184

25 S

M33 x 2

450

332

30 S

M42 x 2

600

443

38 S

M48 x 2

800

590

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-20

CED,OUO1002,563 -19-09MAR98-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=46

Torque Values Hex Socket Head Plugs Only Torque Value Thread Size

N·m

lb·ft

M10 x 1

M12 x 1.5

M14 x 1.5

M16 x 1.5

M18 x 1.5

M20 x 1.5

M22 x 1.5

100

M26 x 1.5

120

M27 x 2

150

111

M33 x 2

250

184

M42 x 2

400

295

M48 x 2

500

369

1/8

1/4

3/8

1/2

3/4

150

111

220

162

1-1/4

600

443

1-1/2

800

590 CED,OUO1002,563 -19-09MAR98-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-21

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=47

Torque Values

Metric 24° O-Ring Seal DIN 20078 Service Recommendations METRIC 24° O-RING SEAL DIN 20078 TORQUE VALUES Fitting Tube OD Size

Heavy Fitting Size

Light Fitting Size

Torque

Turns

—

M12 x 1.5

M16 x 1.5

M14 x 1.5

M18 x 1.5

M16 x 1.5

M20 x 1.5

M18 x 1.5

M22 x 1.5

—

M22 x 1.5

M24 x 1.5

—

M26 x 1.5

M30 x 2

—

M30 x 2

M36 x 2

—

M36 x 2

M42 x 2

—

M45 x 2

M52 x 2

— T113889 —UN—15APR13

Hand tighten so O-ring contacts seat plus an additional 1/4—1/3 turn using a wrench

NOTE: These fittings are also referred to as EO and EO-2 Bite Type or Ermeto style fittings. IMPORTANT: In this style of fittings, there are “heavy” and “light” designs. Usually “heavy” is used for pressure lines and “light” for return lines. Some “heavy” and “light” sizes can be threaded together but do not seal properly. Be sure not to mix “heavy” and “light” fittings.

Connection

4. Align an adjustable fitting with the tube. 1. Inspect the fitting sealing surfaces. They must be free of dirt scratches, nicks, and burrs. 2. Inspect the O-ring. It must be free dirt, cuts, cracks, swelling or flatten condition.

Hold connections together while tightening nut to ensure proper seal. 5. Tighten nut (A) hand tight so O-ring contacts seat and then an additional 1/4—1/3 turn using a wrench.

3. Lubricate O-rings using a thin film of clean hydraulic oil. CED,OUO1002,517 -19-14JAN04-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

00-0003-22

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=48

Contents

Section 01 Tracks

Page

Group 0130—Track System Track Roller Remove and Install ............... 01-0130-1 Track Roller Disassemble and Assemble............................................... 01-0130-3 Track Roller Pressure Test ........................ 01-0130-5 Track Carrier Roller Remove and Install ..................................................... 01-0130-7 Track Carrier Roller Disassemble and Assemble........................................ 01-0130-9 Metal Face Seals Repair ......................... 01-0130-11 Track Shoe Remove and Install .............. 01-0130-12 Track Chain Remove and Install ............. 01-0130-13 Track Chain Disassemble and Assemble............................................. 01-0130-18 Track Chain Repair to Replace Broken Part.......................................... 01-0130-20 Sprocket Remove and Install................... 01-0130-26 Front Idler Remove and Install ................ 01-0130-28 Front Idler Disassemble and Assemble............................................. 01-0130-29 Front Idler Pressure Test ......................... 01-0130-33 Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Remove and Install.............................. 01-0130-35 Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Disassemble and Assemble ................ 01-0130-36 Track Adjuster Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble ................ 01-0130-38

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=1

Contents

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=2

Group 0130

Track System Track Roller Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 870GLC Excavator Weight (approximate)

85 600 kg 188 715 lb

Track Roller Weight (approximate)

142 kg 313 lb

Cap Screw Torque

950 N·m 700 lb·ft

Grease Fitting Torque

150 N·m 111 lb·ft

TX1089326A —UN—15MAR11

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) CAUTION: Prevent personal injury from escaping high-pressure grease. DO NOT remove grease fitting to release track tension. 2. Loosen grease fitting (1) counterclockwise 1—2 turns. Grease will escape through vent hole (2) in track adjuster cylinder. 1— Grease Fitting 2— Vent Hole

Grease Fitting

7— Track Frame

JS20420,000135A -19-01OCT15-1/4

3. Place wood block (3) in front of track to catch bar on grouser (4). CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Alert bystanders to stay clear before performing procedure. 4. To relieve track tension, start machine and slowly rotate track so grouser mounts wood block and idler retracts. 4— Grouser

TX1098609A —UN—23SEP11

3— Wood Block

Procedure for Retracting Idler Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-1

JS20420,000135A -19-01OCT15-2/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=51

Track System

5. Swing upperstructure to the side as shown. Keeping the angle between boom and arm at 90—110°, lower boom to raise track off ground.

TX1098612 —UN—28SEP11

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from machine sliding backwards. Keep angle between boom and arm 90—110°.

90˚-110˚

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate supporting equipment. 6. Using floor stands, support weight of machine by lowering machine onto stands.

Machine Position

Specification 870GLC Excavator—Weight (approximate)........................................................................................ 85 600 kg 188 715 lb JS20420,000135A -19-01OCT15-3/4

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1089219A —UN—10MAR11

7. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cap screws (6) and track roller (5). Specification Track Roller—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 142 kg 313 lb

8. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Track Roller Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0130.) Track Roller

9. Using appropriate lifting device, install track roller and cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification. 5— Track Roller

Specification Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................950 N·m 700 lb·ft

6— Cap Screw (4 used)

12. Raise track and remove floor stands.

10. Tighten grease fitting to specification. Specification Grease Fitting—Torque...............................................................150 N·m 111 lb·ft

13. Lower machine to ground.

11. Check track sag. See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator’s Manual.) JS20420,000135A -19-01OCT15-4/4

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=52

Track System

Track Roller Disassemble and Assemble

OTHER MATERIAL NEVER-SEEZ® Anti-Seize Lubricant

SPECIFICATIONS Track Roller Weight (approximate)

142 kg 315 lb

Track Roller (engine oil SAE 30) Capacity

1L 1 qt

Axle Weight (approximate)

38 kg 84 lb

Plug Torque

20 N·m 177 lb·in

Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer Loctite® 592™ PST® Thread Sealant (slow cure)

1 2

1 6 5

3 6

7 TX1200545 —UN—06OCT15

3 8

TX1200545 Track Roller 1— Bushing (2 used) 2— Roller 3— Bracket (2 used)

4— Metal Face Seal (2 used) 5— Pin (2 used)

6— O-Ring (2 used) 7— Plug (2 used)

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 1. Remove track roller using appropriate lifting device. See Track Roller Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)

4. Remove brackets (3). NOTE: Metal face seals can be reused if they are not worn or damaged. A used seal must be kept together as a set because of wear patterns on seal ring face. For seals that are reused, use a piece of cardboard between seal rings to protect seal face.

Specification Track Roller—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 142 kg 315 lb

2. Remove plugs (7) and drain oil. Specification Track Roller (engine oil SAE 30)—Capacity............................................................................. 1 L 1 qt

5. Remove metal face seals (4) from roller and bracket. Keep seal rings together as a matched set with seal ring faces together to protect surfaces. 6. Inspect metal face seals. See Metal Face Seals Repair. (Group 0130.)

3. Remove pins (5).

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

8— Axle

01-0130-3

JS20420,00013A1 -19-06OCT15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=53

Track System 7. Remove axle (8) using appropriate lifting device. Specification Axle—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 38 kg 84 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 16. Using appropriate lifting device, install axle. Specification Axle—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 38 kg 84 lb

8. Remove O-rings (6) from axle. NOTE: Bushings (1) should only be removed if replacement is necessary. 9. If necessary, remove bushings (1) using a press and puller. 10. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. See 870GLC Track Roller Tread Diameter. (SP326VOL1 Undercarriage Appraisal Manual.) 11. If removed, apply a thin film of oil to bushings and install using a press. IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage due to improper seal. O-rings and seat surfaces for O-rings must be clean, dry, and oil free so O-rings do not slip when roller is turning. Seat O-rings properly. NOTE: A volatile, non-petroleum base solvent or talcum powder may be used as a lubricant.

17. Install O-rings onto axle. 18. Install brackets onto axle. 19. Apply NEVER-SEEZ® Anti-Seize Lubricant or equivalent to pins. Install pins. 20. Fill roller with oil to specification. Specification Track Roller (engine oil SAE 30)—Capacity............................................................................. 1 L 1 qt

21. Apply Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer and Loctite® 592™ PST® Thread Sealant (slow cure) to threads of plugs. Install plugs and tighten to specification. Specification Plug—Torque.................................................................................20 N·m 177 lb·in

12. Thoroughly clean O-rings and seat surfaces in brackets and in seal rings using volatile, non-petroleum base solvent and lint-free tissues. 13. Install metal face seals in brackets. Apply equal pressure with fingers at four equally spaced points on metal face seal. Metal face seal must “pop” down into place so the O-rings are tight against seal bore. 14. Install metal face seals in roller. Apply equal pressure with fingers at four equally spaced points on metal face seal. Metal face seal must “pop” down into place so O-ring is tight against seal bore.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 22. Install track roller using appropriate lifting device. See Track Roller Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) Specification Track Roller—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 142 kg 315 lb

15. Wipe fingerprints and foreign material off seal face using clean oil and lint-free tissues. Apply a thin film of oil to each seal ring face. NEVER-SEEZ is a trademark of Emhart Chemical Group Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JS20420,00013A1 -19-06OCT15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=54

Track System

Track Roller Pressure Test 1L 1 qt

Track Roller Pressure

82—138 kPa 0.82—1.38 bar 11.9—20.0 psi

Oil Plug Torque

20 N·m 177 lb·in

TX1098623A —UN—23SEP11

SPECIFICATIONS Track Roller (engine oil SAE 30) Capacity (approximate)

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer

Track Roller

Loctite® 592™ PST® Thread Sealant (slow cure) 7— Oil Plug

1. Remove oil plug (7). 2. Fill track roller to specification. Specification Track Roller (engine oil SAE 30)—Capacity (approximate)...................................................................................... 1 L 1 qt Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-5

JS20420,000135D -19-28OCT15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=55

Track System

3. Install pressure test equipment (1—6) and connect to track roller. 4. Slowly pressurize track roller to specification. TX1094904A —UN—21JUL11

Specification Track Roller—Pressure....................................................... 82—138 kPa 0.82—1.38 bar 11.9—20.0 psi

5. Close valve. Wait for 30 seconds. Check for oil leaks or pressure decrease. 6. If leakage is found, disassemble roller and replace parts as necessary. See Track Roller Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0130.)

Track Roller Pressure Test Equipment

7. Fill track roller to specification. Specification Track Roller (engine oil SAE 30)—Capacity (approximate)...................................................................................... 1 L 1 qt

8. Apply Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer and Loctite® 592™ PST® Thread Sealant (slow cure) to threads of oil plug and install oil plug. Tighten oil plug to specification.

1— Air Pressure Regulator 2— Needle Valve 3— Pressure Gauge

TX1094902A —UN—25JUL11

Specification Fill Plug—Torque...........................................................................20 N·m 177 lb·in 4— 1/4 in Coupler Fitting 5— 1/4 in Pipe Adapter 6— 1/4 in Fitting Adapter

Tack Roller With Pressure Test Equipment Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JS20420,000135D -19-28OCT15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=56

Track System

Track Carrier Roller Remove and Install 82 kg 181 lb

Carrier Roller-to-Frame Cap Screw

750 N·m 553 lb·ft

Grease Fitting Torque

150 N·m 111 lb·ft

Carrier Roller (engine oil SAE 30) Capacity

280 mL 9.4 oz

Plug Torque

20 N·m 177 lb·in TX1114387A —UN—22MAY12

SPECIFICATIONS Carrier Roller Weight (approximate)

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer Loctite® 592™ PST® Thread Sealant (slow cure)

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) Grease Fitting

CAUTION: Personal injury may result from high-pressure grease. DO NOT remove grease fitting to release track tension.

1— Grease Fitting 2— Vent Hole

3— Track Adjuster 4— Track Frame

2. Loosen grease fitting (1) counterclockwise 1—2 turns. Grease will escape through vent hole (2) in track adjuster (3). Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JS20420,0001372 -19-05OCT15-1/3

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from accidental lowering of track by securely supporting track before attempting service procedure. TX1200868A —UN—09SEP15

3. Use appropriate jack (8) to raise track chain enough to permit carrier roller (5) removal. 4. Install wood blocks (7) between track chain (6) and track frame (4). 4— Track Frame 5— Carrier Roller 6— Track Chain

7— Wood Block (as needed) 8— Jack Jack and Wooden Blocks Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-7

JS20420,0001372 -19-05OCT15-2/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=57

Track System

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 5. Attach appropriate lifting device to carrier roller. Remove cap screws (9) and carrier roller.

TX1200869A —UN—09SEP15

Specification Carrier Roller—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 82 kg 181 lb

NOTE: Track carrier roller must be replaced as an assembly. 6. Inspect and replace as necessary. See 870GLC Carrier Roller Tread Diameter. (SP326VOL1 Undercarriage Appraisal Manual.) 7. Using appropriate lifting device, install carrier roller and cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.

Carrier Roller

Specification Carrier Roller-to-Frame Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................750 N·m 553 lb·ft

8. Remove wood blocks and jack. 9. Tighten grease fitting on track adjuster to specification. Specification Grease Fitting—Torque...............................................................150 N·m 111 lb·ft

10. Remove plug (10) and fill carrier roller with oil to specification. Specification Carrier Roller (engine oil SAE 30)—Capacity...................................................................... 280 mL 9.4 oz

5— Carrier Roller 9— Cap Screw (4 used)

10— Plug

11. Apply Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer and Loctite® 592™ PST® Thread Sealant (slow cure) to threads of plug. Install plug and tighten to specification. Specification Plug—Torque.................................................................................20 N·m 177 lb·in

12. Check track sag. See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator’s Manual.)

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JS20420,0001372 -19-05OCT15-3/3

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=58

Track System

Track Carrier Roller Disassemble and Assemble

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer Loctite® 592™ PST® Thread Sealant (slow cure)

SPECIFICATIONS Carrier Roller Weight (approximate)

82 kg 181 lb

Carrier Roller (engine oil SAE 30) Capacity

280 mL 9.4 oz

Roller Weight (approximate)

40 kg 88 lb

Axle Assembly Weight (approximate)

34 kg 75 lb

Thrust Washer-to-Axle Cap Screw Torque

65 N·m 48 lb·ft

Cover-to-Roller Cap Screw Torque

65 N·m 48 lb·ft

Plug Torque

20 N·m 177 lb·in

13 12 11 10 9

TX1200671 —UN—06OCT15

4 2

1 6 5 3 TX1200671

Track Carrier Roller Assembly 1— Cap Screw (3 used) 2— Lock Washer (3 used) 3— Plug

4— Cover 5— O-Ring 6— Thrust Washer 7— Bushing

8— Cap Screw (3 used) 9— Roller 10— Bushing 11— Axle

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 1. Remove track carrier roller. See Track Carrier Roller Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) Specification Carrier Roller—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 82 kg 181 lb

2. Remove plug (3) and drain oil. Specification Carrier Roller (engine oil SAE 30)—Capacity...................................................................... 280 mL 9.4 oz

3. Remove cap screws (1), lock washers (2), cover (4), and O-ring (5).

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

12— Metal Face Seal 13— Bracket

01-0130-9

JS20420,0001369 -19-07OCT15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=59

Track System

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate supporting equipment.

4. Using appropriate supporting equipment, support track carrier roller assembly. Remove cap screws (8), thrust washer (6), and roller (9) from axle assembly.

14. Using appropriate lifting device, install axle to bracket.

Specification Roller—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 40 kg 88 lb Axle Assembly—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 34 kg 75 lb

5. Remove axle (11) from bracket (13). IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to seal ring face. A seal must be kept together as a set because of wear patterns. Metal face seals can be reused if they are not worn or damaged. 6. Remove metal face seal (12) from roller and bracket. Keep seal rings together as a matched set with faces together to protect lapped surfaces. See Metal Face Seals Repair. (Group 0130.)

Specification Axle Assembly—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 34 kg 75 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate supporting equipment. 15. Using appropriate supporting equipment, install roller, thrust washer, and cap screws (8). Tighten cap screws (8) to specification. Specification Roller—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 40 kg 88 lb Thrust Washer-to-Axle Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................65 N·m 48 lb·ft

16. Install O-ring, cover, lock washers, and cap screws (1). Tighten cap screws (1) to specification.

7. Remove bushings (7 and 10). 8. Repair and replace as necessary. 9. Install bushing (7) in roller so flange is tight against shoulder. Install bushing (10). IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage due to improper seal. O-rings and seat surfaces for O-rings must be clean, dry, and oil free so O-rings do not slip when roller is turning. Seat O-rings properly. NOTE: A volatile, non-petroleum base solvent or talcum powder may be used as a lubricant. 10. Thoroughly clean O-rings and seat surfaces in brackets and in seal rings using volatile, non-petroleum base solvent and lint-free tissues. 11. Install metal face seals in brackets. Apply equal pressure with fingers at four equally spaced points on metal face seal. Metal face seal must “pop” down into place so the O-rings are tight against seal bore. 12. Install metal face seals in roller. Apply equal pressure with fingers at four equally spaced points on metal face seal. Metal face seal must “pop” down into place so O-ring is tight against seal bore. 13. Wipe fingerprints and foreign material off seal face using clean oil and lint-free tissues. Apply a thin film of oil to each seal ring face.

Specification Cover-to-Roller Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................65 N·m 48 lb·ft

17. Fill roller with clean oil. Specification Carrier Roller (engine oil SAE 30)—Capacity...................................................................... 280 mL 9.4 oz

18. Apply Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer and Loctite® 592™ PST® Thread Sealant (slow cure) to threads of plug. Install plug and tighten to specification. Specification Plug—Torque.................................................................................20 N·m 177 lb·in

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 19. Install track carrier roller. See Track Carrier Roller Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) Specification Carrier Roller—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 82 kg 181 lb

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JS20420,0001369 -19-07OCT15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-10

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=60

Track System

Metal Face Seals Repair 1. Inspect for the following conditions to determine if seals can be reused: a. The narrow, highly polished sealing area (5) must be in the outer half of seal ring face (4). b. Sealing area must be uniform and concentric with the inside diameter and outside diameter of seal ring (1).

1— Seal Ring 2— Worn Area (shaded area) 3— Seal Ring Face

TX1008208 —UN—24MAY06

c. Sealing area must not be chipped, nicked, or scratched. 4— Outer Half of Seal Ring Face 5— Sealing Area (dark line)

Seal Inspection Areas DV53278,0000A2C -19-24AUG15-1/3

2. Illustration shows examples of worn seal rings (1). I—Sealing area (4) is in inner half of seal ring face (3).

1— Seal Ring (2 used) 2— Worn Area (shaded area)

TX1008209 —UN—31MAY06

II—Sealing area (4) not concentric with inside diameter and outside diameter of seal ring. 3— Inner Half of Seal Ring Face 4— Sealing Area (dark line)

Examples of Worn Seal Rings DV53278,0000A2C -19-24AUG15-2/3

3. Clean reusable seals by removing all foreign material from seal rings, except seal face (1), using a scraper or a stiff bristled fiber brush. TX1008335A —UN—26MAY06

4. Wash seal rings and O-rings using a volatile, non-petroleum base solvent to remove all oil. Thoroughly dry parts using a lint-free tissue. Apply a thin film of oil to seal ring face. Put face of seal rings together and hold using tape. 1— Seal Face

Seal Face DV53278,0000A2C -19-24AUG15-3/3

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-11

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=61

Track System

Track Shoe Remove and Install

Track Shoe 750 mm Weight

50 kg 110 lb

Track Shoe 900 mm Weight

59 kg 130 lb

Shoe-to-Chain Cap Screw Torque

2000 N·m 1475 lb·ft

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

Track Shoes

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

2 3

2. Remove cap screws (1), nuts (5), and track shoe (2). Specification Track Shoe 650 mm—Weight.................................................................................... 43 kg 95 lb Track Shoe 750 mm—Weight.................................................................................... 50 kg 110 lb Track Shoe 900 mm—Weight.................................................................................... 59 kg 130 lb

3. Inspect and replace as necessary. See 870GLC Two Bar Grouser Height. (SP326VOL1 Undercarriage Appraisal Manual.) 4. Apply a light coat of oil to cap screw threads and install track shoe.

TX1132651 —UN—21MAR13

43 kg 95 lb TX1093550A —UN—15JUN11

SPECIFICATIONS Track Shoe 650 mm Weight

4 5 Track Shoe Cap Screw and Nut 1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Track Shoe 3— Rounded Edge

4— Chamfered Edge 5— Nut (4 used)

5. Install cap screws. Install nut with rounded edge (3) against track link and chamfered edge (4) away from the link.

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage from improperly installing nut. Always install nut with rounded edge (3) against track link and chamfered edge (4) away from the link. JS20420,0001365 -19-06OCT15-1/2

6. Tighten cap screws to specification in sequence shown.

2 1

TX1093552 —UN—15JUN11

Specification Shoe-to-Chain Cap Screw—Torque..........................................................................2000 N·m 1475 lb·ft

Cap Screw Tightening Sequence JS20420,0001365 -19-06OCT15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-12

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=62

Track System

Track Chain Remove and Install 85 600 kg 188 715 lb

Track Chain 650 mm Weight (approximate)

4080 kg 8995 lb

Track Chain 750 mm Weight (approximate)

4410 kg 9722 lb

Track Chain 900 mm Weight (approximate)

4840 kg 10 670 lb

Grease Fitting Torque

150 N·m 111 lb·ft

TX1098612 —UN—28SEP11

SPECIFICATIONS 870GLC Excavator Weight (approximate)

90˚-110˚

Machine Position

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01063AA Pusher and Installer, Master King Pin

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate supporting equipment.

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Alert bystanders to stay clear before performing this procedure. CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from machine sliding backwards. Keep angle between boom and arm at 90—110°. 2. Swing upperstructure to side as shown. Keeping angle between boom and arm at 90—110°, lower boom to raise track off ground.

3. Using appropriate supporting equipment, support machine. Specification 870GLC Excavator—Weight (approximate)........................................................................................ 85 600 kg 188 715 lb

4. Rotate track in both directions to clear track chain of mud and debris.

JS20420,000137D -19-08OCT15-1/8

5. Rotate track (2) until master pin (1) is just behind front idler (3).

TX1201215A —UN—11SEP15

6. With boom still at side of machine and keeping angle between boom and arm at 90—110°, lower boom to raise machine off floor stands. 7. Remove floor stands and lower track to ground. 1— Master Pin 2— Track

3— Front Idler

Master Pin Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-13

JS20420,000137D -19-08OCT15-2/8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=63

Track System

CAUTION: Personal injury may result from high-pressure grease. DO NOT remove grease fitting to release track tension. 8. Loosen grease fitting (4) counterclockwise 1—2 turns. Grease will escape through vent hole (5) in track adjuster cylinder. 8— Track Frame

TX1090275 —UN—04APR11

4— Grease Fitting 5— Vent Hole

Grease Fitting JS20420,000137D -19-08OCT15-3/8

9. Place wood block (6) in front of track to catch bar on grouser (7). CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Alert bystanders to stay clear before performing procedure. 10. To relieve track tension, start machine and slowly rotate track so grouser mounts wood block and idler retracts.

6— Wood Block

TX1098614A —UN—23SEP11

11. Remove track shoes on each side of track chain master pin. See Track Shoe Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) 7— Grouser

Blocking Track Grouser Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-14

JS20420,000137D -19-08OCT15-4/8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=64

Track System

12. Support track chain with wood block (9) so track chain does not fall when master pin is removed. 9— Wood Block

TX1098851A —UN—28SEP11

3— Front Idler

Wood Block Support Track Chain JS20420,000137D -19-08OCT15-5/8

13. Remove master pin (1) using D01063AA Pusher and Installer, Master King Pin (10). 10— D01063AA Pusher and Installer, Master King Pin

TX1201216A —UN—11SEP15

1— Master Pin

Master Pin Removal Using Track Press Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-15

JS20420,000137D -19-08OCT15-6/8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=65

Track System

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Specification Track Chain 650 mm—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 4080 kg 8995 lb Track Chain 750 mm—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 4410 kg 9722 lb Track Chain 900 mm—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 4840 kg 10 670 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Alert bystanders to stay clear before performing this procedure.

TX1098615A —UN—27SEP11

14. Use appropriate lifting device to remove track from front idler (3) end.

Front Idler 3— Front Idler

20. Using appropriate lifting device, move track under rollers, front idler, and sprocket. 21. With boom still at side of machine and keeping angle between boom and arm at 90—110°, lower boom to raise machine off floor stands. 22. Remove floor stands and lower machine onto track.

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from machine sliding backwards. Keep angle between boom and arm at 90—110°.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

15. With boom still at side of machine and keeping angle between boom and arm at 90—110°, lower boom to raise track off ground.

23. Using appropriate lifting device, lift and place leading edge of track chain onto sprocket.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate supporting equipment. 16. Using appropriate supporting equipment, support machine. Specification 870GLC Excavator—Weight (approximate)........................................................................................ 85 600 kg 188 715 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

24. Rotate sprocket in forward direction and guide track chain over carrier rollers until leading edge reaches front idler.

17. Using appropriate lifting device attached to track chain, slowly rotate travel motor in reverse direction to remove chain.

25. Pull two ends of track chain together. Install master pin using D01063AA Pusher and Installer, Master King Pin.

18. Remove track chain from underneath machine.

26. Install track shoes. See Track Shoe Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)

19. Inspect and repair as necessary. See Track Chain Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0130.)

27. Tighten grease fitting on track tension cylinder to specification.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Specification Grease Fitting—Torque...............................................................150 N·m 111 lb·ft

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-16

JS20420,000137D -19-08OCT15-7/8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=66

Track System

28. Check track sag. See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator’s Manual.) JS20420,000137D -19-08OCT15-8/8

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-17

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=67

Track System

Track Chain Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS 56.80 mm (2.24 in) new 53.80 mm (2.12 in) limit of use

Track Chain Master Bushing Inside Diameter

57.65 mm (2.27 in) new 60.70 mm (2.39 in) limit of use

Track Chain Track Pin Outside Diameter

57.10 mm (2.25 in) new 54.10 mm (2.13 in) limit of use

Track Chain Bushing Inside Diameter

58.15 mm (2.29 in) new 60.70 mm (2.39 in) limit of use

TX1200885 —UN—09SEP15

Track Chain Master Pin Outside Diameter

1. Remove track chain. See Track Chain Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)

Track Chain Assembly Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-18

JS20420,0001375 -19-01OCT15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=68

Track System 1— Left Master Track Link 2— Right Master Track Link 3— Master Bushing 4— Collar (2 used)

5— Right Track Link (51 used) 6— Seal (100 used) 7— Bushing (50 used) 8— Left Track Link (51 used)

2. Remove parts (1—13). 3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. Specification Track Chain Master Pin—Outside Diameter....................................... 56.80 mm (2.24 in) new 53.80 mm (2.12 in) limit of use Track Chain Master Bushing—Inside Diameter............................................................. 57.65 mm (2.27 in) new 60.70 mm (2.39 in) limit of use Track Chain Track Pin—Outside Diameter....................................... 57.10 mm (2.25 in) new 54.10 mm (2.13 in) limit of use Track Chain Bushing—Inside Diameter............................................................. 58.15 mm (2.29 in) new 60.70 mm (2.39 in) limit of use

9— Shoe (51 used) 10— Pin (50 used) 11— Master Pin 12— Cap Screw (204 used)

13— Nut (204 used)

4. Measure track chain link height. See 870GLC Track Link Height. (SP326VOL1 Undercarriage Appraisal Manual.) 5. Measure track chain link bushing. See 870GLC Bushing Outer Diameter. (SP326VOL1 Undercarriage Appraisal Manual.) 6. Measure track chain link pitch. See 870GLC Track Chain Pitch. (SP326VOL1 Undercarriage Appraisal Manual.) 7. Install parts (1—13). 8. Install track chain. See Track Chain Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)

JS20420,0001375 -19-01OCT15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-19

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=69

Track System

Track Chain Repair to Replace Broken Part

1. Remove three track shoes surrounding damaged area. See Track Shoe Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)

NOTE: This procedure is to address a broken track pin or broken track link. Broken Track Pin Replacement

6 5 9 3

8 1

TX1098001 —UN—16SEP11

11 10 2

TX1098001 Track Pin 1— Broken Track Pin 2— Bushing 3— Cut Point

4— Cut Point 5— Grind Point 6— Track Link

NOTE: All track pins, bushings, and links will be discarded and replaced with new parts. 2. Remove broken track pin (1).

7— Bushing 8— Grind Point 9— Track Link 10— Track Pin

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to good parts. Use care when operating cutting torch. 3. Cut bushing (2) and pin at cut points (3 and 4). Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

11— Track Link Assembly

01-0130-20

DV53278,0000A28 -19-24AUG15-1/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=70

Track System

6 5 9 7

8 11 2 TX1098002 —UN—21SEP11

TX1098002 Bushing 2— Bushing 5— Grind Point 6— Track Link

7— Bushing 8— Grind Point 9— Track Link

10— Track Pin 11— Track Link Assembly

4. Push remaining sections of bushing (2) and track pin (10) inward to remove and discard damaged parts.

6. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

5. Grind bushing (7) at grind points (5 and 8) until flush with track links (6 and 9). Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-21

DV53278,0000A28 -19-24AUG15-2/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=71

Track System

TX1098003 —UN—16SEP11

TX1098003 Track Link Assembly 1— Replacement Track Pin 10— Replacement Track Pin

11— Replacement Track Link Assembly

12— Collar (4 used)

7. Install replacement track link assembly (11) and collars (12).

Broken Track Link Assembly Replacement

8. Install replacement track pin (10).

1. Remove three track shoes surrounding damaged area. See Track Shoe Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)

9. Install replacement track pin (1). 10. Install three track shoes surrounding damaged area. See Track Shoe Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-22

DV53278,0000A28 -19-24AUG15-3/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=72

Track System

6 5 9 8 7

11 1

2 TX1098008 —UN—16SEP11

14 10

TX1098008 Track Pin 1— Track Pin 2— Bushing 3— Cut Point 4— Cut Point

9— Track Link 10— Track Pin 11— Track Link Assembly

5— Grind Point 6— Track Link 7— Bushing 8— Grind Point

13— Cut Point 14— Cut Point

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to good parts. Use care when operating cutting torch.

NOTE: All track pins, bushings, and links will be discarded and replaced with new parts.

3. Cut track link assembly (11) at cut points (13 and 14).

2. Cut bushing (2) and pin at cut points (3 and 4).

4. Remove track pin (1) and remaining sections of track link assembly (11). Discard damaged parts. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-23

DV53278,0000A28 -19-24AUG15-4/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=73

Track System

6 5 9

11 8

2 TX1098035 —UN—21SEP11

TX1098035 Bushing 2— Bushing 5— Grind Point 6— Track Link

7— Bushing 8— Grind Point 9— Track Link

10— Track Pin 11— Track Link Assembly

5. Push remaining sections of track pin (10) and track link assembly (11) inward to remove and discard damaged parts.

7. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

6. Grind bushing (7) at grind points (5 and 8) until flush with track links (6 and 9). Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-24

DV53278,0000A28 -19-24AUG15-5/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=74

Track System

TX1098003 —UN—16SEP11

TX1098003 Track Link Assembly 1— Replacement Track Pin 10— Replacement Track Pin

11— Replacement Track Link Assembly

8. Install replacement track link assembly (11) and collars (12).

12— Collar (4 used)

11. Install three track shoes surrounding damaged area. See Track Shoe Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)

9. Install replacement track pin (10). 10. Install replacement track pin (1). DV53278,0000A28 -19-24AUG15-6/6

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-25

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=75

Track System

Sprocket Remove and Install 85 600 kg 188 715 lb

Sprocket Weight (approximate)

150 kg 331 lb

Sprocket Cap Screw Torque

1400 N·m 1033 lb·ft

TX1098612 —UN—28SEP11

SPECIFICATIONS 870GLC Excavator Weight (approximate)

90˚-110˚

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength)

Machine Position

IMPORTANT: Prevent excessive wear to chain. Sprocket must be replaced when the tooth tips become excessively rounded, worn, or chipped. If machine is driven in one direction a majority of the time, wear will be on one side of teeth. To extend service life, change sprockets from one side of machine to the other.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate supporting equipment. 4. Using appropriate supporting device, support machine. Specification 870GLC Excavator—Weight (approximate)........................................................................................ 85 600 kg 188 715 lb

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove track chain. See Track Chain Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Alert bystanders to stay clear before performing procedure. CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from machine sliding backwards. Keep angle between boom and arm 90—110°. 3. Swing upperstructure to side as shown. Keeping angle between boom and arm at 90—110°, lower boom to raise sprocket off track. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-26

JS20420,000136F -19-14SEP15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=76

Track System

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 5. Attach appropriate lifting device to support sprocket (1). Specification Sprocket—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 150 kg 331 lb TX1123246A —UN—26SEP12

6. Remove cap screws (2) and sprocket. 7. Repair or replace as necessary. 8. Apply Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer and Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength) to threads of cap screws. 9. Using appropriate lifting device, install sprocket. Sprocket

10. Install cap screws and tighten to specification. Specification Sprocket Cap Screw—Torque..........................................................................1400 N·m 1033 lb·ft

11. Remove floor stands and lower track chain onto sprocket.

1— Sprocket

2— Cap Screw (24 used)

13. Check track sag. See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator’s Manual.)

12. Install track chain. See Track Chain Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JS20420,000136F -19-14SEP15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-27

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=77

Track System

Front Idler Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 574 kg 1265 lb TX1112232A —UN—12APR12

Front Idler Weight (approximate)

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove track chain. See Track Chain Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 3. Attach appropriate lifting device to support front idler (1). Specification Front Idler—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 574 kg 1265 lb

4. Remove front idler from frame. 5. Measure front idler wear. See 870GLC Front Idler Flange Height. (SP326VOL1 Undercarriage Appraisal Manual.) 6. Repair or replace as necessary. See Front Idler Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0130.)

Front Idler 1— Front Idler

7. Using appropriate lifting device, install front idler. Specification Front Idler—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 574 kg 1265 lb

8. Install track chain. See Track Chain Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) 9. Check track sag. See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator’s Manual.)

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. JS20420,0001382 -19-14SEP15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-28

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=78

Track System

Front Idler Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS Front Idler Weight (approximate)

574 kg 1265 lb

Yoke Weight (approximate)

72 kg 159 lb

Front Idler Oil (engine oil SAE 30) Capacity (approximate)

500 mL 17 oz

Bracket Weight (approximate)

52 kg 115 lb

Axle Weight (approximate)

45 kg 99 lb

Plug Torque

20 N·m 177 lb·in

Yoke-to-Bracket Cap Screw Torque

700 N·m 520 lb·ft

OTHER MATERIAL NEVER-SEEZ® Anti-Seize Lubricant Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Klean N Prime Loctite® 242® Thread Lock and Sealer (medium strength)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-29

JS20420,000138A -19-17NOV15-1/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=79

TX1200462 —UN—06OCT15

Track System

Front Idler Assembly 1— Pin (2 used) 2— Bushing (2 used) 3— Idler 4— Plug (2 used) 5— Bracket (2 used)

10— Yoke 11— Cap Screw (4 used) 12— Lock Washer (4 used) 13— O-Ring (2 used)

6— Metal Face Seal (2 used) 7— Guard 8— Cap Screw (3 used) 9— Lock Washer (3 used)

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 1. Remove front idler. See Front Idler Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)

Specification Front Idler—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 574 kg 1265 lb

2. Remove cap screws (8) and guard (7).

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

14— Axle

01-0130-30

JS20420,000138A -19-17NOV15-2/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=80

Track System

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 3. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cap screws (11) and yoke (10). Specification Yoke—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 72 kg 159 lb

4. Remove plugs (4) and drain oil. Specification Front Idler Oil (engine oil SAE 30)—Capacity (approximate)............................................................................... 500 mL 17 oz

NEVER-SEEZ is a trademark of Emhart Chemical Group Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-31

JS20420,000138A -19-17NOV15-3/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=81

Track System

5. Remove pins (1). CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to seal ring face. A seal must be kept together as a set because of wear patterns. Metal face seals can be reused if they are not worn or damaged. 6. Using appropriate lifting device, remove brackets (5), O-rings (13), and metal face seals (6). Repeat step for other side. Specification Bracket—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 52 kg 115 lb TX1093573A —UN—16JUN11

7. Inspect metal face seals. See Metal Face Seals Repair. (Group 0130.) CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 8. Using appropriate lifting device, remove axle (14). Specification Axle—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 45 kg 99 lb

9. Inspect the bushing in idler (3) for scoring or excessive wear. Also inspect the axle. NOTE: Only remove bushings if replacement is necessary. 10. Remove bushings using bushing extracting tool. 11. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. 12. Apply a thin film of oil to bushings. Install bushings. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 13. Using appropriate lifting device, install axle. Specification Axle—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 45 kg 99 lb

Front Idler 1— Pin (2 used) 5— Bracket (2 used) 6— Metal Face Seal (2 used)

15. Thoroughly clean seat surfaces in idler, brackets, and metal face seals using volatile, non-petroleum base solvent and lint-free tissues. 16. Install metal face seals in brackets. Apply equal pressure with fingers at four equally spaced points on metal face seal. Metal face seal must “pop” down into place so it is tight against seal bore. 17. Wipe fingerprints and foreign material off all metal face seals using clean oil and lint-free tissues. Apply a thin film of oil to each metal seal face. 18. Apply a thin layer of NEVER-SEEZ® Anti-Seize Lubricant or an equivalent to end of axle from O-ring to end of axle and to bore in brackets (5).

14. Install O-rings (13) on axle. IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to metal face seals. Metal face seals and seat surfaces must be clean, dry, and oil free so they do not slip when roller is turning. NOTE: A volatile, non-petroleum base solvent or talcum powder may be used as a lubricant.

13— O-Ring (2 used) 14— Axle

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 19. Using appropriate lifting device, install brackets. Specification Bracket—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 52 kg 115 lb

20. Apply NEVER-SEEZ® lubricant or equivalent to pin. Install pins. JS20420,000138A -19-17NOV15-4/4

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=82

Track System

21. Fill front idler to specification. Specification Front Idler Oil (engine oil SAE 30)—Capacity (approximate)............................................................................... 500 mL 17 oz

22. Apply Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer and Loctite® 242® Thread Lock and Sealer (medium strength) to threads of plug. Install and tighten fill plug to specification.

Specification Yoke—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 72 kg 159 lb Yoke-to-Bracket Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................700 N·m 520 lb·ft

25. Install guard and cap screws (8).

Specification Plug—Torque.................................................................................20 N·m 177 lb·in

23. Turn front idler 10 revolutions and check for oil leakage. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 26. Install front idler. See Front Idler Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) Specification Front Idler—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 574 kg 1265 lb

24. Using appropriate lifting device, install yoke (10). Tighten cap screws (11) to specification. NEVER-SEEZ is a trademark of Emhart Chemical Group Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JS20420,000138A -19-17NOV15-5/4

Front Idler Pressure Test 500 mL 16.9 oz

Front Idler Oil Leakage Test Pressure

110 kPa 1.1 bar 16 psi

Plug Torque

20 N·m 177 lb·in

TX1095158A —UN—27JUL11

SPECIFICATIONS Front Idler (engine oil SAE 30) Capacity (approximate)

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D05361ST Rubber Stopper/Leak Detector Kit

Plug

OTHER MATERIAL 5— Plug

Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer Loctite® 592™ PST® Thread Sealant (slow cure)

Specification Front Idler (engine oil SAE 30)—Capacity (approximate)............................................................................... 500 mL 16.9 oz

1. Remove plug. 2. Fill front idler to specification.

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-33

JS20420,0001394 -19-22OCT15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=83

Track System

3. Install pressure test equipment (1—4) and connect to track roller. 4. Slowly pressurize track roller to specification. Specification Front Idler Oil Leakage Test—Pressure............................................................................ 110 kPa 1.1 bar 16 psi

5. Close valve. Wait for 30 seconds. Check for oil leaks or pressure decrease. TX1094905A —UN—21JUL11

6. If there is external leakage or if air pressure has decreased on gauge, disassemble idler. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. See Front Idler Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0130.) 7. Fill front idler to specification. Specification Front Idler (engine oil SAE 30)—Capacity (approximate)............................................................................... 500 mL 16.9 oz

Idler Pressure Test Equipment

8. Apply Loctite® Klean ‘N Prime™ Primer and Loctite® 592™ PST® Thread Sealant (slow cure) to threads of plug. Install plug and torque to specification. Specification Plug—Torque.................................................................................20 N·m 177 lb·in 3— Pressure Gauge 4— 1/4-in Coupler Fitting

TX1094903A —UN—21JUL11

1— Air Pressure Regulator 2— Needle Valve

Idler With Pressure Test Equipment Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JS20420,0001394 -19-22OCT15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-34

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=84

Track System

Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Weight (approximate)

615 kg 1356 lb

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) TX1090335A —UN—06APR11

2. Remove track chain. See Track Chain Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) 3. Remove front idler. See Front Idler Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring

4. Attach appropriate lifting device to support track adjuster and recoil spring (1).

1— Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring

Specification Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 615 kg 1356 lb

5. Remove track adjuster and recoil spring from track frame (2). 6. Repair or replace as necessary. See Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0130.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

2— Track Frame

Specification Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 615 kg 1356 lb

8. Install front idler. See Front Idler Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) 9. Install track chain. See Track Chain Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)

7. Using appropriate lifting device, install track adjuster and recoil spring in track frame. JS20420,000137A -19-11SEP15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-35

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=85

Track System

Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Disassemble and Assemble

or weld craters in recoil spring and rod can cause stress concentration resulting in a weak spot. Weak spots may result in immediate or eventual malfunction. Use heavy protective covering around spring assembly when handling, transporting, or disassembling track adjuster.

SPECIFICATIONS Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Weight (approximate)

615 kg 1356 lb

Track Adjuster Cylinder and Recoil Spring

To avoid personal injury from extreme preload on spring, a compression tool must be used for disassembly and assembly.

Recoil Spring Free Length (approximate)

1005 mm 39.57 in

Recoil Spring Compressed Length

805 mm 31.69 in

Plug Torque

60 N·m 44 lb·ft

Valve Torque

150 N·m 111 lb·ft

NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the recoil spring in order to replace wear ring and U-ring on cylinder.

ESSENTIAL TOOLS

1. Remove track adjuster and recoil spring. See Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

JT07368 Track Recoil Spring Repair Tool JDG10421 Spacer

Specification Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 615 kg 1356 lb

JDG10022 Track Recoil Spring Compressor Update Kit

TX1093585A —UN—16JUN11

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. Recoil spring or rod may break if dropped while handling, transporting, or disassembling. Nicks

Track Recoil Spring Repair Tool 1— JDG10421 Spacer 2— Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring

3— JT07368 Track Recoil Spring Repair Tool

NOTE: When installing track adjuster recoil spring into track recoil spring repair tool, be sure to allow

access to nut. Nut end must be installed through access hole on track recoil spring repair tool. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-36

JS20420,0001396 -19-21OCT15-1/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=86

Track System 2. Install track adjuster and recoil spring (2) in JT07368 Track Recoil Spring Repair Tool (3) with JDG10421 Spacer (1) on the cylinder end. JS20420,0001396 -19-21OCT15-2/3

3. Remove valve (6) and plug (4). 4. Lower press ram to release spring force. 5. Operate press to compress spring so nut can be removed. 6. Remove nut (5). 7. Continue to extend press to provide enough travel to release spring to the approximate free length specification. Track Adjuster Cylinder and Recoil Spring—Specification Recoil Spring—Free Length (approximate)................................................................ 1005 mm 39.57 in

TX1093586A —UN—16JUN11

8. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. See Track Adjuster Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0130.) 9. Install spacer on rod. 10. Operate power ram to compress spring to the compressed length. Track Adjuster Cylinder and Recoil Spring—Specification Recoil Spring—Compressed Length............................................................................ 805 mm 31.69 in

11. Install nut so hole is aligned with hole in rod. Install plug and torque to specification. Track Adjuster Cylinder and Recoil Spring—Specification Plug—Torque.................................................................................60 N·m 44 lb·ft

Track Adjuster, Nut, Plug, and Valve 2— Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring 3— JT07368 Track Recoil Spring Repair Tool 4— Plug

5— Nut 6— Valve

12. Install valve and torque to specification. Track Adjuster Cylinder and Recoil Spring—Specification Valve—Torque.............................................................................150 N·m 111 lb·ft

13. Install track adjuster and recoil spring. See Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) JS20420,0001396 -19-21OCT15-3/3

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-37

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=87

Track System

Track Adjuster Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble

ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT07368 Track Recoil Spring Repair Tool JDG10421 Spacer

SPECIFICATIONS Recoil Spring Weight (approximate)

270 kg 595 lb

Retainer Plate Weight (approximate)

34 kg 75 lb

Spacer Weight (approximate)

32 kg 71 lb

Piston Rod Weight (approximate)

47 kg 104 lb

Rod Weight (approximate)

47 kg 104 lb

Cylinder Weight (approximate)

65 kg 143 lb

Cap Screw Torque

140 N·m 103 lb·ft

JDG10022 Track Recoil Spring Compressor Update Kit OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 277™ Threadlocker (high strength)

3 4

5 17 6 18 7 15 9

TX1202730 —UN—02OCT15

16 12

TX1202730

Track Adjuster Cylinder Assembly 1— Cap Screw (6 used) 2— O-Ring 3— Flange 4— Piston Rod 5— Wear Ring

6— U-Ring 7— Snap Ring 8— Cylinder 9— O-Ring 10— Spacer

11— Recoil Spring 12— Retainer Plate 13— Nut 14— Plug 15— Rod

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. Recoil spring or rod may break if dropped while handling, transporting, or disassembling. Nicks or weld craters in recoil spring and rod can cause stress concentration resulting in a weak spot. Weak spots may result in immediate or eventual malfunction. Use heavy protective

covering around spring assembly when handling, transporting, or disassembling track adjuster. To avoid personal injury from extreme preload on spring, a compression tool must be used for disassembly and assembly. NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the recoil spring (11) to replace wear ring (5) and U-ring (6). Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

16— Valve 17— Backup Ring 18— Spacer

01-0130-38

JS20420,0001398 -19-21OCT15-1/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=88

Track System 1. Disassemble track adjuster and recoil spring using JT07368 Track Recoil Spring Repair Tool with JDG10421 Spacer. See Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0130.)

11. Install U-ring (6) to piston rod with the lip facing toward rod (15) side. 12. Install spacer (18) and snap ring (7) to piston rod.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 2. Using appropriate lifting device, remove retainer plate (12), recoil spring (11), and spacer (10). Specification Recoil Spring—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 270 kg 595 lb Retainer Plate—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 34 kg 75 lb Spacer—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 32 kg 71 lb

13. Install O-ring (9) in cylinder (8). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 14. Using appropriate lifting device, install rod (15) to cylinder (8). Specification Rod—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 47 kg 104 lb Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 65 kg 143 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

3. Remove cap screws (1), flange (3), and O-ring (2). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 4. Using appropriate lifting device, remove piston rod (4). Specification Piston Rod—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 47 kg 104 lb

5. Remove snap ring (7), spacer (18), U-ring (6), backup ring (17), and wear ring (5).

15. Using appropriate lifting device, install piston rod (4). Specification Piston Rod—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 47 kg 104 lb

16. Install O-ring (2) and flange (3). 17. Apply Loctite® 277™ Threadlocker (high strength) to cap screws (1). Install cap screws and tighten to specification.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Specification Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................140 N·m 103 lb·ft

6. Using appropriate lifting device, remove rod (15) and cylinder (8).

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Specification Rod—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 47 kg 104 lb Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 65 kg 143 lb

18. Using appropriate lifting device, install spacer (10) and recoil spring (11) to rod assembly.

7. Remove O-ring (9). 8. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

Specification Spacer—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 32 kg 71 lb Recoil Spring—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 270 kg 595 lb

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible pump damage. Apply clean hydraulic oil to parts during installation.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

9. Apply multipurpose grease to wear ring (5), backup ring (17), and U-ring (6).

19. Using appropriate lifting device, install retainer plate (12).

10. Install wear ring (5) and backup ring (17) in grooves on piston rod (4).

Specification Retainer Plate—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 34 kg 75 lb Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-39

JS20420,0001398 -19-21OCT15-2/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=89

Track System

20. Assemble track adjuster and recoil spring using JT07368 Track Recoil Spring Repair Tool with

JDG10421 Spacer. See Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0130.)

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JS20420,0001398 -19-21OCT15-3/3

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

01-0130-40

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=90

Section 02 Axles and Suspension Systems Contents Page

Group 0250—Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears Travel Gear Case Remove and Install ..................................................... 02-0250-1 Travel Gear Case Disassemble and Assemble........................................ 02-0250-4 Group 0260—Hydraulic System Travel Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install................................ 02-0260-1 Travel Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble .................. 02-0260-2 Park Brake Valve Disassemble and Assemble............................................... 02-0260-5 Counterbalance Valve Remove and Install .............................................. 02-0260-6 Crossover Relief Valves Remove and Install .............................................. 02-0260-6 Make-Up Check Valve Remove and Install .............................................. 02-0260-6 Travel Speed Selector Valve Remove and Install................................ 02-0260-7 Travel Motor and Park Brake Start-Up Procedure................................ 02-0260-7

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=1

Contents

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=2

Group 0250

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears Travel Gear Case Remove and Install 500 L 132.1 gal

Travel Gear Case Cover Weight (approximate)

45 kg 100 lb

Travel Gear Case and Motor Weight (approximate)

1090 kg 2403 lb

Travel Motor Housing-to-Frame Cap Screw Torque

1400 N·m 1033 lb·ft

Travel Motor Cover-to-Frame Cap Screw Torque

210 N·m 155 lb·ft

TX1200175A —UN—25AUG15

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

Travel Gear Case Cover

ESSENTIAL TOOLS 1— Cap Screw (7 used)

DF1063 Lift Bracket

2— Travel Gear Case Cover

DFT1130 Adapter

NOTE: Travel gear case, travel motor, and park brake are enclosed in same housing. All three components must be removed as an assembly. 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove track chain. See Track Chain Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing. 3. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 4. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 5. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cap screws (1) and travel gear case cover (2). Specification Travel Gear Case Cover—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 45 kg 100 lb Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0250-1

BD53302,0001AA7 -19-17NOV15-1/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=93

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

6. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (4—7) from the travel gear case assembly (8). Close all openings using caps and plugs. TX1097240A —UN—02SEP11

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 7. Support travel gear case assembly (8) with DF1063 Lift Bracket and DFT1130 Adapter. See DF1063 Lift Bracket and see DFT1130 Adapter. (Group 9900.) Specification Travel Gear Case and Motor—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 1090 kg 2403 lb

Travel Gear Case 3— Cap Screw (24 used) 4— Travel Motor Speed Change Valve Hose 5— Case Drain Hose

8. Apply alignment marks between travel gear case assembly and track frame to aid during installation. 9. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cap screws (3) and travel gear case assembly. 10. Remove sprocket. See Sprocket Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) 11. Clean, inspect, and replace parts as necessary.

• See Travel Gear Case Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0250.)

• See Travel Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0260.) • See Park Brake Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0260.)

6— Travel Motor (port P1) Hose 7— Travel Motor (port P2) Hose 8— Travel Gear Case Assembly

15. Connect hydraulic hoses (4, 6, and 7). See Travel Hydraulic System Line Connections. (Group 9025-15.) 16. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

17. Perform travel motor start-up procedure and connect case drain hose (5). See Travel Motor and Park Brake Start-Up Procedure. (Group 0260.)

12. Install sprocket. See Sprocket Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 13. Using appropriate lifting device, install travel gear case assembly. Specification Travel Gear Case and Motor—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 1090 kg 2403 lb

14. Align marks on travel gear case assembly to mark on track frame. Install cap screws (3) and tighten to specification.

IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pumps will be damaged if not filled with oil before starting. Procedure must be performed to fill pump housings whenever oil has been drained from pumps or hydraulic oil tank. 18. If hydraulic oil tank was drained, perform pump start-up procedure. See Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.) 19. Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Tank Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.) 20. Install track chain. See Track Chain Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)

Specification Travel Motor Housing-to-Frame Cap Screw—Torque..........................................................................1400 N·m 1033 lb·ft

21. Operate machine and check for leaks. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

NOTE: Case drain hose (5) will remain capped and plugged until travel motor start-up procedure is performed.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0250-2

BD53302,0001AA7 -19-17NOV15-2/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=94

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears 22. Install travel gear case cover and cap screws (1). Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Travel Gear Case Cover—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 45 kg 100 lb

Travel Motor Cover-to-Frame Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................210 N·m 155 lb·ft

BD53302,0001AA7 -19-17NOV15-3/3

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0250-3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=95

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

Travel Gear Case Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS Travel Gear Case Weight (approximate)

1090 kg 2403 lb

Travel Gear Oil Capacity

19.0 L 5.0 gal

Travel Motor Weight (approximate)

134 kg 295 lb

Travel Gear Case Cover Weight (approximate)

40 kg 88 lb

Ring Gear Weight (approximate)

130 kg 287 lb

First Stage Carrier Weight (approximate)

30 kg 66 lb

Second Stage Carrier Weight (approximate)

50 kg 110 lb

Third Stage Carrier Weight (approximate)

130 kg 287 lb

Sprocket Weight (approximate)

150 kg 331 lb

Drum Weight (approximate)

180 kg 397 lb

Tapered Roller Bearing Temperature (approximate)

50—70°C 122—158°F

Bearing Race Temperature (approximate)

50—70°C 122—158°F

Support-to-Drum Cap Screw Torque

90 N·m 66 lb·ft

Sprocket-to-Drum Cap Screw Torque

1400 N·m 1033 lb·ft

Bearing Nut Torque

790 N·m 583 lb·ft

Lock Plate Cap Screw Torque

90 N·m 66 lb·ft

Ring Gear-to-Drum Cap Screw Torque

750 N·m 553 lb·ft

Cover-to-Ring Gear Cap Screw Torque

210 N·m 155 lb·ft

Travel Motor Cap Screw Torque

300 N·m 220 lb·ft

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS ST3140 Bearing Nut Wrench OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength) Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0250-4

BD53302,0001AC1 -19-17DEC18-1/12

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=96

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

9 8

59 58

7 25 26

27 4 21

28 29

18 17

30 2

36 37

35 51

38 39

42 14 12 47

60 43

TX1200295

40 49

TX1200295 —UN—26AUG15

Travel Gear Case

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0250-5

BD53302,0001AC1 -19-17DEC18-2/12

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=97

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears 1— Travel Motor 2— Cap Screw (4 used) 3— Spring Washer (4 used) 4— O-Ring 5— Housing 6— Floating Seal 7— Roller Bearing 8— Drum 9— Roller Bearing 10— O-Ring 11— Bearing Nut 12— Lock Plate 13— Cap Screw (2 used) 14— Sprocket 15— Washer (24 used) 16— Cap Screw (24 used) 17— Third Stage Carrier

18— Third Stage Sun Gear 19— Second Stage Carrier 20— Spacer 21— Second Stage Sun Gear 22— Thrust Plate (3 used) 23— Needle Bearing (3 used) 24— Pin (3 used) 25— First Stage Planetary Gear (3 used) 26— Thrust Plate (3 used) 27— Spring Pin (3 used) 28— Spacer 29— First Stage Carrier 30— Thrust Plate (4 used)

31— Spring Pin (4 used) 32— Second Stage Planetary Gear (4 used) 33— Pin (4 used) 34— Needle Bearing (4 used) 35— Thrust Plate (4 used) 36— Thrust Plate (4 used) 37— Third Stage Planetary Gear (4 used) 38— Spring Pin (4 used) 39— Pin (4 used) 40— Washer (18 used) 41— Needle Bearing (8 used)

42— Thrust Plate (4 used) 43— Shaft 44— Ring Gear 45— Spacer 47— Stopper Pin 48— Bearing 49— Cover 50— Cap Screw (18 used) 51— Plug (3 used) 52— Bearing Race 53— Bearing Race 58— Cap Screw (12 used) 59— Support 60— Cap Screw (30 used)

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0250-6

BD53302,0001AC1 -19-17DEC18-3/12

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=98

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears Disassemble Travel Gear Case CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 1. Remove travel gear case assembly using appropriate lifting device. See Travel Gear Case Remove and Install. (Group 0250.) Specification Travel Gear Case—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 1090 kg 2403 lb

Specification Ring Gear—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 130 kg 287 lb

11. Remove O-ring (10). IMPORTANT: Avoid bearing (48) damage. Only remove stopper pin (47) and bearing if necessary. Bearing race cannot be reused if damaged. 12. Remove stopper pin (47) and bearing (48). 13. Remove shaft (43) from first stage carrier (29).

2. Drain gear oil. See Drain and Refill Travel Gear Case Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Travel Gear Oil—Capacity................................................................................. 19.0 L 5.0 gal

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 14. Using appropriate lifting device, remove first stage carrier (29) and second stage sun gear (21) from second stage carrier (19). Specification First Stage Carrier—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 30 kg 66 lb

3. Place travel gear case on a workbench with travel motor (1) side facing up. 4. Apply alignment marks at mating positions of travel motor and housing (5). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

15. Remove thrust plates (22), needle bearings (23), pins (24), first stage planetary gears (25), thrust plates (26), spring pins (27), and spacer (28) from first stage carrier.

5. Remove cap screws (2) and spring washers (3). Install M12 Eyebolts and remove travel motor from housing. Specification Travel Motor—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 134 kg 295 lb

6. Remove O-ring (4).

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 16. Using appropriate lifting device, remove second stage carrier and third stage sun gear (18) from third stage carrier (17). Specification Second Stage Carrier—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 50 kg 110 lb

7. Apply alignment marks at mating positions of cover (49) and ring gear (44). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 8. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cap screws (50), washers (40), and cover. Specification Travel Gear Case Cover—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 40 kg 88 lb

9. Apply alignment marks at mating positions of ring gear and drum (8). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

17. Remove spacer (20), thrust plates (30), spring pins (31), second stage planetary gears (32), pins (33), needle bearings (34), and thrust plates (35) from second stage carrier. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 18. Using appropriate lifting device, remove third stage carrier (17) from drum. Specification Third Stage Carrier—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 130 kg 287 lb

10. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cap screws (60) and ring gear. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0250-7

BD53302,0001AC1 -19-17DEC18-4/12

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=99

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

19. Remove thrust plates (36), third stage planetary gears (37), spring pins (38), pins (39), needle bearings (41), thrust plates (42), and spacer (45) from third stage carrier. TX1096888 —UN—30AUG11

20. Remove cap screws (13) and lock plate (12) from bearing nut (11). 21. Remove bearing nut using ST3140 Bearing Nut Wrench (54) from housing. 22. Apply alignment marks at mating positions of drum (8), support (59), sprocket (14), and housing. 23. Remove cap screws (16) and washers (15) from sprocket.

ST3140 Bearing Nut Wrench 54— ST3140 Bearing Nut Wrench

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 24. Install M27 Eyebolt and remove sprocket from drum. Specification Sprocket—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 150 kg 331 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 25. Install M22 Eyebolt and remove drum assembly. Specification Drum—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 180 kg 397 lb

IMPORTANT: Avoid bearing race (53) damage. Only remove if necessary. Bearing race cannot be reused if damaged. 28. Remove bearing race (53) of roller bearing (7) from drum. 29. Remove floating seal (6) from housing. IMPORTANT: Avoid roller bearing (9) damage. Only remove if necessary. Bearing cannot be reused if damaged. 30. If replacing, remove roller bearing (9).

26. Remove cap screws (58) and support.

IMPORTANT: Avoid bearing race (52) damage. Only remove if necessary. Bearing race cannot be reused if damaged.

IMPORTANT: Avoid roller bearing (7) damage. Only remove if necessary. Bearing cannot be reused if damaged.

31. Remove bearing race (52) of roller bearing (9) from drum.

27. If replacing, remove roller bearing (7).

32. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0250-8

BD53302,0001AC1 -19-17DEC18-5/12

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=100

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

9 8

59 58

7 25 26

27 4 21

28 29

18 17

30 2

36 37

35 51

38 39

42 14 12 47

60 43

TX1200295

40 49

TX1200295 —UN—26AUG15

Travel Gear Case

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0250-9

BD53302,0001AC1 -19-17DEC18-6/12

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=101

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0250-10

BD53302,0001AC1 -19-17DEC18-7/12

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=102

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears 7. Using appropriate lifting device and alignment marks made during disassembly, install drum onto housing (5).

Assemble Travel Gear Case IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage. Apply clean gear oil onto parts to prevent parts from seizing.

Specification Drum—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 180 kg 397 lb

IMPORTANT: When heating bearing race (52), take care to not overheat parts. Heat bearing just enough to install. Overheating the components can cause unnecessary damage to other components.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

1. Install bearing race (52) of roller bearing (9) onto drum (8) if removed. Specification Tapered Roller Bearing—Temperature (approximate)............................................................................50—70°C 122—158°F

8. Using appropriate lifting device and alignment marks made during disassembly, install sprocket (14) onto drum. Specification Sprocket—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 150 kg 331 lb

9. Apply Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength) to cap screws (16). Install washers (15) and cap screws onto sprocket. Tighten to specification.

2. Install roller bearing (9) if removed. 3. Install floating seal (6) onto housing (5). IMPORTANT: When heating bearing race (53), take care to not overheat parts. Heat bearing just enough to install. Overheating the components can cause unnecessary damage to good components.

Specification Sprocket-to-Drum Cap Screw—Torque..........................................................................1400 N·m 1033 lb·ft

4. Install bearing race (53) of roller bearing (7) onto drum if removed. Specification Bearing Race—Temperature (approximate).....................................................................50—70°C 122—158°F

5. Install roller bearing (7) if removed. 6. Install support (59) and cap screws (58) to drum. Tighten to specification.

10. Install bearing nut (11) using ST3140 Bearing Nut Wrench (54) onto housing. Tighten bearing nut to specification. Specification Bearing Nut—Torque...................................................................790 N·m 583 lb·ft

11. After bearing nut is tightened, tap sprocket to reduce play. Rotate sprocket 5 times clockwise and counterclockwise. Tighten bearing nut to specification. 12. Install lock plate (12) and cap screws (13) onto bearing nut. Tighten to specification.

Specification Support-to-Drum Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................90 N·m 66 lb·ft

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Specification Lock Plate Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................90 N·m 66 lb·ft

13. Install spacer (45), thrust plates (42), needle bearings (41), pins (39), third stage planetary gears (37), and thrust plates (36) onto third stage carrier (17).

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0250-11

BD53302,0001AC1 -19-17DEC18-8/12

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=103

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

TX1096888 —UN—30AUG11

54— ST3140 Bearing Nut Wrench

ST3140 Bearing Nut Wrench Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation BD53302,0001AC1 -19-17DEC18-9/12

14. Install spring pins (38) into pins (39) with opening (57) facing second stage carrier (19). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 15. Using appropriate lifting device, install third stage carrier onto drum.

Specification Third Stage Carrier—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 130 kg 287 lb

TX1096891 —UN—30AUG11

Spring Pin

16. Install third stage sun gear (18). 17. Install thrust plates (35), needle bearings (34), pins (33), second stage planetary gears (32), thrust plates (30), and spacer (20) onto second stage carrier (19).

38— Spring Pin (4 used)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0250-12

57— Opening (4 used)

BD53302,0001AC1 -19-17DEC18-10/12

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=104

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

18. Install spring pins (31) into pins (33) with opening (56) facing cover (49). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 19. Using appropriate lifting device, install second stage carrier.

Specification Second Stage Carrier—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 50 kg 110 lb

20. Install second stage sun gear (21) onto second stage carrier.

TX1096890 —UN—30AUG11

Spring Pin 31— Spring Pin (4 used)

56— Opening (4 used)

21. Install spacer (28), thrust plates (26), first stage planetary gears (25), pins (24), needle bearings (23), and thrust plates (22) onto first stage carrier (29). Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0250-13

BD53302,0001AC1 -19-17DEC18-11/12

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=105

Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears

22. Install spring pins (27) into pins (24) with opening (55) facing cover (49). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 23. Using appropriate lifting device, install first stage carrier.

Specification First Stage Carrier—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 30 kg 66 lb

TX1096889 —UN—30AUG11

Spring Pin

24. Install shaft (43) onto first stage carrier. 25. Install bearing (48) and stopper pin (47) if removed.

27— Spring Pin (3 used)

55— Opening (3 used)

26. Install O-ring (10). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

27. Using appropriate lifting device and alignment marks made during disassembly, install ring gear (44) and cap screws (60) into drum.

31. Using appropriate lifting device and alignment marks made during disassembly, install travel motor to housing.

Specification Ring Gear—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 130 kg 287 lb Ring Gear-to-Drum Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................750 N·m 553 lb·ft

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 28. Using appropriate lifting device and alignment marks made during disassembly, install cover (49) to ring gear. 29. Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to thread of cap screws (50). Install washers (40) and cap screws. Tighten to specification. Specification Cover-to-Ring Gear Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................210 N·m 155 lb·ft

Specification Travel Motor—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 134 kg 295 lb

32. Install cap screws (2) and spring washers (3) onto travel motor. Tighten to specification. Specification Travel Motor Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................300 N·m 220 lb·ft

33. Refill gear oil. See Drain and Refill Travel Gear Case Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Travel Gear Oil—Capacity................................................................................. 19.0 L 5.0 gal

34. Perform travel motor and park brake start-up procedure. See Travel Motor and Park Brake Start-Up Procedure. (Group 0260.)

30. Install O-ring (4) to travel motor (1). Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation BD53302,0001AC1 -19-17DEC18-12/12

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0250-14

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=106

Group 0260

Hydraulic System Travel Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install NOTE: The travel gear case, travel motor, and park brake are enclosed in the same housing. All three components must be removed as an assembly.

See Travel Gear Case Remove and Install. (Group 0250.) To access travel motor, travel gear case must be disassembled. See Travel Gear Case Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0250.) DV53278,00009B2 -19-02JUN15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0260-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=107

Hydraulic System

TX1096959 —UN—31AUG11

Travel Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble

Travel Motor and Park Brake 1— Housing 2— O-Ring (4 used) 3— Spring (2 used) 4— Piston (2 used) 5— Oil Seal 6— Roller Bearing 7— Shaft 8— Steel Ball (2 used) 9— Swash Plate

10— Plunger (9 used) 11— Retainer 12— Bushing 13— Spring (9 used) 14— Cylinder Block 15— Valve Plate 16— Collar 17— Roller Bearing

18— Plate (4 used) 19— Friction Plate (5 used) 20— Backup Ring 21— O-Ring 22— O-Ring 23— Backup Ring 24— Brake Piston 25— O-Ring 26— Spring (10 used)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0260-2

27— Pin 28— Pin (4 used) 29— Park Brake Valve Housing 30— Cap Screw (9 used) 31— Plate 32— Plate

BD53302,0001AAB -19-05OCT15-1/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=108

Hydraulic System SPECIFICATIONS Travel Motor Weight (approximate)

134 kg 295 lb

Brake Valve Weight (approximate)

39 kg 86 lb

Housing Weight (approximate)

65 kg 143 lb

Cap Screw Torque

300 N·m 221 lb·ft

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from components under pressure. Park brake piston (24) may come out quickly with considerable force. Use only regulated air pressure and stand clear of park brake piston when removing. 7. Carefully apply 100—300 kPa (1—3 bar) (15—44 psi) air pressure to brake release passage to remove brake piston (24). 8. Remove O-rings (21 and 22) and backup rings (20 and 23) from brake piston.

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 515™ Gasket Eliminator® Flange Sealant

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 1. Remove travel motor using appropriate lifting device. See Travel Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install. (Group 0260.)

9. Remove plate (32), friction plates (19), plates (18), and plate (31) from housing. 10. Remove cylinder block (14), springs (13), bushing (12), retainer (11), and plungers (10). 11. Remove swash plate (9), steel balls (8), pistons (4), and springs (3) from housing.

Specification Travel Motor—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 134 kg 295 lb

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to splines on shaft (7). Damage to splines on shaft will contact part of oil seal (5) and cause oil leakage.

IMPORTANT: Evenly loosen cap screws (30) when removing park brake valve housing (29). Brake valve will be under pressure from springs (13 and 26).

IMPORTANT: Avoid oil seal (5) damage. Only remove if necessary. Oil seal cannot be reused if damaged. 12. Remove shaft (7), roller bearing (6), and oil seal (5). 13. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

2. Remove cap screws (30) from park brake valve housing (29). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 3. Install M12 Eyebolts and remove brake valve from housing (1). Specification Brake Valve—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 39 kg 86 lb Housing—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 65 kg 143 lb

IMPORTANT: Avoid travel motor damage. Apply hydraulic oil to parts during assembly to avoid seizing and internal damage of travel motor. 14. Apply multipurpose grease to lip of new oil seal and apply Loctite® 515™ Gasket Eliminator® Flange Sealant to outer surface of oil seal. 15. Install oil seal (5), roller bearing (6), and shaft (7). 16. Install springs (3), pistons (4), steel balls (8), and swash plate (9) onto housing. 17. Install springs (13), bushing (12), retainer (11), and plungers (10) into cylinder block (14). 18. Install cylinder block assembly into housing (1).

IMPORTANT: Avoid roller bearing (17) damage. Only remove if necessary. Bearing cannot be reused if damaged.

19. Install plate (31), plates (18), frictions plates (19), and plate (32) into housing.

4. Remove roller bearing (17) if necessary.

20. Install backup rings (20 and 23) and O-rings (21 and 22) into brake piston (24).

5. Remove valve plate (15) and pins (27 and 28) from park brake valve. 6. Remove springs (26) and O-rings (2 and 25) from housing. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0260-3

BD53302,0001AAB -19-05OCT15-2/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=109

Hydraulic System

NOTE: Align pins (28) on brake piston (24) with pins on housing (1). 21. Install brake piston (24) onto housing (1). TX1097638 —UN—09SEP11

22. Install O-rings (2 and 25) and springs (26) onto housing. 23. Add hydraulic oil until plates are submerged. 24. Install pins (27 and 28) and valve plate (15) onto park brake valve housing (29). IMPORTANT: Avoid roller bearing (17) damage. Only remove if necessary. Bearing cannot be reused if damaged.

Brake Piston

25. If removed, install new roller bearing (17).

1— Housing 24— Brake Piston

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 26. Install park brake valve housing assembly and cap screws (30) onto housing. Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Brake Valve—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 39 kg 86 lb Housing—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 65 kg 143 lb Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................300 N·m 221 lb·ft

28— Pin (4 used)

27. Install travel motor using appropriate lifting device. See Travel Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install. (Group 0260.) Specification Travel Motor—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 134 kg 295 lb

28. Perform travel motor and park brake start-up procedure. See Travel Motor and Park Brake Start-Up Procedure. (Group 0260).

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. BD53302,0001AAB -19-05OCT15-3/3

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0260-4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=110

Hydraulic System

Park Brake Valve Disassemble and Assemble 2

9 8

10 11

9 12

23 18

13 14 42

43 44

10 39 40 41

19 25

27 29

21 22

30 24

26 28

51 4

10 9

43 45

44 50

32 2

TX1200605 —UN—07OCT15

39 42

37 40

36 35

38 TX1200605 Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble 1— Plug (2 used) 14— O-Ring 2— O-Ring (2 used) 15— Plug 3— Spring (2 used) 16— Poppet Seat (2 used) 4— Make-Up Check Valve (2 used) 17— Backup Ring (2 used) 5— Crossover Relief Valve (2 18— O-Ring (2 used) used) 19— Backup Ring (2 used) 6— Plug 20— Poppet (2 used) 7— O-Ring 21— Relief Housing (2 used) 8— Spring 22— Piston (2 used) 9— Plug (6 used) 23— Backup O-Ring (2 used) 10— O-Ring (6 used) 24— O-Ring (2 used) 11— Orifice (2 used) 25— Backup Ring (2 used) 12— Socket Cap Screw (9 used) 26— Spring Seat (2 used) 13— Travel Speed Selector Valve

27— Spring (2 used) 28— Spring Guide (2 used) 29— O-Ring (2 used) 30— Backup Ring (2 used) 31— O-Ring (2 used) 32— Plug (2 used) 33— Nut (2 used) 34— Set Screw (2 used) 35— Cap Screw (8 used) 36— Cap (2 used) 37— O-Ring (2 used) 38— Spring Seat (2 used) 39— Spring (2 used)

valve to its original position and try again. Do not disassemble travel speed selector valve.

SPECIFICATIONS Cap Screw Torque

110 N·m 81 lb·ft

Crossover Relief Valve Torque

420 N·m 310 lb·ft

Make-Up Check Valve Plug Torque

420 N·m 310 lb·ft

3. Remove travel speed selector valve (13). 4. Remove plugs (1), O-rings (2), springs (3), and make-up check valves (4).

1. Remove park brake housing (51). See Travel Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0260.) 2. Remove plugs (6 and 15), O-rings (7 and 14), and spring (8) from park brake housing (51). IMPORTANT: Prevent travel speed selector valve (13) damage. Remove travel speed selector valve while rotating park brake housing. If resistance is felt, do not try to force the travel speed selector valve. Return travel speed selector

IMPORTANT: Prevent O-ring (24) damage. Do not move piston (22) attached on the outer surface of crossover relief valves (5). IMPORTANT: Do not disassemble crossover relief valves (5). Crossover relief valves should be replaced as an assembly. Attach an identification tag to each crossover relief valve to install in original position. 5. Install identification tags and remove crossover relief valves (5). Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

40— Spring Seat (2 used) 41— Plug (2 used) 42— O-Ring (2 used) 43— Spring (2 used) 44— Check Valve (2 used) 45— Spool 47— Pin (4 used) 48— Pin 49— Orifice 50— Counterbalance Valve 51— Park Brake Housing

02-0260-5

DV53278,00009B1 -19-12OCT15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=111

Hydraulic System

6. Remove cap screws (35) and caps (36). 7. Remove O-rings (37), spring seats (38), springs (39), and spring seats (40). IMPORTANT: Prevent counterbalance valve (50) damage. Remove counterbalance valve while rotating. If resistance is felt, do not try to force the counterbalance valve. Return counterbalance valve to original position and try again. 8. Push and rotate counterbalance valve (50). 9. Remove plugs (41), O-rings (42), springs (43), and check valves (44) from spool (45). 10. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. 11. Install check valves (44), springs (43), O-rings (42), and plugs (41) onto spool (45). IMPORTANT: Prevent counterbalance valve (50) damage. Remove counterbalance valve while rotating. If resistance is felt, do not try to force the counterbalance valve. Return counterbalance valve to original position and try again. 12. Push and rotate counterbalance valve (50). 13. Install spring seats (40), springs (39), spring seats (38), and O-rings (37). 14. Install caps (36) and cap screws (35) onto park brake housing. Tighten cap screws to specification.

Specification Cap Screw—Torque.................................................................... 110 N·m 81 lb·ft

IMPORTANT: Install crossover relief valves (5) to its original position. Crossover relief valves must be installed into the same bores from which they were removed for proper operation of machine. 15. Install crossover relief valves (5). Tighten to specification. Specification Crossover Relief Valve—Torque.............................................................................420 N·m 310 lb·ft

16. Install make-up check valves (4), springs (3), O-rings (2), and plugs (1). Tighten plugs to specification. Specification Make-Up Check Valve Plug—Torque...............................................................................420 N·m 310 lb·ft

17. Install travel speed selector valve (13). 18. Install spring (8), O-rings (7 and 14), and plugs (6 and 15). 19. Install park brake valve. See Travel Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0260.) 20. Perform travel motor and park brake start-up procedure. See Travel Motor and Park Brake Start-Up Procedure. (Group 0260.) DV53278,00009B1 -19-12OCT15-2/2

Counterbalance Valve Remove and Install See Park Brake Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0260.) DV53278,000097F -19-20AUG15-1/1

Crossover Relief Valves Remove and Install See Park Brake Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0260.) DV53278,0000980 -19-24AUG15-1/1

Make-Up Check Valve Remove and Install See Park Brake Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0260.) DV53278,0000981 -19-20AUG15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0260-6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=112

Hydraulic System

Travel Speed Selector Valve Remove and Install See Park Brake Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0260.) DV53278,0000982 -19-20AUG15-1/1

Travel Motor and Park Brake Start-Up Procedure SPECIFICATIONS 500 L 132.1 gal

TX1092057A —UN—12MAY11

Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

IMPORTANT: To avoid component damage from insufficient lubrication, this procedure must be performed whenever travel motor is replaced or disassembled, or case has been drained. 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing. 2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing the pressure release button on top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

Travel Motor Drain Hose 1— Travel Motor Drain Hose

6. Connect travel motor drain hose. 7. Remove vacuum or refill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

3. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pumps will be damaged if not filled with oil before starting. Procedure must be performed to fill pump housings whenever oil has been drained from pumps or hydraulic oil tank.

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

8. If hydraulic oil tank was drained, perform pump start-up procedure. See Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.)

4. Disconnect travel motor drain hose (1).

9. Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Tank Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)

5. Fill travel motor case with hydraulic oil through case drain port until full. For approved hydraulic oils, see Swing Gear Case and Travel Gear Case Oils. (Operator’s Manual.)

10. Operate machine and check for leaks.

BD53302,0001AAE -19-17NOV15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0260-7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=113

Hydraulic System

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

02-0260-8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=114

Section 04 Engine Contents Page

Group 0400—Removal and Installation Engine Remove and Install........................ 04-0400-1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

04-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=1

Contents

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

04-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=2

Group 0400

Removal and Installation Engine Remove and Install

See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

Cooling System Capacity

124 L 32.8 gal

Engine Weight (approximate)

1334 kg 2941 lb

Pump Device Assembly Weight (approximate)

755 kg 1665 lb

Engine Mount Cap Screw Torque

1050 N·m 774 lb·ft

Pump Drive Gear Case-to-Engine Cap Screw Torque

110 N·m 81 lb·ft

CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing. 6. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position.

7. Drain coolant from radiator. See Drain Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.)

2. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Remove hood. See Hood Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 4. Remove engine side shields. See Engine Side Shields Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)

Specification Cooling System—Capacity..................................................................................................... 124 L 32.8 gal

8. Install identification tags and disconnect electrical connectors (X4—X9). See Engine Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

5. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

04-0400-1

DV53278,0000B10 -19-17NOV15-1/15

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=117

Removal and Installation X7— Machine Harness-toEngine Harness 14-Pin Connector X8— Machine Harness-toEngine Harness 1-Pin Connector X9— Machine Harness-toEngine Harness 20-Pin Connector

TX1202415A —UN—29SEP15

X4— Machine Harness-toEngine Harness 12-Pin Connector X5— Machine Harness-toEngine Harness 32-Pin Connector X6— Machine Harness-toEngine Harness 16-Pin Connector

Electrical Connectors DV53278,0000B10 -19-17NOV15-2/15

9. Install identification tags and disconnect starter motor (M1).

TX1094807A —UN—19JUL11

M1—Starter Motor

Starter Motor Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

04-0400-2

DV53278,0000B10 -19-17NOV15-3/15

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=118

Removal and Installation

10. Install identification tags and disconnect alternator (G3).

TX1094839A —UN—19JUL11

G3—Alternator

Alternator DV53278,0000B10 -19-17NOV15-4/15

11. Install identification tags and disconnect air conditioner compressor clutch (Y11). 12. Remove air conditioner compressor belt. See Replace Air Conditioner V-Belt. (Operator’s Manual.) NOTE: Air conditioning system does not need to be evacuated to remove air conditioner compressor.

3— Cap Screw (4 used)

TX1094811A —UN—31AUG11

13. Remove cap screws (3) and set air conditioner compressor aside. Y11— Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch

Air Conditioner Compressor Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

04-0400-3

DV53278,0000B10 -19-17NOV15-5/15

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=119

Removal and Installation

14. Install identification tags and disconnect engine oil level switch (B6).

TX1094810A —UN—19JUL11

B6—Engine Oil Level Switch

Engine Oil Level Switch DV53278,0000B10 -19-17NOV15-6/15

15. Install identification tags and disconnect engine overheat switch (B42).

TX1094840A —UN—19JUL11

B42— Engine Overheat Switch

Engine Overheat Switch Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

04-0400-4

DV53278,0000B10 -19-17NOV15-7/15

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=120

Removal and Installation

16. Install identification tags, loosen clamps (1), and disconnect lower radiator hose (2). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 2— Lower Radiator Hose

TX1094801A —UN—19JUL11

1— Clamp (2 used)

Lower Radiator Hose DV53278,0000B10 -19-17NOV15-8/15

17. Install identification tags and disconnect engine oil hoses (4). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

TX1094816A —UN—19JUL11

4— Engine Oil Hose (2 used)

Engine Oil Hoses Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

04-0400-5

DV53278,0000B10 -19-17NOV15-9/15

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=121

Removal and Installation

18. Install identification tags and disconnect heater hoses (5). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

TX1202417A —UN—29SEP15

5— Heater Hose (4 used)

Heater Hoses DV53278,0000B10 -19-17NOV15-10/15

19. Install identification tags and install clamps on fuel hoses (6—10). Disconnect fuel hoses. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 9— Primary Fuel Filter and Water Separator 1 and Primary Fuel Filter and Water Separator 2-to-High-Pressure Fuel Pump Hose 10— High-Pressure Common Rail-to-Fuel Cooler Hose

TX1094834A —UN—19JUL11

6— Fuel Transfer Pump-to-Fuel Supply Manifold Hose 7— Final Fuel and Water Separator 1-to-Fuel Supply Manifold Hose 8— Final Fuel and Water Separator 2-to-Fuel Supply Manifold Hose

Fuel Hoses Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

04-0400-6

DV53278,0000B10 -19-17NOV15-11/15

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=122

Removal and Installation

20. Install identification tags, loosen clamp (11), and disconnect air cleaner hose (12). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 21. Install identification tags, loosen clamps (13 and 15), and disconnect intercooler hoses (14 and 16). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

TX1094837A —UN—19JUL11

22. Install identification tags, loosen clamp (17), and disconnect upper radiator hose (18). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 23. Remove exhaust tube. See Exhaust Tube Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) 11— Clamp 12— Air Cleaner Hose 13— Clamp (2 used) 14— Intercooler Hose

15— Clamp (2 used) 16— Intercooler Hose 17— Clamp 18— Upper Radiator Hose Air Cleaner and Intercooler Hoses

DV53278,0000B10 -19-17NOV15-12/15

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 24. Attach appropriate lifting device (21) to engine lifting points (22 and 23).

21— Lifting Device 22— Lifting Point

TX1094842A —UN—19JUL11

Specification Engine—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 1334 kg 2941 lb 23— Lifting Point

Lifting Device Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

04-0400-7

DV53278,0000B10 -19-17NOV15-13/15

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=123

Removal and Installation

25. Remove cap screws (24). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. IMPORTANT: Avoid isolator damage. Support pumps when removing engine to avoid stress and/or future damage to isolators. TX1094843A —UN—19JUL11

26. Attach appropriate lifting device and support pump device assembly. Specification Pump Device Assembly Weight—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 755 kg 1665 lb 24— Cap Screw (2 used)

25— Engine Mount (2 used)

Engine Mount (right side shown) Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

04-0400-8

DV53278,0000B10 -19-17NOV15-14/15

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=124

Removal and Installation

27. Remove cap screws (26) from pump drive gear case (27). 28. Remove engine. 29. Repair or replace as necessary. For more information, see Isuzu 6WG1 Tier 4 Engine Manual. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. TX1094844A —UN—19JUL11

• Tighten cap screws (24) to specification. Specification Engine Mount Cap Screw—Torque..........................................................................1050 N·m 774 lb·ft

• Tighten cap screws (26) to specification. Specification Pump Drive Gear Case-to-Engine Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................ 110 N·m 81 lb·ft

Pump Drive Gear Case 26— Cap Screw (14 used)

• Fill hydraulic oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic

fragile and can easily be damaged if proper care is not used. Avoid bending, twisting, or kinking DEF system hoses.

Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

• Fill cooling system. See Cooling System Fill and Deaeration Procedure. (Operator’s Manual.)

27— Pump Drive Gear Case

NOTE: This procedure is necessary after any service is performed on the diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system.

• See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Leak Test With MPDr. (Group 9015-20.)

Specification Cooling System—Capacity..................................................................................................... 124 L 32.8 gal

NOTE: This procedure is necessary after any service is performed on coolant system.

• See Coolant Bleeding With MPDr. (Group 9015-20.)

Additional Information IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system hoses. DEF system hoses are DV53278,0000B10 -19-17NOV15-15/15

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

04-0400-9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=125

Removal and Installation

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

04-0400-10

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=126

Section 05 Engine Auxiliary System Contents Page

Group 0510—Cooling Systems Radiator Remove and Install ..................... 05-0510-1 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Remove and Install ..................................................... 05-0510-3 Charge Air Cooler Remove and Install ..................................................... 05-0510-3 Fuel Cooler Remove and Install ................ 05-0510-4 Cooling Package Remove and Install ..................................................... 05-0510-5 Fan, Fan Guard, and Fan Shroud Remove and Install................................ 05-0510-8 Engine Radiator Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve Remove and Install................................ 05-0510-9 Engine Radiator Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble ................ 05-0510-11 Engine Radiator Fan Motor Remove and Install.............................. 05-0510-13 Engine Radiator Fan Motor Disassemble and Assemble ................ 05-0510-18 Group 0530—External Exhaust Systems Exhaust Tube Remove and Install.............. 05-0530-1 Exhaust Aftertreatment Assembly Remove and Install................................ 05-0530-2 Exhaust Aftertreatment Assembly Disassemble and Assemble .................. 05-0530-4 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Remove and Install................................ 05-0530-8 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install.............................. 05-0530-10 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header Suction Screen Remove and Install ............................................ 05-0530-12 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Supply Module Remove and Install ................. 05-0530-13 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Heating Valve Remove and Install .................... 05-0530-15 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector Remove and Install ................. 05-0530-16 Group 0560—External Fuel Supply Systems Fuel Tank Remove and Install ................... 05-0560-1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=1

Contents

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=2

Group 0510

Cooling Systems Radiator Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Engine Coolant Capacity

124 L 32.8 gal

Radiator Weight (approximate)

22 kg 49 lb

Hose Clamp Torque

4.4 N·m 39 lb·in ESSENTIAL TOOLS

JT05549 Metric Lifting Eyebolt (2 used) TX1095744A —UN—09AUG11

NOTE: Procedure shown is for removal of one radiator. Other radiators are removed using same process. 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position.

Charge Air Cooler Pipe Bracket 1— Bracket 2— Cap Screw (6 used)

2. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.)

3— Cap Screw (4 used) 4— Bracket (2 used)

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. Shut off engine. Remove filler cap when cool to touch. Slowly loosen filler cap to relieve the pressure, then remove. 3. Drain cooling system. See Drain Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Engine Coolant—Capacity..................................................................................................... 124 L 32.8 gal

4. Remove hood and engine side shields. See Hood Remove and Install and see Engine Side Shields Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 5. Open cooling package doors. See Cooling Package Door Remove and Install. (Group 1921.) 6. Remove charge air cooler. See Charge Air Cooler Remove and Install. (Group 0510.) 7. Remove cap screws (2) and bracket (1). 8. Remove cap screws (3). Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-1

BD53302,0001AE7 -19-28OCT15-1/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=129

Cooling Systems

9. Loosen hose clamp (5) and disconnect radiator hose (6) at upper radiator reservoir (7). 7— Upper Radiator Reservoir 8— Cap Screw (2 used) TX1095765A —UN—09AUG11

5— Hose Clamp 6— Radiator Hose

Upper Center Radiator Hose BD53302,0001AE7 -19-28OCT15-2/3

10. Remove cap screws (8) and install JT05549 Metric Lifting Eyebolts (10). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 11. Using an appropriate lifting device, attach radiator (9) using M10-1.5 metric lifting eyebolts. Specification Radiator—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 22 kg 49 lb TX1095773A —UN—18AUG11

12. Repair or replace parts as necessary. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 13. Install radiator using appropriate lifting device. Specification Radiator—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 22 kg 49 lb

Radiator Lifting Points 9— Radiator (3 used)

14. Connect radiator hose to upper radiator reservoir and tighten hose clamp to specification. Specification Hose Clamp—Torque...................................................................4.4 N·m 39 lb·in

15. Install cap screws (3). 16. Install bracket (1) and cap screws (2). 17. Install charge air cooler. See Charge Air Cooler Remove and Install. (Group 0510.) 18. Close cooling package doors. See Cooling Package Door Remove and Install. (Group 1921.)

10— JT05549 Metric Lifting Eyebolt (2 used)

20. Fill cooling system. See Cooling System Fill and Deaeration Procedure. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Engine Coolant—Capacity..................................................................................................... 124 L 32.8 gal

21. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) 22. Operate machine and check for leaks.

19. Install hood and engine side shields. See Hood Remove and Install and see Engine Side Shields Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) BD53302,0001AE7 -19-28OCT15-3/3

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=130

Cooling Systems

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Remove and Install See Hydraulic Oil Cooler Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) BD53302,0001AB1 -19-17NOV15-1/1

Charge Air Cooler Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Charge Air Cooler Weight (approximate)

40 kg 88 lb

Mounting Cap Screw Torque

90 N·m 66 lb·ft

Hose Clamps Torque

10 N·m 89 lb·in

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) TX1203797A —UN—15OCT15

Charge Air Cooler

4. Loosen hose clamps (1) and disconnect charge air cooler hoses (2). Close all openings using caps and plugs. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 5. Using appropriate lifting device, support charge air cooler (4). Specification Charge Air Cooler—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 40 kg 88 lb

6. Remove cap screws (3) and charge air cooler.

1— Hose Clamp (4 used) 2— Charge Air Cooler Hose (2 used)

3— Cap Screw (4 used) 4— Charge Air Cooler

Specification Mounting Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................90 N·m 66 lb·ft

9. Connect charge air cooler hoses and tighten hose clamps. Specification Hose Clamp—Torque....................................................................10 N·m 89 lb·in

10. Close cooling package doors. See Cooling Package Door Remove and Install. (Group 1921.)

7. Repair or replace parts as necessary. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

11. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.)

8. Using appropriate lifting device, support charge air cooler. Install cap screws and tighten to specification. BD53302,0001AE8 -19-28OCT15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=131

Cooling Systems

Fuel Cooler Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Fuel Hose Clamp Torque

4.4 N·m 39 lb·in

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1201911A —UN—22SEP15

Fuel Coolers

5. Remove cap screws (3) and fuel coolers (4).

1— Hose Clamp (4 used) 2— Fuel Hose (3 used)

6. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

3— Cap Screw (8 used) 4— Fuel Cooler (2 used)

7. Install fuel coolers and cap screws. 8. Connect fuel hoses and tighten hose clamps to specification.

10. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.)

Specification Fuel Hose Clamp—Torque............................................................................4.4 N·m 39 lb·in

11. Bleed air from fuel system. See Bleed Fuel System. (Operator’s Manual.) 12. Operate machine and check for leaks.

9. Close cooling package doors. See Cooling Package Door Remove and Install. (Group 1921.) BD53302,0001AE9 -19-28OCT15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=132

Cooling Systems

Cooling Package Remove and Install 124 L 32.8 gal

Cooling Package Weight (approximate)

567 kg 1250 lb

Mounting Cap Screw Torque

1050 N·m 774 lb·ft TX1202077A —UN—23SEP15

SPECIFICATIONS Cooling System Capacity

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position. Upper Cooling Package Hoses

2. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.)

1— Hose Clamp (4 used) 2— Charge Air Cooler Hose (2 used) 3— Coolant Recovery Tank Assembly 4— Cap Screw (4 used) 5— Coolant Recovery Tank Hose

6— Hose Clamp (2 used) 7— Radiator Inlet Hose 8— Cap Screw (2 used) 9— Bracket B28— Engine Coolant Level Switch

7. Loosen hose clamps (6) and disconnect radiator inlet hose (7). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

Specification Cooling System—Capacity..................................................................................................... 124 L 32.8 gal

8. Disconnect coolant recovery tank hose (5). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 9. Remove cap screws (8) and bracket (9).

4. Remove hood and engine side shields. See Hood Remove and Install and see Engine Side Shields Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)

10. Install identification tags and disconnect engine coolant level switch (B28). See Engine Sub Harness (W6) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

5. Open cooling package doors. See Cooling Package Door Remove and Install. (Group 1921.)

11. Remove cap screws (4) and set coolant recovery tank assembly (3) aside.

6. Loosen hose clamps (1) and disconnect charge air cooler hoses (2). Close all openings using caps and plugs. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-5

BD53302,0001AEA -19-28OCT15-1/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=133

Cooling Systems

12. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (11—14) from engine radiator fan drive reversing control valve (10). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 13. Install identification tags and disconnect fan reversing solenoid 1 (Y54). See Oil Cooler Harness (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 13— Pilot Pressure Hose (solenoid valve manifold to engine radiator fan drive reversing control valve) 14— Case Drain Hose Y54— Fan Reversing Solenoid 1

TX1202101A —UN—23SEP15

10— Engine Radiator Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve 11— Return Hose (engine radiator fan drive reversing control valve to hydraulic oil tank) 12— Supply Pressure Hose (radiator fan pump to engine radiator fan drive reversing control valve)

Engine Radiator Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve BD53302,0001AEA -19-28OCT15-2/6

14. Remove key pins (15) and pins (16) from both cooling package supports inside engine compartment. 16— Pin (2 used)

TX1202080A —UN—23SEP15

15— Key Pin (2 used)

Cooling Package Support Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-6

BD53302,0001AEA -19-28OCT15-3/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=134

Cooling Systems

15. Remove cap screws (17 and 18). 18— Cap Screw (3 used)

TX1202083A —UN—23SEP15

17— Cap Screw (8 used)

Cooling Package Support BD53302,0001AEA -19-28OCT15-4/6

16. Loosen hose clamps (19) and disconnect radiator outlet hose (20). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 17. Remove mounting cap screws (22) and spacers (21). 21— Spacer (2 used) 22— Mounting Cap Screw (4 used)

TX1202093A —UN—23SEP15

19— Hose Clamp (2 used) 20— Radiator Outlet Hose

Radiator Outlet Hose and Mounting Cap Screws Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-7

BD53302,0001AEA -19-28OCT15-5/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=135

Cooling Systems

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 18. Attach appropriate lifting device to cooling package lifting points (23). Specification Cooling Package—Weight (approximate)............................................................................................ 567 kg 1250 lb

TX1202094A —UN—23SEP15

19. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cooling package. 20. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 21. Using appropriate lifting device, install cooling package. Specification Cooling Package—Weight (approximate)............................................................................................ 567 kg 1250 lb

Cooling Package Lifting Points

22. Install spacers and mounting cap screws. Tighten to specification. Specification Mounting Cap Screw—Torque..........................................................................1050 N·m 774 lb·ft

23. Connect radiator outlet hose and tighten hose clamps. 24. Install cap screws (17 and 18).

23— Lifting Point (2 used)

31. Connect coolant recovery tank hose. 32. Connect radiator inlet hose and tighten hose clamps. 33. Connect charge air cooler hoses and tighten hose clamps.

25. Install pins and key pins.

34. Close cooling package doors. See Cooling Package Door Remove and Install. (Group 1921.)

26. Connect fan reversing solenoid 1 (Y54). See Oil Cooler Harness (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

35. Install hood and engine side shields. See Hood Remove and Install and see Engine Side Shields Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)

27. Connect hydraulic hoses (11—14) to engine radiator fan drive reversing control valve. See Fan Drive Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.)

36. Fill cooling system. See Cooling System Fill and Deaeration Procedure. (Operator’s Manual.)

28. Install coolant recovery tank assembly and cap screws. 29. Connect engine coolant level switch (B28). See Engine Sub Harness (W6) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

37. Bleed coolant system. See Coolant Bleeding With MPDr. (Group 9015-20.) 38. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) 39. Operate the machine and check for leaks.

30. Install bracket and cap screws. BD53302,0001AEA -19-28OCT15-6/6

Fan, Fan Guard, and Fan Shroud Remove and Install

Remove and Install. (Group 0510.) See Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Motor Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

For instructions on removal and installation of fan, fan guard, and fan shroud, see Engine Radiator Fan Motor BD53302,0001AB5 -19-17SEP15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=136

Cooling Systems

Engine Radiator Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

TX1202157A —UN—23SEP15

1— Hose Clamp (4 used) 2— Charge Air Cooler Hose 3— Cap Screw (2 used)

3. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

4— Bracket 5— Air Cleaner Pipe 6— Hose Clamp (3 used)

7. Remove cap screws (3) and bracket (4). 8. Loosen hose clamps (6) and remove air cleaner pipe (5). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

4. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity (approximate).................................................................................. 500 L 132.1 gal

5. Remove hood and engine side shields. See Hood Remove and Install and see Engine Side Shields Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 6. Loosen hose clamps (1) and remove charge air cooler hose (2). Close all openings using caps and plugs. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-9

BD53302,0001AEB -19-28OCT15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=137

Cooling Systems

9. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (7—11). Close all openings using caps and plugs. See Fan Drive Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.) 10. Install identification tags and disconnect fan reversing solenoid 1 (Y54). See Engine Sub Harness (W6) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

TX1201662A —UN—21SEP15

11. Remove cap screws (12) and engine radiator fan drive reversing control valve (13). 12. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Engine Radiator Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0510.) 13. Install engine radiator fan drive reversing control valve and cap screws. 14. Connect fan reversing solenoid 1 (Y54). See Engine Sub Harness (W6) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 15. Connect hydraulic hoses (7—11). See Fan Drive Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.) 16. Install air cleaner pipe and tighten hose clamps. 17. Install bracket and cap screws. 18. Install charge air cooler hose and tighten hose clamp. 19. Install hood and engine side shields. See Hood Remove and Install and see Engine Side Shields Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 20. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

Engine Radiator Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve 7— Return Hose (engine radiator fan drive reversing control valve to hydraulic oil tank) 8— Supply Pressure Hose (radiator fan pump to engine radiator fan drive reversing control valve) 9— Pilot Pressure Hose (solenoid valve manifold to engine radiator fan drive reversing valve) 10— Supply Pressure Hose (engine radiator fan drive reversing control valve to engine radiator fan motor)

11— Return Hose (engine radiator fan motor to engine radiator fan drive reversing control valve) 12— Cap Screw (3 used) 13— Engine Radiator Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve Y54— Fan Reversing Solenoid 1

22. Operate machine and check for leaks.

21. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) BD53302,0001AEB -19-28OCT15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-10

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=138

Cooling Systems

Engine Radiator Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble 20 21 22 23

4 2

3 3

2 3

4 5

10 13 1 7 15

4 6 TX1096065 —UN—18AUG11

3 2

19 18 8

TX1096065 Fan Reversing Control Valve 1— Fan Reversing Control Valve Body 2— Plug (5 used) 3— O-Ring (5 used) 4— Plug (4 used) 5— O-Ring (4 used)

6— Fan Drive System Relief Valve 11— Cap Screw (2 used) 7— O-Ring 12— O-Ring 8— Cap Screw (4 used) 13— O-Ring 9— Solenoid Housing 14— O-Ring 10— Solenoid 15— Ball 16— Plug 17— O-Ring 18— Spring

IMPORTANT: Prevent contamination of hydraulic system during disassembly. Prepare a clean lint free surface to place internal parts for inspection and repair.

19— Spool 20— Plug 21— O-Ring 22— Spring 23— Spool

11. Remove spring (22) and spool (23). 12. Inspect, clean, and replace parts as necessary. IMPORTANT: Avoid possible component damage. Apply clean hydraulic oil to parts prior to installation.

1. Remove plugs (2 and 4) and drain hydraulic oil. 2. Remove O-rings (3 and 5) from plugs (2 and 4).

13. Install spool (23) and spring (22).

3. Remove fan drive system relief valve (6).

14. Install O-ring (21) and plug (20).

4. Remove O-ring (7) from fan drive system relief valve. 5. Remove cap screws (8) and remove solenoid housing (9). 6. Remove O-rings (13 and 14) and ball (15) from solenoid housing. 7. Remove cap screws (11), solenoid (10), and O-ring (12). 8. Remove plug (16) and O-ring (17).

15. Install spool (19) and spring (18) into solenoid housing. 16. Install O-ring (17) and plug (16). 17. Install O-ring (12), solenoid (10), and cap screws (11). 18. Install O-rings (13 and 14) and ball (15) into solenoid housing. 19. Install solenoid housing and cap screws (8). 20. Install O-ring (7) and fan drive system relief valve (6).

9. Remove spring (18) and spool (19) from solenoid housing.

21. Install O-rings (5) and plugs (4).

10. Remove plug (20) and O-ring (21). Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-11

DF89619,00B5D17 -19-01SEP15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=139

Cooling Systems

22. Install O-rings (3) and plugs (2). DF89619,00B5D17 -19-01SEP15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-12

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=140

Cooling Systems

Engine Radiator Fan Motor Remove and Install 500 L 132.1 gal

Engine Radiator Fan Motor Support With Engine Radiator Fan Motor and Fan Weight (approximate)

120 kg 265 lb

Hydraulic Hose Cap Screw Torque

50 N·m 37 lb·ft

Fan Cap Screw Torque

90 N·m 66 lb·ft

Engine Radiator Fan Motor Support Cap Screw Torque

90 N·m 66 lb·ft

Fan Guard Cap Screw Torque

90 N·m 66 lb·ft

TX1202157A —UN—23SEP15

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

Air Cleaner and Charge Air Cooler

OTHER MATERIAL 1— Hose Clamp (4 used) 2— Charge Air Cooler Hose 3— Cap Screw (2 used)

Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength)

4— Bracket 5— Air Cleaner Pipe 6— Hose Clamp (3 used)

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 8. Loosen hose clamps (6) and remove air cleaner pipe (5). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position. 2. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) CAUTION: High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. The hydraulic tank is pressurized. Relieve pressure by pushing pressure release button. 3. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 4. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-13

BD53302,0001AEC -19-28OCT15-1/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=141

Cooling Systems Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation BD53302,0001AEC -19-28OCT15-2/7

9. Install identification tags and disconnect fan reversing solenoid 1 (Y54). See Engine Sub Harness (W6) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 10. Remove P-clamp (8). 11. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (9, 11, and 12). Close all openings using caps and plugs. For hydraulic hose location, see Fan Drive Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.)

TX1201691A —UN—17SEP15

12. Remove cap screws (10) from engine radiator fan drive reversing control valve (7) and secure to the side. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. NOTE: It is advised to remove engine radiator fan motor support (14) with engine radiator fan motor (24) and fan (19) attached due to high-strength adhesive applied to fan cap screws (18). Engine Radiator Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve Removal

13. Using appropriate lifting device, support engine radiator fan motor support with engine radiator fan motor and fan attached. Specification Engine Radiator Fan Motor Support With Engine Radiator Fan Motor and Fan—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 120 kg 265 lb

7— Engine Radiator Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve 8— P-Clamp 9— Case Drain Hose 10— Cap Screw (4 used)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-14

11— Supply Pressure Hose 12— Return Hose Y54— Fan Reversing Solenoid 1

BD53302,0001AEC -19-28OCT15-3/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=142

Cooling Systems

14. Remove cap screws (15 and 16) and fan guards (17). 15. Remove cap screws (13) from engine radiator fan motor support (14). 16— Cap Screw (4 used) 17— Fan Guard (2 used)

TX1201693A —UN—17SEP15

13— Cap Screw (6 used) 14— Engine Radiator Fan Motor Support 15— Cap Screw (8 used)

Engine Radiator Fan Motor Support BD53302,0001AEC -19-28OCT15-4/7

16. Remove cap screws (18) and fan (19). 17. Remove key from engine radiator fan motor shaft groove. 18. Remove hub with puller using threaded holes in fan mount. 19— Fan

TX1201694A —UN—17SEP15

18— Cap Screw (6 used)

Fan Removal Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-15

BD53302,0001AEC -19-28OCT15-5/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=143

Cooling Systems

19. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic lines (20—22). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 20. Remove cap screws (23) and engine radiator fan motor (24).

21. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Engine Radiator Fan Motor Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0510.)

23. Connect hydraulic lines to engine radiator fan motor. See Fan Drive Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.) Tighten to specification.

TX1201696 —UN—17SEP15

22. Install engine radiator fan motor and cap screws.

Specification Hydraulic Hose Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft Engine Radiator Fan Motor

24. Install hub with key to engine radiator fan motor shaft. 25. Apply Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength) to cap screws (18). Install fan and cap screws to engine radiator fan motor. Tighten to specification. Specification Fan Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................90 N·m 66 lb·ft

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

20— Return Line (radiator fan motor to radiator fan drive reversing control valve) 21— Supply Pressure Line (radiator fan drive reversing control valve to radiator fan motor) 22— Case Drain Line (radiator fan motor to hydraulic oil tank)

23— Cap Screw (2 used) 24— Engine Radiator Fan Motor

Drive Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.)

26. Install engine radiator fan motor support using appropriate lifting device.

31. Install P-clamp (8).

Specification Engine Radiator Fan Motor Support With Engine Radiator Fan Motor and Fan—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 120 kg 265 lb

32. Connect fan reversing solenoid 1 (Y54). See Engine Sub Harness (W6) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

27. Install cap screws (13). Tighten to specification.

35. Install charge air cooler hose and tighten hose clamps.

Specification Engine Radiator Fan Motor Support Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................90 N·m 66 lb·ft

28. Install fan guards and cap screws (15 and 16). Tighten to specification. Specification Fan Guard Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................90 N·m 66 lb·ft

33. Install air cleaner pipe and tighten hose clamps. 34. Install bracket and cap screws (3).

36. Install hood and engine side shields. See Hood Remove and Install and see Engine Side Shields Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 37. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

29. Install engine radiator fan drive reversing control valve and cap screws (10).

38. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.)

30. Connect hydraulic hoses to radiator fan drive reversing control valve. For hydraulic hose locations, see Fan

39. Operate machine and check for leaks.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-16

BD53302,0001AEC -19-28OCT15-6/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=144

Cooling Systems Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation BD53302,0001AEC -19-28OCT15-7/7

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-17

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=145

Cooling Systems

Engine Radiator Fan Motor Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS 100 N·m 74 lb·ft

Cap Screw Torque

7 8 5 6

3 2 12 16 13 11 10

TX1198682 —UN—29JUL15

15 14 TX1198682

9 Fan Drive Motor

1— Motor End Cap 2— Cam Rotary Assembly 3— Swash Plate 4— Shaft

5— Ball Bearing 6— Motor Housing 7— Retaining Ring 8— Pin (2 used)

9— Cap Screw (4 used) 10— O-Ring 11— Pressure Plate 12— Dowel Pin

IMPORTANT: Prevent contamination of hydraulic system during disassembly. Prepare a clean lint free surface to place internal parts for inspection and repair. 1. Remove plug (14) and O-ring (15). 2. Remove cap screws (9) and motor end cap (1) and O-ring (10). 3. Remove bearing (13) and pressure plate (11). 4. Remove pin (16) and dowel pin (12).

13— Bearing 14— Plug 15— O-Ring 16— Pin

8. Remove retaining ring (7). 9. Remove shaft (4) from motor housing (6). 10. Inspect, clean, and replace parts as necessary. IMPORTANT: Avoid possible motor damage. Apply clean hydraulic oil to parts prior to installation. 11. Install shaft into motor housing. 12. Install retaining ring. 13. Install ball bearing (5) and pins (8).

5. Install two 10-24 UNC-2B by 2-inch long cap screws into the tapped holes of cam rotary assembly (2) and lift out slowly.

14. Install swash plate and dowel pin (12). 15. Align cam rotary assembly with dowel pin and install.

6. Install two 10-24 UNC-2B by 2-inch long cap screws into the tapped holes of swash plate (3) and lift out slowly.

16. Install pressure plate and pin (16).

7. Remove ball bearing (5) and pins (8).

18. Install O-ring (10) onto motor end cap.

17. Install bearing (13).

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-18

DF89619,00B5D15 -19-01SEP15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=146

Cooling Systems

19. Align motor end cap with pin and install cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................100 N·m 74 lb·ft

20. Install plug and O-ring (15). 21. Fill motor with clean hydraulic oil.

DF89619,00B5D15 -19-01SEP15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-19

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=147

Cooling Systems

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0510-20

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=148

Group 0530

External Exhaust Systems Exhaust Tube Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) TX1202102A —UN—23SEP15

3. Remove nuts (2) and washers (3). 4. Remove cap screws (4) and nuts (5). 5. Remove exhaust tube (1) and gaskets.

TX1202103A —UN—24SEP15

6. Repair or replace parts as necessary. NOTE: Exhaust gaskets should be replaced with new gaskets whenever exhaust tube is removed and installed. 7. Install new gaskets and install exhaust tube, nuts (5), and cap screws to aftertreatment assembly. 8. Install new gasket and secure exhaust tube to turbocharger outlet. Install washers and nuts (2). 9. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.)

Exhaust Tube and Aftertreatment Assembly Connection 1— Exhaust Tube 2— Nut (8 used) 3— Washer (4 used)

4— Cap Screw (3 used) 5— Nut (3 used)

10. Operate machine and check for leaks. JS20420,0001392 -19-13OCT15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0530-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=149

External Exhaust Systems

Exhaust Aftertreatment Assembly Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Exhaust Aftertreatment Assembly Weight (approximate)

200 kg 441 lb

REMOVAL TX1202104A —UN—23SEP15

Brackets

3. Remove engine hood and side shields. See Hood Remove and Install and see Engine Side Shields Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)

1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Bracket 3— Bracket 4— Cap Screw (2 used)

4. Remove diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing injector. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) 5. Install identification tags and disconnect aftertreatment outlet temperature sensor (B65) connector. See Exhaust Aftertreatment Harness (W53) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

6. Remove cap screws (1 and 6) and bracket (2). 7. Remove cap screws (4) and set bracket (3) aside.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

5— Exhaust Aftertreatment Assembly 6— Cap Screw (2 used) B65— Aftertreatment Outlet Temperature Sensor

05-0530-2

JN86345,0000104 -19-20JUL16-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=150

External Exhaust Systems

8. Install identification tags and disconnect sensors (B49, B50, B64, and B66). See Exhaust Aftertreatment Harness (W53) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 9. Remove exhaust tube (9). See Exhaust Tube Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)

TX1217790A —UN—21JUN16

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 10. Attach appropriate lifting device to lifting brackets (7) and support exhaust aftertreatment assembly (5). Specification Exhaust Aftertreatment Assembly—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 200 kg 441 lb

Exhaust Aftertreatment Assembly

11. Remove cap screws (8) and exhaust aftertreatment assembly.

5— Exhaust Aftertreatment Assembly 7— Lifting Bracket (3 used) 8— Cap Screw (6 used) 9— Exhaust Tube

12. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Exhaust Aftertreatment Assembly Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0530.) INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

B49— Exhaust Temperature Sensor 1 (marked CSF) B50— Exhaust Temperature Sensor 2 (marked DOC) B64— Aftertreatment NOx Sensor 1 B66— Aftertreatment NOx Sensor 2 (S.N. 890002— )

• See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Leak Test With MPDr. (Group 9015-20.)

• See Coolant Bleeding With MPDr. (Group 9015-20.) JN86345,0000104 -19-20JUL16-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0530-3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=151

External Exhaust Systems

Exhaust Aftertreatment Assembly Disassemble and Assemble 3

SPECIFICATIONS SCR Catalyst 2 Weight (approximate)

45 kg 99 lb

Mixing Chamber Weight (approximate)

34 kg 75 lb

B66

B65 2

DISASSEMBLE 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

B64 1

IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position.

TX1217789 —UN—21JUN16

5 B50 6 B49

2. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Remove exhaust aftertreatment assembly. See Exhaust Aftertreatment Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) 4. Install identification tags and remove sensors (B49, B50, B64—B66).

7 Exhaust Aftertreatment Device

1— Front Chamber 2— SCR Catalyst 1 3— SCR Catalyst 2 4— Silencer 5— Mixing Chamber 6— Oxidation Catalyst 2

7— Oxidation Catalyst 1 B49— Exhaust Temperature Sensor 1 (marked CSF) B50— Exhaust Temperature Sensor 2 (marked DOC) B64— Aftertreatment NOx Sensor 1 B65— Aftertreatment Outlet Temperature Sensor B66— Aftertreatment NOx Sensor 2 (S.N. 890002— ) JN86345,0000105 -19-20JUL16-1/6

NOTE: Attention is needed when assembling selective catalytic reduction (SCR) catalyst 1 and 2 (2 and 3) and oxidation catalyst 2 (6). Direction of gas flow arrows are critical for assembly.

13 12 10

NOTE: Some nuts are doubled and spot-welded so that the aftertreatment device cannot be dismantled easily. 5. The welded nuts will need to be cut off for removal. Remove double-welded nut (12).

6. Remove cap screws (9 and 43).

7. Remove cap screws (11), nuts (45), lifting bracket (13), mount (44), and brackets (8 and 10).

8. Remove silencer (4). 4— Silencer 8— Bracket 9— Cap Screw (2 used) 10— Bracket 11— Cap Screw (10 used)

12— Double-Welded Nut 13— Lifting Bracket 43— Cap Screw (2 used) 44— Mount 45— Nut (9 used)

Silencer

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

TX1204085 —UN—12NOV15

05-0530-4

JN86345,0000105 -19-20JUL16-2/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=152

External Exhaust Systems

NOTE: Some nuts are doubled and spot-welded so that the aftertreatment device cannot be dismantled easily.

9. The welded nuts will need to be cut off for removal. Remove double-welded nut (23).

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

10. Attach appropriate lifting device and support SCR catalyst 2 (3).

Specification SCR Catalyst 2—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 45 kg 99 lb

18 17

11. Remove cap screws (16) and mount (15).

12. Remove cap screws (17) and bracket (18). 13. Remove cap screws (19) and mount (20). 14. Remove cap screws (21), nuts (22), and SCR catalyst 2.

TX1204088 —UN—23OCT15

20 19

SCR Catalyst 2 3— SCR Catalyst 2 15— Mount 16— Cap Screw (3 used) 17— Cap Screw (2 used) 18— Bracket

19— Cap Screw (2 used) 20— Mount 21— Cap Screw (10 used) 22— Nut (9 used) 23— Double-Welded Nut JN86345,0000105 -19-20JUL16-3/6

NOTE: Some nuts are doubled and spot-welded so that the aftertreatment device cannot be dismantled easily.

15. The welded nuts will need to be cut off for removal. Remove double-welded nut (30).

16. Remove cap screws (24), nuts (25), and tube (40).

18. Remove cap screws (26) and bracket (27).

19. Remove SCR catalyst 1 (2). 1— Front Chamber 2— SCR Catalyst 1 24— Cap Screw (6 used) 25— Nut (6 used) 26— Cap Screw (2 used)

27— Bracket 28— Nut (9 used) 29— Cap Screw (10 used) 30— Double-Welded Nut 40— Tube

25 29 28

TX1204099 —UN—23OCT15

17. Remove cap screws (29), nuts (28), and front chamber (1).

Front Chamber Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0530-5

JN86345,0000105 -19-20JUL16-4/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=153

External Exhaust Systems

NOTE: Some nuts are doubled and spot-welded so that the aftertreatment device cannot be dismantled easily.

35 42

21. Remove cap screws (32) and mount (31).

22. Remove cap screws (34), nuts (33), and oxidation catalyst 1 (42). 31— Mount 32— Cap Screw (8 used) 33— Nut (9 used)

34— Cap Screw (10 used) 35— Double-Welded Nut 42— Oxidation Catalyst 1

TX1204109 —UN—27OCT15

20. The welded nuts will need to be cut off for removal. Remove double-welded nut (35).

Oxidation Catalyst 1 Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0530-6

JN86345,0000105 -19-20JUL16-5/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=154

External Exhaust Systems

23. The welded nuts will need to be cut off for removal. Remove double welded-nut (38).

39 38 37

24. Remove cap screws (36), nuts (37), bracket (39), and oxidation catalyst 2 (41).

TX1204110 —UN—27OCT15

NOTE: Some nuts are doubled and spot-welded so that the aftertreatment device cannot be dismantled easily.

25. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

ASSEMBLE Assemble exhaust aftertreatment in the reverse order of the disassembly procedure.

Oxidation Catalyst 2

Weight Specifications CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from heavy components. Use appropriate lifting device.

36— Cap Screw (10 used) 37— Nut (9 used) 38— Double-Welded Nut

Specification SCR Catalyst 2—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 45 kg 99 lb Mixing Chamber—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 34 kg 75 lb

39— Bracket 41— Oxidation Catalyst 2

4 3 s GaFlow

Additional Information s GaFlow

s GaFlow

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to exhaust aftertreatment device components. Direction of gas flow arrows are critical during assembly of SCR catalyst 1, SCR catalyst 2, and oxidation catalyst 2. Arrows need to point in the same direction and point toward silencer (4).

TX1202428 —UN—28SEP15

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to exhaust aftertreatment device components. Gaskets between each component of aftertreatment device are not reusable. New gaskets are required during assembly procedure.

6 7 Direction Arrows

NOTE: Shield drains on SCR catalyst and oxidation catalyst 2 should be pointing toward bottom of aftertreatment device.

1— Front Chamber 2— SCR Catalyst 1 3— SCR Catalyst 2

4— Silencer 6— Oxidation Catalyst 2 7— Oxidation Catalyst 1 JN86345,0000105 -19-20JUL16-6/6

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0530-7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=155

External Exhaust Systems

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS DEF Tank Cover Weight (approximate)

36 kg 80 lb

Auto-Lube Door Assembly Weight (approximate)

25 kg 55 lb

TX1201594A —UN—16SEP15

REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Drain cooling system. See Drain Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Drain or pump diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) from DEF tank into approved container. DEF Tank Cover

CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

1— DEF Tank Cover 2— Cap Screw (17 used)

3— Auto-Lube Door Assembly

4. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cap screws (2) and DEF tank cover (1). Specification DEF Tank Cover—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 36 kg 80 lb DV53278,0000ADF -19-27OCT15-1/5

CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 5. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cap screws (4) and auto-lube door assembly (3).

3— Auto-Lube Door Assembly 4— Cap Screw (8 used)

TX1201595A —UN—16SEP15

Specification Auto-Lube Door Assembly—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 25 kg 55 lb 5— Cover

Auto-Lube Door Assembly Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0530-8

DV53278,0000ADF -19-27OCT15-2/5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=156

External Exhaust Systems

6. Remove cap screws (6) and cover (5). 6— Cap Screw (3 used)

TX1201596A —UN—16SEP15

5— Cover

DEF Header Cover DV53278,0000ADF -19-27OCT15-3/5

7. Install identification tags and disconnect diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank header assembly (A22). 8. Remove cap screws (8, 9, and 11) and cover (7). 9. Install identification tags and disconnect DEF lines (12—15). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 13— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Coolant Supply Line 14— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply Line 15— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Return Line A22— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header Assembly

TX1201597A —UN—16SEP15

7— Cover 8— Cap Screw (6 used) 9— Cap Screw 11— Cap Screw (4 used) 12— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Coolant Return Line

DEF Tank Lines Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0530-9

DV53278,0000ADF -19-27OCT15-4/5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=157

External Exhaust Systems

10. Remove nuts (16) and mounting straps (17). 11. Remove DEF tank (18). 12. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Additional Information TX1201598A —UN—16SEP15

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system hoses. DEF system hoses are fragile and can easily be damaged if proper care is not used. Avoid bending, twisting, or kinking DEF system hoses. NOTE: This procedure is necessary after any service is performed on the diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system.

DEF Tank

• See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Leak Test With MPDr.

16— Nut (3 used) 17— Mounting Strap (3 used)

(Group 9015-20.)

18— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank

NOTE: This procedure is necessary after any service is performed on coolant system.

• See Coolant Bleeding With MPDr. (Group 9015-20.) DV53278,0000ADF -19-27OCT15-5/5

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS DEF Tank Cover Weight (approximate)

36 kg 80 lb

Auto-Lube Door Assembly Weight (approximate)

25 kg 55 lb

TX1201594A —UN—16SEP15

CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

1— DEF Tank Cover 2— Cap Screw (17 used)

3— Auto-Lube Door Assembly

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0530-10

DV53278,0000AE0 -19-22OCT15-1/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=158

External Exhaust Systems

CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 5. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cap screws (4) and auto-lube door assembly (3).

3— Auto-Lube Door Assembly 4— Cap Screw (8 used)

TX1201595A —UN—16SEP15

Specification Auto-Lube Door Assembly—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 25 kg 55 lb 5— Cover

Auto-Lube Door Assembly DV53278,0000AE0 -19-22OCT15-2/4

6. Remove cap screws (6) and cover (5). 6— Cap Screw (3 used)

TX1201596A —UN—16SEP15

5— Cover

DEF Header Cover Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0530-11

DV53278,0000AE0 -19-22OCT15-3/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=159

External Exhaust Systems

7. Remove cap screws (10). 8. Install identification tags and disconnect DEF lines (12—15). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 9. Remove clamp (16) and DEF condition module (A23). 10. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION TX1201599A —UN—21SEP15

Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Additional Information IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system hoses. DEF system hoses are fragile and can easily be damaged if proper care is not used. Avoid bending, twisting, or kinking DEF system hoses. NOTE: This procedure is necessary after any service is performed on the diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system.

• See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Leak Test With MPDr. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: This procedure is necessary after any service is performed on coolant system.

DEF Header 10— Cap Screw (2 used) 12— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Coolant Return Line 13— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Coolant Supply Line 14— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Supply Line

15— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Return Line 16— Clamp A23— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Condition Module

• See Coolant Bleeding With MPDr. (Group 9015-20.) DV53278,0000AE0 -19-22OCT15-4/4

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header Suction Screen Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) header assembly. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) 3. Remove cap screw (1) and suction screen (2) from suction tube (3). 4. Repair or replace parts as necessary. TX1180833A —UN—15DEC14

5. Install cap screw (1) and suction screen to suction tube. 6. Install DEF tank header. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) NOTE: This procedure is necessary after any service is performed on the diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. 7. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Leak Test With MPDr. (Group 9015-20.) NOTE: This procedure is necessary after any service is performed on coolant system.

Suction Screen 1— Cap Screw 2— Suction Screen

3— Suction Tube

8. See Coolant Bleeding With MPDr. (Group 9015-20.) DV53278,0000AE3 -19-18SEP15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0530-12

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=160

External Exhaust Systems

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Supply Module Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1201601A —UN—16SEP15

4. Drain or pump diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) from DEF tank into approved container. 1— Cover

5. Remove cap screws (2) and cover (1).

2— Cap Screw (4 used) DV53278,0000ADB -19-17SEP15-1/3

6. Install identification tags and disconnect coolant hoses (6—8) and diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) hoses (3—5). Close all openings using caps and plugs. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) System Component Location. (Group 9010-05.) 6— Coolant Hose 7— Coolant Hose 8— Coolant Hose TX1201604A —UN—16SEP15

3— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Hose 4— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Hose 5— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Hose

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Hoses Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0530-13

DV53278,0000ADB -19-17SEP15-2/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=161

External Exhaust Systems

7. Install identification tags and disconnect electrical connectors. 8. Remove cap screws (9) and DEF supply module (A20). 9. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. TX1201605A —UN—16SEP15

Additional Information IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system hoses. DEF system hoses are fragile and can easily be damaged if proper care is not used. Avoid bending, twisting, or kinking DEF system hoses. NOTE: This procedure is necessary after any service is performed on the diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system.

• See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Leak Test With MPDr.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Supply Module 9— Cap Screw (3 used)

(Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: This procedure is necessary after any service is performed on coolant system.

A20— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Supply Module

• See Coolant Bleeding With MPDr. (Group 9015-20.) DV53278,0000ADB -19-17SEP15-3/3

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0530-14

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=162

External Exhaust Systems

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Heating Valve Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1201607A —UN—16SEP15

4. Drain or pump diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) from DEF tank into approved container. 5. Install identification tags and disconnect coolant hoses (1 and 2). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 6. Remove cap screws (3) and diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) heating valve (Y50). See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) System Component Location. (Group 9010-05.) 7. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION

1— Coolant Hose 2— Coolant Hose

3— Cap Screw (2 used) Y50— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Heating Valve

NOTE: This procedure is necessary after any service is performed on the diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system.

• See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Leak Test With MPDr.

Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

(Group 9015-20.)

Additional Information

NOTE: This procedure is necessary after any service is performed on coolant system.

• See Coolant Bleeding With MPDr. (Group 9015-20.)

DV53278,0000AE1 -19-18SEP15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0530-15

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=163

External Exhaust Systems

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1201608A —UN—16SEP15

IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position. 2. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Drain cooling system. See Drain Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Install identification tags and disconnect diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) coolant supply line (1) and DEF coolant return line (2). Close all openings using caps and plugs. IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system hoses. DEF system hoses are fragile and can be easily damaged if proper care is not used. Avoid bending, twisting, or kinking DEF system hoses. 5. Install identification tags and disconnect DEF injector pressure line (3). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 6. Install identification tags and disconnect DEF dosing injector (Y51). 7. Remove nuts (4) and DEF dosing injector. 8. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector (near counterweight) 1— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Coolant Supply Line 2— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Coolant Return Line 3— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Injector Pressure Line

4— Nut (3 used) Y51— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector

NOTE: This procedure is necessary after any service is performed on coolant system. See Coolant Bleeding With MPDr. (Group 9015-20.) 14. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) NOTE: This procedure is necessary after any service is performed on the diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system.

9. Install DEF dosing injector and nuts (4).

15. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Leak Test With MPDr. (Group 9015-20.)

10. Connect electrical connector. 11. Connect DEF injector pressure line.

16. Operate machine and check for leaks.

12. Connect DEF coolant return line and DEF coolant supply line. 13. Fill cooling system. See Cooling System Fill and Deaeration Procedure. (Operator’s Manual.) DV53278,0000AE2 -19-17NOV15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0530-16

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=164

Group 0560

External Fuel Supply Systems Fuel Tank Remove and Install 24 kg 53 lb

Fuel Tank Capacity

1110 L 293.3 gal

Fuel Tank Weight (approximate without fuel)

480 kg 1058 lb

Fuel Tank Mounting Cap Screw Torque

300 N·m 221 lb·ft

Handrail Cap Screw Torque

90 N·m 66 lb·ft TX1202432A —UN—28SEP15

SPECIFICATIONS Handrail Assembly Weight (approximate)

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength)

Fuel Tank Handrails 1— Handrail (3 used) 2— Cap Screw (10 used)

3— Step 4— Cap Screw (2 used)

2. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 3. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cap screws (2) and handrails (1).

Specification Handrail Assembly—Weight (approximate)............................................................................................... 24 kg 53 lb

4. If necessary, remove cap screws (4) and step (3).

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation BD53302,0001AEE -19-28OCT15-1/5

5. Access the fuel tank drain valve (5) through the front compartment door.

TX1202433A —UN—28SEP15

6. Drain fuel tank. See Drain Fuel Tank Sump. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Fuel Tank—Capacity......................................................................1110 L 293.3 gal 5— Fuel Tank Drain Valve

6— Drain Hose

Fuel Tank Drain Valve and Drain Hose Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0560-1

BD53302,0001AEE -19-28OCT15-2/5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=165

External Fuel Supply Systems

7. Remove cap screws (7) and cover (8). 8. Remove cap screws (9). 9. Install identification tags and disconnect fuel level sensor (B18). See Machine Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 9— Cap Screw (2 used) B18— Fuel Level Sensor

TX1202434A —UN—28SEP15

7— Cap Screw (3 used) 8— Cover

TX1202435A —UN—28SEP15

Fuel Level Sensor Cover

Fuel Level Sensor Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0560-2

BD53302,0001AEE -19-28OCT15-3/5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=166

External Fuel Supply Systems

10. Remove cap screws (10) and disconnect fuel return hose (11). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 11— Fuel Return Hose

TX1202436A —UN—28SEP15

10— Cap Screw (2 used)

Fuel Tank Return Hose Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0560-3

BD53302,0001AEE -19-28OCT15-4/5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=167

External Fuel Supply Systems

11. Loosen hose clamps (12). Install identification tags and disconnect fuel hoses (13). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 12. Remove mounting cap screws (15) and spacers (14) from both sides of fuel tank. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 13. Using appropriate lifting device, remove fuel tank.

TX1202437A —UN—28SEP15

Specification Fuel Tank—Weight (approximate without fuel)............................................................................................... 480 kg 1058 lb

14. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 15. Using appropriate lifting device, install fuel tank. 16. Apply Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength) to mounting cap screws (15). Install spacers and cap screws. Tighten to specification.

Fuel Tank Hoses

Specification Fuel Tank Mounting Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................300 N·m 221 lb·ft

17. Connect fuel hoses (13) and tighten hose clamps. TX1202438A —UN—28SEP15

18. Connect fuel return hose and install cap screws (10). 19. Connect fuel level sensor (B18) and install cap screws (9). See Machine Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 20. Install cover and cap screws (7). 21. If removed, install step and cap screws. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Mounting Cap Screws 12— Hose Clamp (2 used) 13— Fuel Hose (2 used)

22. Using appropriate lifting device, install handrails and cap screws. Specification Handrail Assembly—Weight (approximate)............................................................................................... 24 kg 53 lb Handrail Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................90 N·m 66 lb·ft

14— Spacer (8 used) 15— Mounting Cap Screw (8 used)

24. Fill fuel tank. See Fuel Tank. (Operator’s Manual.) 25. Bleed fuel system. See Bleed Fuel System. (Operator’s Manual.) 26. Operate machine and check for leaks.

23. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation BD53302,0001AEE -19-28OCT15-5/5

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

05-0560-4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=168

Contents

Section 08 Splitter Drive

Page

Group 0800—Removal and Installation Pump Drive Gear Case Remove and Install .............................................. 08-0800-1 Group 0851—Gears, Shafts, and Bearings Pump Drive Gear Case Disassemble and Assemble .................. 08-0851-1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

08-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=1

Contents

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

08-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=2

Group 0800

Removal and Installation Pump Drive Gear Case Remove and Install 6.2 L 1.6 gal

Pump Drive Gear Case Weight (approximate)

318 kg 705 lb

Pump Drive Gear Case-to-Flywheel Housing Cap Screw Torque

110 N·m 81 lb·ft

Rear Engine Mounting Nut Torque

1950 N·m 1438 lb·ft

TX1201860A —UN—21SEP15

SPECIFICATIONS Pump Drive Gear Case Capacity

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength) Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength)

REMOVAL

Pump Drive Gear Case

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

1— Drain Hose 2— Pump Drive Gear Case

12— Cap Screw (14 used) 13— Washer (14 used)

CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing. 2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Remove exhaust aftertreatment assembly. See Exhaust Aftertreatment Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) 4. Remove pump 1 and 2. See Pump 1 and 2 Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) 5. Drain pump drive gear case oil. See Drain and Refill Pump Drive Gear Case Oil. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Pump Drive Gear Case—Capacity............................................................................... 6.2 L 1.6 gal

6. Install identification tags and disconnect drain hose (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

08-0800-1

JS20420,0001388 -19-17NOV15-1/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=171

Removal and Installation

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 7. Install eyebolts (4) on pump drive gear case (2). Attach appropriate lifting device to eyebolts and lifting holes (3) and support pump drive gear case. Specification Pump Drive Gear Case—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 318 kg 705 lb 4— Eyebolt (2 used) TX1096336 —UN—18AUG11

3— Lifting Hole (2 used)

Pump Drive Gear Case Lifting Points Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

08-0800-2

JS20420,0001388 -19-17NOV15-2/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=172

TX1095367 —UN—18AUG11

Removal and Installation

Rear Engine Mounting Hardware 5— Rear Engine Mounting Hardware

6— Cap Screw (2 used) 7— Washer (4 used)

8— Cushion (4 used) 9— Plate (2 used)

8. Remove rear engine mounting hardware (5) from both sides of pump drive gear case.

10— Nut (2 used)

frame to support the engine while removing pump drive gear case.

9. Lift pump drive gear case 6.35—12.70 mm (0.25—0.50 in) and place block between rear engine and main Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

08-0800-3

JS20420,0001388 -19-17NOV15-3/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=173

Removal and Installation

10. Remove cap screws (12) and washers (13). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to shaft (11). Shaft may fall out of engine flywheel housing or pump drive gear case during removal. Carefully remove pump drive gear case and shaft.

11. Using appropriate lifting device, remove pump drive gear case and shaft (11). Specification Pump Drive Gear Case—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 318 kg 705 lb

TX1201868 —UN—21SEP15

13 12

12. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Pump Drive Gear Case Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0851.) INSTALLATION

Pump Gear Case

Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 2— Pump Drive Gear Case 11— Shaft

• Apply Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength) to

mounting surface of pump drive gear case to engine flywheel housing. • Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to cap screws. Install washers and cap screws and tighten to specification. Specification Pump Drive Gear Case-to-Engine Flywheel Housing Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................ 110 N·m 81 lb·ft

• Install rear engine mounting hardware. Tighten nuts

12— Cap Screw (14 used) 13— Washer (14 used)

IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pump will be damaged if not filled with oil before starting. Procedure must be performed to fill pump housing whenever oil has been drained from the pump or hydraulic oil tank.

• Perform pump 1 and 2 start-up procedure. See Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.)

• Operate machine and check for leaks.

(10) to specification.

Specification Rear Engine Mounting Nut—Torque..............................................................................1950 N·m 1438 lb·ft Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JS20420,0001388 -19-17NOV15-4/4

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

08-0800-4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=174

Group 0851

Gears, Shafts, and Bearings Pump Drive Gear Case Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS Pump Drive Gear Case Capacity

6.2 L 1.64 gal

Rear Hub Weight (approximate)

31 kg 69 lb

Gear Weight (approximate)

33 kg 73 lb

Pump Drive Gear Case Weight (approximate)

191 kg 425 lb

Pump Drive Gear Weight (approximate)

30 kg 66 lb

Front Hub Cap Screw Torque

90 N·m 66 lb·ft

Rear Hub Cap Screw Torque

400 N·m 295 lb·ft

Dipstick Tube Cap Screw Torque

50 N·m 37 lb·ft

Plug Torque

140 N·m 103 lb·ft

7 8 9 10

26 11

14 17

15 16

TX1096352 —UN—18AUG11

3 1

6 4

2 TX1096352 Pump Drive Gear Case 1— Rear Hub (2 used) 2— Cap Screw (8 used) 3— O-Ring (2 used) 4— Bearing (2 used) 5— Gear (2 used) 6— Bearing (2 used)

7— Breather 8— Tube 9— O-Ring 10— Elbow Fitting 11— Plug (2 used) 12— Pump Drive Gear Case 13— Plug (2 used)

14— Dipstick 15— Dipstick Tube 16— Cap Screw (4 used) 17— O-Ring 18— Snap Ring (2 used) 19— Coupling 20— Bearing

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

08-0851-1

21— Pump Drive Gear 22— Bearing 23— O-Ring 24— Front Hub 25— Cap Screw (10 used) 26— Oil Seal

JS20420,0001389 -19-08OCT15-1/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=175

Gears, Shafts, and Bearings 1. Remove pump drive gear case (12). See Pump Drive Gear Case Remove and Install. (Group 0800.)

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Specification Pump Drive Gear Case—Capacity............................................................................... 6.2 L 1.64 gal

9. Place pump drive gear case with the engine mounting side facing upward. Specification Pump Drive Gear Case—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 191 kg 425 lb

2. Remove plugs (11 and 13). 3. Remove cap screws (16), O-ring (17), dipstick tube (15), and dipstick (14). 4. Remove breather (7), tube (8), O-ring (9), and elbow fitting (10).

10. Remove cap screws (25).

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

11. Remove front hub (24). 12. Remove oil seal (26) and O-ring (23).

5. Using appropriate lifting device, support rear hubs (1). Specification Rear Hub—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 31 kg 69 lb

6. Remove cap screws (2) and rear hubs. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 13. Using appropriate lifting device, remove pump drive gear (21). Specification Pump Drive Gear—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 30 kg 66 lb

7. Using appropriate lifting device, remove gears (5).

14. Remove bearings (20 and 22) from pump drive gear.

Specification Gear—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 33 kg 73 lb

15. Remove snap rings (18) and coupling (19). 16. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

8. Remove O-rings (3) and bearings (4 and 6) from gears (5). Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

08-0851-2

JS20420,0001389 -19-08OCT15-2/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=176

Gears, Shafts, and Bearings

7 8 9 10

26 11

14 17

15 16

TX1096352 —UN—18AUG11

3 1

6 4

2 TX1096352 Pump Drive Gear Case 1— Rear Hub (2 used) 2— Cap Screw (8 used) 3— O-Ring (2 used) 4— Bearing (2 used) 5— Gear (2 used) 6— Bearing (2 used)

7— Breather 8— Tube 9— O-Ring 10— Elbow Fitting 11— Plug (2 used) 12— Pump Drive Gear Case 13— Plug (2 used)

14— Dipstick 15— Dipstick Tube 16— Cap Screw (4 used) 17— O-Ring 18— Snap Ring (2 used) 19— Coupling 20— Bearing

IMPORTANT: Avoid pump drive gear case damage. Apply hydraulic oil onto parts during assembly to avoid seizing and internal damage of gear case. 17. Install snap rings (18) and coupling (19) into pump drive gear case (12).

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 19. Using appropriate lifting device, install pump drive gear into pump gear case.

Specification Pump Drive Gear—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 30 kg 66 lb

NOTE: Clean hydraulic oil must be applied to inner lip of oil seal after installation. 20. Install oil seal (26) and O-ring (23).

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

21— Pump Drive Gear 22— Bearing 23— O-Ring 24— Front Hub 25— Cap Screw (10 used) 26— Oil Seal

08-0851-3

JS20420,0001389 -19-08OCT15-3/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=177

Gears, Shafts, and Bearings

21. Position front hub (24) so that casting mark (27) is pointed toward top of pump drive gear case.

22. Install front hub and cap screws (25). Tighten to specification. TX1097191 —UN—01SEP11

Specification Front Hub Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................90 N·m 66 lb·ft

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 23. Place pump drive gear case onto the workbench with the main pump mounting side facing downward. Specification Pump Drive Gear Case—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 191 kg 425 lb

CAUTION: DO NOT heat oil over 182°C (360°F). Oil fumes or oil can ignite above 193°C (380°F). Use a thermometer. DO NOT allow a flame or heating element to come in direct contact with the oil. Heat the oil in a well-ventilated area. Plan a safe handling procedure to avoid burns. 24. Heat bearings (4 and 6) and install onto gears (5). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 25. Install gears (5) into pump drive gear case. Specification Gear—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 33 kg 73 lb

26. Install O-rings (3). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Hub Orientation 24— Front Hub

27— Casting Mark

Specification Rear Hub—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 31 kg 69 lb Rear Hub Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................400 N·m 295 lb·ft

28. Install elbow fitting (10) into pump drive gear case. 29. Install O-ring (9), tube (8), and breather (7). 30. Install O-ring (17), dipstick tube (15), dipstick (14), and cap screws (16). Tighten to specification. Specification Dipstick Tube Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft

31. Install plugs (11 and 13) and tighten to specification. Specification Plug—Torque...............................................................................140 N·m 103 lb·ft

32. Install pump drive gear case. See Pump Drive Gear Case Remove and Install. (Group 0800.)

27. Install rear hubs (1) and cap screws (2). Tighten to specification. JS20420,0001389 -19-08OCT15-4/4

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

08-0851-4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=178

Section 17 Frame or Supporting Structure Contents Page

Group 1740—Frame Installation Welding on Machine .................................. 17-1740-1 Group 1749—Chassis Weights Counterweight Remove and Install ..................................................... 17-1749-1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

17-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=1

Contents

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

17-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=2

Group 1740

Frame Installation Welding on Machine CAUTION: Do not weld or apply heat on any part of a reservoir or tank that has contained oil or fuel. Heat from welding and cutting can cause oil, fuel, or cleaning solution to create gases which are explosive, flammable, or toxic. Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines. Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns if pressurized lines fail as a result of heating. Do not let heat go beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines. CAUTION: Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust. Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch. Complete all work outside or in a well ventilated area. Dispose of paint and solvent properly. When sanding or grinding painted surfaces, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator. If using solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating. 1. Remove paint before welding or heating.

• When sanding or grinding paint, avoid breathing the dust.

• Wear an approved respirator. When using solvent or

paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. • Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. • Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating.

IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 10 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position or disconnecting battery cables. During cold-weather exposure, if adequate time is not allowed for lines to be purged, residual DEF can freeze and possibly damage components of the DEF system. IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to electrical system from welding current. Disconnect negative (-) and positive (+) battery cables before welding on machine. 2. Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable(s). 3. Disconnect the positive (+) battery cable(s).

4. Cover, protect, or move any wiring harness sections away from welding area. IMPORTANT: Have only a qualified welder perform this job. Connect welder ground clamp close to each weld area so electrical current does not pass through any bearings, articulation joints, or pivot points. Remove or protect all parts that can be damaged by heat or weld splatter. 5. Connect welder ground close to welding point and away from control units. 6. Use one of the following weld processes:

• AWS-E-7018 covered electrode with shielded metal arc welding (SMAW) process.

• AWS-ER-70S-3 wire electrode with gas metal arc welding (GMAW) process.

• AWS-E70T-1 or E71T-1 wire electrode with flux core arc welding (FCAW) process.

Welding Repair of Major Structure—Specification Weld Metal—Tensile Strength...................................................................................482.6 MPa 70 000 psi 4 826 bar Yield Strength .........................................................................413.7 MPa 60 000 psi 4 137 bar Elongation......................................................................................... 22%

IMPORTANT: Avoid insufficient weld penetration. Preheat area that will be repaired to allow better weld penetration. Insufficient weld penetration can lead to further damage. 7. To repair weld metal failure, remove failed weld metal using arc gouging or grinding equipment. Thoroughly clean area to be welded. Preheat structural assemblies to a minimum of 38°C (100°F). Preheat ground engaging tools (cutting edges, skid shoes, and teeth shanks) to 177°C (350°F). To repair base metal failure remove enough material to allow weld to penetrate to the bottom of crack. Preheat structural assemblies to a minimum of 38°C (100°F). Preheat ground engaging tools (cutting edges, skid shoes, and teeth shanks) to 177°C (350°F). Welding Repair of Major Structure—Specification Structural Assemblies—Preheat Temperature..................................................................................... 38°C 100°F Ground Engaging Tools—Preheat Temperature................................................................................... 177°C 350°F TP97644,000011E -19-04MAR16-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

17-1740-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=181

Frame Installation

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

17-1740-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=182

Group 1749

Chassis Weights Counterweight Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 13 333 kg 29 394 lb

Rear Cap Screw Torque

2800 N·m 2065 lb·ft

Front Cap Screw Torque

700 N·m 516 lb·ft

9 11

If machine is equipped with counterweight removal or installation device, see Counterweight Removal With Hydraulic Removal Option—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.)

10 8

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1202982 —UN—07OCT15

Counterweight Weight (approximate)

2 1

CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 2. Support counterweight by attaching appropriate lifting device to lifting brackets (13) on counterweight (12). Specification Counterweight—Weight (approximate)........................................................................... 13 333 kg 29 394 lb

Counterweight 1— Rear Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Bushing (4 used) 3— Nut (2 used) 4— Lock Pin (2 used) 5— Shim (4 used) 6— Shim (2 used) 7— Shim (4 used)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

17-1749-1

8— Washer (2 used) 9— Strap (2 used) 10— Washer (4 used) 11— Front Cap Screw (4 used) 12— Counterweight 13— Lifting Bracket (2 used)

BD53302,0001AC5 -19-28OCT15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=183

Chassis Weights

3. Install identification tags and disconnect pump harness-to-rear camera harness connector (X64). See Rear Camera Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) TX1095522A —UN—02AUG11

4. Remove front cap screws (11), washers (10), straps (9), washers (8), and shims (7 and 6). 5. Remove lock pins (4), nuts (3), bushings (2), shims (5), and rear cap screws (1). 6. Using appropriate lifting device, remove counterweight. 7. Repair or replace parts as necessary. Rear Camera Harness

CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

W19—Rear Camera Harness

8. Using appropriate lifting device, install counterweight. Specification Counterweight—Weight (approximate)........................................................................... 13 333 kg 29 394 lb

9. Install rear cap screws to frame with bushings, shims (5), and nuts. Tighten rear cap screws to specification. Install lock pins. Specification Rear Cap Screw—Torque..........................................................................2800 N·m 2065 lb·ft

X64— Pump Harness-to-Rear Camera Harness Connector

Specification Front Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................700 N·m 516 lb·ft

11. Connect pump harness-to-rear camera harness connector (X64). See Rear Camera Harness (W19) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

10. Install shims (6 and 7), washers (8), straps, washers (10), and front cap screws. Tighten front cap screws to specification. BD53302,0001AC5 -19-28OCT15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

17-1749-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=184

Contents

Section 18 Operator's Station

Page

Group 1800—Removal and Installation Cab Remove and Install ............................ 18-1800-1 Group 1810—Operator Enclosure Windshield Remove and Install ................. 18-1810-1 Windshield Disassemble and Assemble............................................... 18-1810-2 Sliding Windows Remove and Install ..................................................... 18-1810-7 Windowpanes Remove and Install ..................................................... 18-1810-7 Windowpane Dimensions .......................... 18-1810-8 Group 1821—Seat and Seat Belt Seat Remove and Install ........................... 18-1821-1 Seat Belt Remove and Install .................... 18-1821-2 Air Suspension Seat Disassemble and Assemble........................................ 18-1821-5 Group 1830—Heating and Air Conditioning R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling..................................... 18-1830-1 R134a Refrigerant Oil Information.............. 18-1830-2 R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station Installation Procedure............................ 18-1830-3 Recover R134a Refrigerant....................... 18-1830-3 Flush and Purge Air Conditioning System................................................... 18-1830-4 Evacuate R134a System ........................... 18-1830-5 Charge R134a System .............................. 18-1830-6 Air Conditioner Compressor Remove and Install................................ 18-1830-7 Condenser Remove and Install ................. 18-1830-8 Heater and Air Conditioner Remove and Install .............................................. 18-1830-9 Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install ................................................... 18-1830-12

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=1

Contents

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=2

Group 1800

Removal and Installation Cab Remove and Install CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of hydraulic oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing.

SPECIFICATIONS Cooling System Capacity

124 L 32.8 gal

Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

Cab Weight (approximate)

658 kg 1450 lb

Cab Isolator Lock Nut Torque

210 N·m 155 lb·ft

100-Pin Connector (X3) Torque

10 N·m 89 lb·in

Cap Screw Torque

400 N·m 295 lb·ft

4. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing.

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

5. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position.

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

2. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.)

6. Remove covers under cab. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. Shut off engine. Remove filler cap when cool to touch. Slowly loosen filler cap to relieve pressure, then remove. 3. Drain coolant from radiator. See Drain Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.)

7. Remove cap screws (5) and disconnect ground wires (6). See Cab Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 8. Recover refrigerant from air conditioning system. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.)

Specification Cooling System—Capacity..................................................................................................... 124 L 32.8 gal

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1800-1

DV53278,0000B1A -19-17NOV15-1/13

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=187

Removal and Installation

6— Ground Wire (3 used)

TX1097675A —UN—12SEP11

5— Cap Screw (3 used)

Ground Wires DV53278,0000B1A -19-17NOV15-2/13

9. Install identification tags and disconnect heater hoses (7 and 8). Close all openings using caps and plugs. See Heater and Air Conditioner Component Location. (Group 9031-25.)

7— Heater Hose 8— Heater Hose 9— Cap Screw

TX1097676A —UN—12SEP11

10. Remove cap screw (9). Install identification tags and disconnect air conditioner hoses (10 and 11). Close all openings using caps and plugs. See Heater and Air Conditioner Component Location. (Group 9031-25.) 10— Air Conditioner Hose 11— Air Conditioner Hose Air Conditioner and Heater Hoses

DV53278,0000B1A -19-17NOV15-3/13

11. Remove cap screw (12) and washer (13) from frame (14). 14— Frame TX1097744A —UN—13SEP11

12— Cap Screw 13— Washer

Cap Screw (under cab) Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1800-2

DV53278,0000B1A -19-17NOV15-4/13

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=188

Removal and Installation

12. Remove cap screw (15) and washer (16) from frame. 16— Washer

TX1097746A —UN—13SEP11

14— Frame 15— Cap Screw

Cap Screw (under cab) DV53278,0000B1A -19-17NOV15-5/13

13. Remove cap screws (18) and hydraulic hose bracket (19). 19— Hydraulic Hose Bracket TX1097749A —UN—13SEP11

18— Cap Screw (2 used)

Bracket (under cab) DV53278,0000B1A -19-17NOV15-6/13

A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Controller

TX1097698A —UN—12SEP11

14. Open compartment behind cab. Install identification tags and disconnect JDLink™ GPS/Cellular antenna (A6001) connection. Route through opening and secure it to cab. See JDLink™ Harness (W6004) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) A6001—GPS/Cellular Antenna

Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Controller JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1800-3

DV53278,0000B1A -19-17NOV15-7/13

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=189

Removal and Installation

15. Disconnect windshield washer hose (20) and secure to cab. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 16. Remove cap screws (22) and set access panel (23) aside. 23— Access Panel A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Controller

TX1097677A —UN—13SEP11

20— Windshield Washer Hose 21— Windshield Washer Tank 22— Cap Screw (4 used)

Windshield Washer Tank (inside compartment behind cab) DV53278,0000B1A -19-17NOV15-8/13

17. Remove cap screw (24) and disconnect cab harness-to-machine harness 100-pin connector (X3) and cab harness-to-machine harness 32-pin connector (X330). See Machine Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 18. Remove swing motor panels. See Swing Motor Panels Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) X330— Cab Harness-toMachine Harness 32-Pin Connector

TX1197235A —UN—09JUL15

24— Cap Screw X3— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 100-Pin Connector

Electrical Connections (outside rear of cab) Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1800-4

DV53278,0000B1A -19-17NOV15-9/13

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=190

Removal and Installation

19. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (25) from pilot signal manifold (26). Close all openings using caps and plugs. Secure hydraulic hoses to cab. See Pilot Control Line Connections or see Travel Hydraulic System Line Connections. (Group 9025-15.) 26— Pilot Signal Manifold

TX1097701A —UN—13SEP11

25— Hydraulic Hose (13 used)

Pilot Signal Manifold DV53278,0000B1A -19-17NOV15-10/13

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1097767A —UN—13SEP11

20. Support cab by attaching appropriate lifting device (28) to cab lifting points (27). Specification Cab—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 658 kg 1450 lb 27— Lifting Point (4 used)

28— Lifting Device

TX1097768A —UN—13SEP11

Cab Lifting Points

Lifting Device Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1800-5

DV53278,0000B1A -19-17NOV15-11/13

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=191

Removal and Installation

21. Lift floor mat (32) and remove cab isolator lock nuts (29).

TX1097773A —UN—13SEP11

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to cab door. Close and lock cab door prior to removing cab. 22. Remove cab isolator lock nuts (31) and cab using appropriate lifting device. 23. Repair or replace parts as necessary. NOTE: Cab isolator lock nuts (29 and 31) should not be reused. New cab isolator lock nuts should be used when installing cab. Cab Isolator Lock Nuts (inside cab)

24. Install cab and new cab isolator lock nuts (29 and 31). Tighten to specification.

TX1097774A —UN—13SEP11

Specification Cab Isolator Lock Nut—Torque................................................................................210 N·m 155 lb·ft

25. Connect hydraulic hoses to pilot signal manifold. See Pilot Control Line Connections or see Travel Hydraulic System Line Connections. (Group 9025-15.) 26. Install swing motor panels. See Swing Motor Panels Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) IMPORTANT: Avoid connector damage. Do not install connector with impact wrench or power tools. Over torquing will result in permanent damage to connector. Torque only to specification. 27. Connect cab harness-to-machine harness 100-pin connector (X3) and cab harness-to-machine harness 32-pin connector (X330). Tighten cab harness-to-machine harness 100-pin connector to specification. See Machine Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Specification 100-Pin Connector (X3)—Torque.................................................................................10 N·m 89 lb·in

28. Install access panel and cap screws (22).

Cab Isolator Lock Nuts (outside cab) 29— Cab Isolator Lock Nut (4 used) 30— Cab

31— Cab Isolator Lock Nut (2 used) 32— Floor Mat

33. Connect air conditioner hoses and install cap screw (19). See Heater and Air Conditioner Component Location. (Group 9031-25.) 34. Install heater hoses. See Heater and Air Conditioner Component Location. (Group 9031-25.) 35. Connect ground wires and install cap screws (5). See Cab Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

29. Connect windshield washer hose.

36. Fill cooling system. See Cooling System Fill and Deaeration Procedure. (Operator’s Manual.)

30. Connect JDLink™ GPS/Cellular antenna (A6001) to modular telematics gateway (MTG) controller. See JDLink™ Harness (W6004) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: This procedure is necessary after any service is performed on coolant system. 37. Bleed coolant system. See Coolant Bleeding With MPDr. (Group 9015-20.)

31. Install hydraulic hose bracket and cap screws (18). 32. Install cap screws (12 and 15) and washers (13 and 16) into frame and tighten to specification. Specification Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................400 N·m 295 lb·ft

38. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) 39. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1800-6

DV53278,0000B1A -19-17NOV15-12/13

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=192

Removal and Installation

IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pump will be damaged if not filled with oil before starting. Procedure must be performed to fill pump housing whenever oil has been drained from pump or hydraulic oil tank. 40. Perform pump 1 and 2 start-up procedure. See Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.)

41. Charge air conditioning system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.) 42. Operate machine and check for leaks. 43. Install covers under cab. DV53278,0000B1A -19-17NOV15-13/13

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1800-7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=193

Removal and Installation

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1800-8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=194

Group 1810

Operator Enclosure Windshield Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove cap screws (1) and covers (2—5). 4— Cover 5— Cover 6— Front Window Handle

TX1096510A —UN—23AUG11

1— Cap Screw (8 used) 2— Cover 3— Cover

Windshield - Interior JS20420,0001385 -19-15SEP15-1/2

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to window, use two technicians during window removal to prevent window from falling out of machine. TX1098000A —UN—16SEP11

3. Remove cap screws (7) and rollers (8). 4. Tilt front window handle (6) into interior until horizontal. 5. Holding horizontally, tilt one lower corner up until it releases. 6. Lift entire windshield to release remaining corner to remove. 7. Repair or replace as necessary. See Windshield Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 1810.)

Windshield Rollers

8. Holding horizontally, insert one lower corner until it latches into place.

7— Cap Screw (4 used)

8— Roller (2 used)

9. Holding latched corner, tilt opposite corner until it latches.

11. Install rollers and cap screws (7).

10. Tilt front window handle to a vertical position.

12. Install covers (2—5) and cap screws. JS20420,0001385 -19-15SEP15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1810-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=195

Operator Enclosure

Windshield Disassemble and Assemble OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 5572™ Adhesive

1. Remove nut (2) and windshield wiper arm (1). 2— Nut

TX1097950 —UN—16SEP11

1— Windshield Wiper Arm

Wiper Arm Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JS20420,0001353 -19-21AUG15-1/9

2. Remove cap screws (4) and cover (3). 3— Cover

4— Cap Screw (2 used)

3 TX1097952 —UN—16SEP11

Cover Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1810-2

JS20420,0001353 -19-21AUG15-2/9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=196

Operator Enclosure

3. Remove cap screws (5) and windshield wiper motor (M5). 5— Cap Screw (2 used)

M5—Windshield Wiper Motor

M5 TX1097953 —UN—16SEP11

Windshield Wiper Motor JS20420,0001353 -19-21AUG15-3/9

IMPORTANT: Avoid windshield damage. Isolator (7) is attached to windshield with adhesive. Avoid too much pressure to windshield when removing isolator from windshield. 4. Remove cap screws (6) and isolator (7). 7— Isolator

TX1097954 —UN—16SEP11

6— Cap Screw (4 used)

Isolator Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1810-3

JS20420,0001353 -19-21AUG15-4/9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=197

Operator Enclosure

NOTE: Mark orientation of front windshield seal (8) when removing. Front windshield seal must be installed in same orientation for proper installation.

9 8 10

5. Apply soapy water to windshield (10) and windshield frame (9). Slide front windshield seal (8) out of windshield frame. 10— Windshield

TX1097956 —UN—16SEP11

8— Front Windshield Seal 9— Windshield Frame

Front Seal JS20420,0001353 -19-21AUG15-5/9

6. Slide windshield (10) out of windshield frame (9).

NOTE: Mark orientation of rear windshield seal (11) when removing. Rear windshield seal must be installed in same orientation for proper installation.

11 10

7. Remove rear windshield seal (11). 11— Rear Windshield Seal

TX1097955 —UN—16SEP11

9— Windshield Frame 10— Windshield

Windshield Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1810-4

JS20420,0001353 -19-21AUG15-6/9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=198

Operator Enclosure

38 20 17 19

16 21

14 S28 22 9

13 12

16 15 14

30 TX1097962 —UN—16SEP11

30 32

39 35

33 34

TX1097962

Windshield 9— Windshield Frame 12— Spring (2 used) 13— Roller (2 used) 14— Cap Screw (4 used) 15— Bracket 16— Roller (2 used) 17— Spring (2 used)

18— Screw (2 used) 19— Cover 20— Cap Screw (4 used) 21— Bracket 22— Cover 23— Spring 24— Cover 25— Washer (2 used) 26— Cap Screw (2 used)

27— Cover 28— Lever 29— Shaft 30— Cap Screw (4 used) 31— Lock 32— Cap Screw (6 used) 33— Cover 34— Cap Screw (4 used)

35— Handle 36— Cap Screw (2 used) 37— Lock 38— Cover 39— Cover S28— Window Switch

8. Remove springs (12) and rollers (13).

22. Install spring (23).

9. Remove cap screws (20) and covers (19 and 38).

23. Install cover (22).

10. Remove cap screws (34) and covers (33 and 39).

24. Install window switch (S28) and screws (18).

11. Remove cap screws (32 and 36) and handle (35).

25. Install cover (24), washers (25), and cap screws (26).

12. Remove cap screws (30) and locks (31 and 37).

26. Install rollers (16) and springs (17) onto brackets (15 and 21).

13. Remove cap screws (14) and remove brackets (15 and 21).

27. Install brackets and cap screws (14).

14. Remove springs (17) and rollers (16) from brackets.

28. Install locks (31 and 37) and cap screws (30).

15. Remove cap screws (26), washers (25), and cover (24).

29. Install handle (35) and cap screws (32 and 36).

16. Remove screws (18) and window switch (S28). 17. Remove cover (22). 18. Remove spring (23). 19. Remove cover (27), lever (28), and shaft (29). 20. Inspect and repair as necessary. 21. Install shaft (29), lever (28), and cover (27).

30. Install covers (33 and 39) and cap screws (34). 31. Install covers (19 and 38) and cap screws (20). 32. Install rollers (13) and springs (12). NOTE: Install front windshield seal (8) in correct orientation from disassembly. 33. Install front windshield seal (8). Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1810-5

JS20420,0001353 -19-21AUG15-7/9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=199

Operator Enclosure

34. Slide windshield (10) into windshield frame (9).

35. Apply soapy water to windshield and windshield frame. Install rear windshield seal (11).

NOTE: Install rear windshield seal (11) in correct orientation from disassembly. JS20420,0001353 -19-21AUG15-8/9

36. Apply Loctite® 5572™ Adhesive to mating surfaces (40—45.) 37. Install isolator (7) and cap screws (6).

TX1097981 —UN—16SEP11

38. Install windshield wiper motor (M5) and cap screws (5). 39. Install covers (3) and cap screws (4). 40. Install windshield wiper arm (1) and nut (2). 7— Isolator 40— Mating Surface 41— Mating Surface 42— Mating Surface

43— Mating Surface 44— Mating Surface 45— Mating Surface

7 Isolator (inside view)

TX1097982 —UN—16SEP11

Isolator (outside view) Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JS20420,0001353 -19-21AUG15-9/9

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1810-6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=200

Operator Enclosure

Sliding Windows Remove and Install OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 5572™ Adhesive

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove molding (1) from inside of sliding window assembly (2).

TX1089899A —UN—06APR11

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to window, use two technicians during window removal to prevent window from falling out of machine. 3. Cut adhesive between sliding window assembly and cab door (3). 4. Remove sliding window assembly. 5. Repair or replace as necessary. 6. Gently lift sliding window frame in the middle from the top of frame to remove and install glass panes.

Sliding Window

7. Apply Loctite® 5572™ Adhesive to cab door. 1— Molding 2— Sliding Window Assembly

8. Install sliding window assembly.

3— Cab Door

9. Push window assembly tight against cab door. 10. Install molding. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JS20420,0001386 -19-06MAY20-1/1

Windowpanes Remove and Install The adhesive used to hold the windowpanes in place is a urethane adhesive that is used on most automobile windshields. Urethane adhesive manufactured by Loctite Corporation or equivalent is recommended. Do not use any other type of adhesive. It is recommended that an auto glass dealer install the windowpanes. IMPORTANT: Windowpanes must have an ultra-violet barrier around the edge of the glass since ultra-violet rays will deteriorate the adhesive. Windowpanes ordered through a parts dealer have the ultra-violet barrier. If the windowpane is purchased through a glass dealer, the dealer must put an ultra-violet barrier on the glass. Do not apply paint to the border of the glass. If an auto glass dealer is not installing the windowpanes, use the following procedure: 1. Purchase urethane adhesive from your local auto glass dealer. 2. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

3. Scrape broken glass off existing adhesive. Do not remove adhesive from window frame or cab. NOTE: Adhesive will not stick to bare metal. NOTE: Paint must be fully cured before installing windowpane. 4. If existing adhesive is removed from frame and paint is scraped off window frame, paint window frame. Paint must be fully cured before installing windowpane. 5. Trim existing adhesive so it has a smooth surface. 6. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for using the adhesive. 7. Apply a 6 mm (1/4 in) bead of adhesive on top of the existing adhesive. 8. Put a new windowpane into position. Use hand pressure to force windowpane down around the edges. 9. Use duct tape to hold windowpane in place while adhesive cures. 10. Allow adhesive to cure for 24 hours before operating machine. JS20420,0001387 -19-15SEP15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1810-7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=201

Operator Enclosure

Windowpane Dimensions

Use tempered safety glass to make windowpanes.

CAUTION: Use caution handling glass to prevent breakage and possible injury.

84.0 mm (3.3 in)

4.0 mm (0.2 in)

2R120.0 mm (2R4.7 in)

71.0 mm (2.8 in) 22.0 mm (0.9 in) 71.0 mm (2.8 in)

84.0 mm (3.3 in)

b 2R20.0 mm (2R0.8 in) 2R30.0 mm (2R1.2 in)

64.5 mm (2.5 in) 2R15 mm (2R0.6 in)

R2970.0 mm (R116.9 in) 1098.0 mm (43.2 in) R28.0mm (R1.1 in)

47.0 mm (1.9 in) 19.5 mm (0.8 in) 268.0 mm (10.6 in) 36.0 mm (1.4 in)

51.2 mm (2.0 in) 53.0 mm (2.1 in)

R75.0 mm (R3.0 in)

123.5 mm (4.9 in)

190.0 mm (7.5 in) 217.0 mm (8.5 in)

40.5 mm (1.6 in)

28 mm (1.1 in)

R800.0 mm (R31.5 in) 270.75 mm (10.7 in)

56.0 mm (2.2 in)

30.0 mm (1.2 in) R120.0 mm (R4.7in) 47.0 mm 2R5.0 mm (2R0.2 in) (1.9 in) 19.5 mm R5.0 mm (0.8 in) (R0.2 in) 4R5.0 mm (4R0.2 in)

40.0 mm (1.6 in)

36.0 mm (1.4 in)

264.0 mm (10.4 in)

40.0 mm (1.6 in)

45.0 mm (1.8 in)

53.0 mm (2.1 in) 12.0 mm (0.5 in)

832.0 mm (32.8 in)

12.0 mm (0.5 in) SECTION A C0.5 mm (C0.2 in)

SECTION B C0.5 mm (C0.2 in)

R3.0 mm (R0.1 in) R3.0 mm (R0.1 in) 30.0 mm (1.2 in)

C0.5 mm (C0.2 in)

211.0 mm (8.3 in) R3.0 mm (R0.1 in) R3.0 mm (R0.1 in)

TX1197974 Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

DETAIL C

18-1810-8

R3.0 mm (R0.1 in)

TX1197974 —UN—10AUG15

C0.5 mm (C0.2 in)

DS35042,0000522 -19-10AUG15-1/9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=202

Operator Enclosure

Upper Front Glass 1— Upper Front Glass a— Black Ceramic Painted Surface

b— Black Ceramic Painted Range

DS35042,0000522 -19-10AUG15-2/9

4.0 mm (0.2 in)

D R1075.0 mm (R42.3 in)

372.9 mm (14.7 in)

2 50.0 mm (2.0 in)

22.0 mm (0.9 in)

25.0 mm (1.0 in) 84.0 mm (3.3 in)

25.0 mm (1.0 in)

865.0 mm (34.1 in) SECTION A

TX1199355

R2.0 mm (R0.1 in)

TX1199355 —UN—10AUG15

54.1 mm (2.1 in)

Lower Front Glass 2— Lower Front Glass

a— Black Ceramic Painted Surface Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1810-9

DS35042,0000522 -19-10AUG15-3/9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=203

Operator Enclosure

370.5 mm (14.6 in)

5.0 mm (0.2 in)

R151.4 mm (R6.0 in)

796.4 mm (31.4 in)

R2853.0 mm (R112.3 in)

3R4.0 mm (3R0.2 in)

SECTION A

R3.0 mm (R0.1 in) TX1199356

TX1199356 —UN—10AUG15

480.9 mm (18.9 in)

139.2 mm (5.5 in)

Cab Door Front Sliding Glass 3— Cab Door Front Sliding Glass a— Chamfer Along Periphery Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1810-10

DS35042,0000522 -19-10AUG15-4/9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=204

Operator Enclosure

308.5 mm (12.1 in) R10.0 mm (R0.4 in)

50.0 mm (2.0 in)

11.0 mm (0.4 in)

R128.0 mm (R5.0 in)

a 4 796.4 mm (31.4 in)

2 2

40.0 mm (1.6 in)

12.2 mm (0.5 in)

3R4.0 mm (3R0.2 in)

290.4 mm (11.4 in) 433.8 mm (17.1 in) SECTION A

R3.0 mm (R0.1in) TX1199357

TX1199357 —UN—10AUG15

13.9 mm (0.5 in)

34.4 mm (1.4 in)

Cab Door Rear Sliding Glass 4— Cab Door Rear Sliding Glass

a— Chamfer Along Periphery Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1810-11

DS35042,0000522 -19-10AUG15-5/9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=205

Operator Enclosure

610.3 mm (24.0 in)

56.0 mm (2.2 in)

468.5 mm (18.4 in)

1011.5 mm (39.8 in) 983.0 mm (78.1 in)

213.0 mm (8.4 in)

74.0 mm (2.9 in)

480.0 mm (18.9 in)

204.0 mm (8.0 in)

265.0 mm (10.4 in)

50.0 mm (2.0 in) 2 21 mm 2 (0.8 in)

7R5.0 mm (7R0.2 in)

25.0 mm (1.0 in)

113.0 mm (4.4 in) 74.0 mm (2.9 in) b

67.0 mm 74.0 mm (2.6 in) (2.9 in)

A R2867.0 mm (R112.9 in) 221.0 mm (8.7 in)

54.3 mm (2.1 in) R967.0 mm (R38.1 in) R10.0 mm (R0.4 in) R60.0 mm (R2.4 in)

R412.0 mm (R16.2 in)

R25.0 mm (R1.0 in) R50.0 mm R452.0 mm (R2.0 in) (R17.8 in) 227.0 mm (8.9 in) R55.0 mm R95.0 mm (R2.2 in) (R3.7 in)

R25.0 mm C (R1.0 in) 4R20.0 mm R150.0 mm (4R0.8 in) (R5.9 in) 5 220.0 mm (8.7 in) R1075.0 mm B (R42.3 in) 41.0 mm (1.6 in)

R412.0 mm (R16.2 in) R1035.0 mm (R40.7 in) R50.0 mm (R2.0 in)

33.0 mm (1.3 in)

133.0 mm (5.2 in) 235.0 mm (9.3 in)

127.0 mm (5.0 in)

227.0 mm (8.9 in) 278.5 mm (11.0 in) R462.0 mm (R18.2 in) R85.0 mm (R3.3 in)

55.5 mm (2.2 in)

76.0 mm (3.0 in) 193.0 mm (7.6 in)

R78.0 mm (R3.1 in)

68.0 mm (2.7 in)

283.0 mm (11.1 in)

255.0 mm (10.0 in)

117.0 mm (4.6 in)

380.0 mm (15.0 in)

Section A d C0.5 mm (C0.2 in)

C0.5 mm (C0.2 in)

Section B

Section C C0.5 mm (C0.2 in)

R3.0 mm (R0.1 in)

TX1199358

C0.5 mm (C0.2 in) TX1199358 —UN—10AUG15

5.0 mm (0.2 in)

Lower Cab Door Glass 5— Lower Cab Door Glass a— Black Ceramic Painted Surface

b— Black Ceramic Painted Range d— Shaded Paint Along Periphery c— Chamfer Here Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1810-12

DS35042,0000522 -19-10AUG15-6/9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=206

Operator Enclosure

196.5 mm (7.7 in) 1097 mm (43.2 in) 1101.5 mm (43.4 in)

496.0 mm (19.5 in) 448.0 mm (17.6 in) 319.0 mm (12.6 in) 190.0 mm (7.5 in) 35.0 mm 30.0 mm (1.4 in) (1.2 in)

103.0 mm (4.1 in) 3R5.0 mm (3R0.2 in)

683.0 mm (26.9 in) R20.0 mm (R0.8 in)

3.0 mm (0.1 in)

4R5.0 mm (4R0.2 in)

Section A d 5.0 mm (0.2 in)

C0.5 mm (C0.2 in)

3.0 mm (0.1 in)

R4055.0 mm (R159.6 in) R4026.0 mm (R158.5 in)

3.0 mm (0.1 in)

C0.5 mm (C0.2 in)

632.0 mm (24.9 in)

30.5mm (1.2 in)

R80.0 mm (R3.1 in) R86.0 mm (R3.4 in) R74.0 mm (R2.9 in)

Section B

R90.0 mm (R3.5 in) 3R10.0 mm (3R0.4 in) R20.0 mm (R0.8 in)

156.0 mm (6.1 in)

R110.0 mm (R4.3 in)

R610.0 mm (R24.0 in) R638.0 mm (R25.1 in)

297.0 mm (11.7 in)

63.0 mm (2.5 in)

50.0 mm (2.0 in) R1035.0 mm (R40.7 in) R3035.0 mm (R119.5 in)

119.5 mm (4.7 in)

267.0 mm (10.5 in)

Section C C0.5 mm (C0.2 in)

TX1199359

C0.5 mm (C0.2 in)

TX1199359 —UN—10AUG15

R50.0 mm R3078.0 mm (R2.0 in) (R121.2 in) 42.0 mm (1.7 in) 40.0 mm (1.6 in) 319.0 mm c (12.6 in) 128.0 mm (5.0 in) B

R3.0 mm (R0.1 in)

Rear Left Side Glass 6— Rear Left Side Glass a— Black Ceramic Painted Surface

b— Black Ceramic Painted Range d— Shaded Paint Along Periphery c— Chamfer Here Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1810-13

DS35042,0000522 -19-10AUG15-7/9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=207

Operator Enclosure

869.8 mm (34.2 in) 710.0 mm (20.8 in)

206.0 mm (8.1 in)

104.0 mm (4.1 in)

39.0 mm (1.5 in)

102.0 mm (4.0 in)

2R25.0 mm (2R1.0 in)

R30.0 mm (R2.1 in)

R3000.0 mm (R118.1 in) 37.0 mm (1.5 in) R4000.0 mm (R157.5 in)

R45.0 mm (R1.8 in)

107˚

1205.0 mm (47.4 in)

1591.0 mm (62.6 in)

1287.9 mm (50.7 in)

313.6 mm (12.3 in)

1304.8 mm (51.4 in)

50.0 mm (2.0 in)

1396.3 mm (55.0 in) 5.0 mm (0.2 in)

R240.0 mm (R9.4 in)

R2145.0 mm R90.0 mm (R84.4 in) R2940.0 mm (R3.5 in) R30.0 mm (R115.7 in) (R1.2 in) R10.0 mm 7 (R0.4 in) R370.0 mm R1100.0 mm (R14.6 in) (R43.8 in) R700.0 mm (R27.6 in)

1643.1 mm (64.7 in)

50.0 mm (2.0 in) A

856.0 mm (33.7 in)

130.0 mm (5.1 in) 125.0 mm (4.9 in) 148.5 mm (5.8 in)

R30.0 mm (R1.2 in)

R710.0 mm (R28.0 in) 40.0 mm (1.6 in) R200.0 mm (R7.9 in) R50.0 mm (R2.0 in)

2R5.0 mm (2R0.2 in)

R5000.0 mm (R196.9 in)

R50.0 mm (R2.0 in) R1040.0 mm (R40.9 in)

213.0 mm (8.4 in) R1200.0 mm (R47.2 in)

54.0 mm (2.1 in)

142.5 mm (5.6 in) 536.8 mm (21.1 in)

R70.0 mm (R2.8 in)

1379.5 mm (54.3 in)

SECTION A

1603.8 mm (63.1 in) 5.0 mm (0.2 in)

TX1199360 —UN—10AUG15

d C0.5 mm (C0.2 in) C0.5 mm (C0.2 in)

TX1199360 Right Side Cab Glass 7— Right Side Cab Glass a— Black Ceramic Painted Surface

b— Black Ceramic Painted Range d— Shaded Paint Along Periphery

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1810-14

DS35042,0000522 -19-10AUG15-8/9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=208

Operator Enclosure

844 mm (33.2 in) 97 mm (3.8 in)

4-R5 mm (R0.5 in)

643 mm (25.3 in) 22 mm (0.9 in)

72 mm (2.8 in)

4 mm (0.2 in) b

76 mm (3.0 in) a

4-R30 mm (R1.2 in) 288.5 mm (11.4 in) 645.5 mm (25.4 in) 70 mm (2.8 in)

15 mm (0.6 in) 8

26 mm (1.0 in)

215 mm (8.5 in)

2-R100 mm (R3.9 in)

2-R1000 mm (R39.4 in) 2-R450 mm (R17.7 in) 2-R58 mm (R2.8 in)

26 mm (1.0 in) A 220 mm (8.7 in)

45 mm (1.8 in) 126 mm (5.0 in)

590 mm (23.2 in)

2-R200 mm (R7.9 in)

5 mm (0.2 in) CO.0.5 mm (CO.0.5 in) CO.0.5 mm (CO.0.5 in) a TX1197975

TX1197975 —UN—10AUG15

Rear Cab Glass 8— Rear Cab Glass a— Black Ceramic Painted Surface

b— Black Ceramic Painted Range d— Shaded Paint Along Periphery

DS35042,0000522 -19-10AUG15-9/9

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1810-15

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=209

Operator Enclosure

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1810-16

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=210

Group 1821

Seat and Seat Belt Seat Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Seat Weight (approximate)

42 kg 93 lb

Cap Screw Torque

20 N·m 180 lb·in OTHER MATERIAL

Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength)

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) TX1090007 —UN—07JUN11

NOTE: Sliding seat to different positions may aid in the removal of cap screws. CAUTION: Avoid crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 2. Attach appropriate lifting device to seat (2). Remove cap screws (1) and seat.

Seat Remove and Install

Specification 1— Cap Screw (4 used)

Seat—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 42 kg 93 lb

3. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 4. Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) on cap screws (1).

2— Seat

Specification Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................20 N·m 180 lb·in

5. Install seat and cap screws. Tighten to specification. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JS20420,0001399 -19-02OCT15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1821-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=211

Seat and Seat Belt

Seat Belt Remove and Install

1 2 4

3 4 5

4 7 2

TX1093260 —UN—14JUN11

TX1093260 Seat Belt 1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Washer (2 used)

3— Seat Belt Buckle 4— Spacer (4 used)

5— Tether (2 used) 6— Seat Belt 7— Seat Belt Cover Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1821-2

JP80587,0000033 -19-22FEB18-1/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=212

Seat and Seat Belt SPECIFICATIONS

a. Install spacer (4).

50 N·m 37 lb·ft

Cap Screw Torque

b. Install tether (5). c. Install spacer (4).

OTHER MATERIAL

d. Install seat belt buckle.

Loctite® 242® Threadlock (medium strength)

e. Install washer (2).

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove seat belt buckle (3):

f. Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to cap screws (1).

a. Remove cap screw (1).

g. Install cap screw (1) and tighten to specification.

c. Remove seat belt buckle.

Specification Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft

d. Remove spacer (4).

6. Install seat belt:

b. Remove washer (2).

e. Remove tether (5).

a. Install spacer (4).

f. Remove spacer (4).

b. Install tether (5).

3. Remove seat belt (6):

c. Install spacer (4).

a. Slide seat belt cover (7) up to access hardware.

d. Install seat belt.

b. Remove cap screw (1).

e. Install washer (2).

c. Remove washer (2).

f. Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to cap screws (1).

d. Remove seat belt.

g. Install cap screw (1) and tighten to specification.

e. Remove spacer (4).

Specification Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft

f. Remove tether (5). g. Remove spacer (4).

h. Slide seat belt cover down to cover hardware.

4. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 5. Install seat belt buckle: Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1821-3

JP80587,0000033 -19-22FEB18-2/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=213

Seat and Seat Belt 76.2 mm (3 in) Seat Belt Remove and Install

6 7 5 8 4

2 7

TX1251781 —UN—05FEB18

TX1251781 Seat Belt 1— Cap Screw 2— Seat Belt 3— Spacer (2 used)

4— Spacer (2 used) 5— Spacer 6— Cap Screw

7— Washer (2 used) 8— Seat Belt Buckle

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

d. Remove seat belt buckle. e. Remove spacer (4).

2. Remove seat belt buckle (8): a. Remove cap screw (6).

3. Remove seat belt (2): a. Remove cap screw (1).

b. Remove washer (7). c. Remove spacer (5). TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

b. Remove washer (7). Continued on next page

18-1821-4

JP80587,0000033 -19-22FEB18-3/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=214

Seat and Seat Belt

c. Remove seat belt.

Specification Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft

d. Remove spacer (3). 4. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

6. Install seat belt:

5. Install seat belt buckle:

a. Install spacer (3).

a. Install spacer (4).

b. Install seat belt.

b. Install seat belt buckle.

c. Install washer (7).

c. Install spacer (5).

d. Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to cap screw (1).

d. Install washer (7).

e. Install cap screw (1) and tighten to specification.

e. Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to cap screw (6).

Specification Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft

f. Install cap screw (6) and tighten to specification. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation

JP80587,0000033 -19-22FEB18-4/4

Air Suspension Seat Disassemble and Assemble 1. Remove cap screws (1). 2. Remove zip tie (2). 3. Remove plastic fasteners (3). 3— Plastic Fastener (24 used) 4— Suspension Boot TX1172369A —UN—20SEP14

1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Zip Tie

Air Suspension Seat JL58967,0000189 -19-29SEP14-1/8

4. Remove pin (5), nut (6), and air compressor control valve (7). 7— Air Compressor Control Valve TX1172370A —UN—20SEP14

5— Pin 6— Nut

Air Compressor Valve Assembly Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1821-5

JL58967,0000189 -19-29SEP14-2/8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=215

Seat and Seat Belt

5. Install identification tags and disconnect air lines (8, 9) and electrical connectors (10, 11). 10— Electrical Connector 11— Electrical Connector TX1172371A —UN—20SEP14

8— Air Line 9— Air Line

Air Compressor Valve Connection JL58967,0000189 -19-29SEP14-3/8

NOTE: Seat adjustment knobs are pressed on to levers. 6. Remove seat adjustment knobs (12, 13). 7. Remove seat suspension boot (4). 13— Seat Adjustment Knob

TX1172372A —UN—20SEP14

12— Seat Adjustment Knob

Seat Adjustment Knobs JL58967,0000189 -19-29SEP14-4/8

8. Remove cap screws (14) and seat suspension (15). 15— Seat Suspension

TX1172373A —UN—20SEP14

14— Cap Screw (4 used)

Seat Suspension Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1821-6

JL58967,0000189 -19-29SEP14-5/8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=216

Seat and Seat Belt

9. Remove cap screw (16) and air line (17). 17— Air Line

TX1172375A —UN—22SEP14

16— Cap Screw

Seat Suspension Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1821-7

JL58967,0000189 -19-29SEP14-6/8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=217

Seat and Seat Belt

10. Remove C-clip (18) and air bag (19). 23— Cap Screw (2 used)

TX1172377A —UN—20SEP14

18— C-Clip 19— Air Bag

TX1172378A —UN—20SEP14

Seat Suspension (bottom view)

Air Bag JL58967,0000189 -19-29SEP14-7/8

11. Install identification tags and disconnect electrical connectors (20, 21) and air line (22). 12. Remove cap screws (23) and air compressor (24). TX1172379A —UN—20SEP14

13. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 14. Assembly is reverse of disassembly procedure. 20— Electrical Connector 21— Electrical Connector

22— Air Line 24— Air Compressor

Air Compressor JL58967,0000189 -19-29SEP14-8/8

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1821-8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=218

Group 1830

Heating and Air Conditioning R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling

If skin freezes to container, pour COOL water over container to free the skin. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Refrigerant Identifier

CAUTION: DO NOT allow liquid refrigerant to contact eyes or skin. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing. If liquid refrigerant contacts eyes or skin, DO NOT rub the area. Splash large amounts of COOL water on affected area. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.

IMPORTANT: To meet government standards relating to the use of refrigerants, R134a is used in the air conditioning system. Because it does not contain chlorine, R134a is not detrimental to the ozone in the atmosphere. However, it is illegal to discharge any refrigerant into the atmosphere. It must be recovered using the appropriate recovery stations. Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Do not mix refrigerants, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils.

DO NOT allow refrigerant to contact open flames or very hot surfaces such as electric welding arc, electric heating element, and lighted smoking materials.

Use only John Deere approved R134a refrigerant products. Mixing of products not compatible will cause system damage and contaminate recovery, recycling, and charging station equipment. Care must be taken to identify and use equipment, refrigerant oil, and refrigerant designed only for R134a refrigerant systems. Refrigerant should be tested for type and purity before recovery, recycling, or charging of system. Refrigerant identifier should be used before any testing or repair to system is performed.

DO NOT heat refrigerant over 52°C (125°F) in a closed container. Heated refrigerant will develop high pressure which can burst the container. Keep refrigerant containers away from heat sources. Store refrigerant in a cool place. DO NOT handle damp refrigerant container with bare hands. Skin may freeze to container. Wear gloves.

AS79221,00005A0 -19-03MAR16-1/2

Refrigerant Identifier

Used to safely and correctly identify type and check purity of refrigerant prior to recovery, recycling, and charging of air conditioning systems. AS79221,00005A0 -19-03MAR16-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1830-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=219

Heating and Air Conditioning

R134a Refrigerant Oil Information

a. Determine if R134a leakage was detected. See R134a Refrigerant Leak Test. (Group 9031-25.)

SPECIFICATIONS 180 mL 6 oz

b. Remove and discard receiver-dryer. See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)

OTHER MATERIAL

c. Flush complete system, if needed. See Flush and Purge Air Conditioning System. (Group 1830.)

Compressor Oil Volume

R134a Compressor Oil

d. If compressor is serviceable, pour flushing solvent in manifold ports and internally wash out old oil.

If installing a new compressor, make sure oil level is visible through suction port. Oil level is normally below drive shaft. Normal operating oil level of compressor removed from operation cannot be seen through suction port of compressor. Compressors can be divided into three categories when determining correct oil charge for system:

• New compressor • Used compressor removed from operation • Compressor internally washed with flushing solvent

e. Install new receiver-dryer. See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 6. Install compressor. See Air Conditioner Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) IMPORTANT: Prevent possible air conditioning system damage. Do not add any more oil than required or maximum cooling will be reduced. Do not leave system or R134a compressor oil containers open. Refrigerant oil easily absorbs moisture. Do not spill R134a compressor oil on acrylic or ABS plastic. This oil will deteriorate these materials rapidly. Identify R134a oil containers and measures to eliminate accidental mixing of different oils.

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury. All new compressors are charged with a mixture of nitrogen, R134a refrigerant, and R134a refrigerant oil. Wear safety goggles and discharge compressor slowly. 1. Handle refrigerant carefully. See R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 1830.) 2. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 3. Remove and repair or replace compressor. See Air Conditioner Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 4. Drain oil into graduated container while rotating compressor shaft if a new compressor is required. 5. Record measured oil and discard oil properly. If oil drained from a compressor removed from operation is very black or amount of oil is less than specification, perform the following:

7. Add required amount of R134a compressor oil. If any section of hose is removed and flushed or replaced, measure length of hose and use formula 3 mL per 30 cm (0.1 oz per ft) to determine correct amount of oil to be added. Specification Compressor Oil—Volume................................................................................. 180 mL 6 oz

8. Connect all components. 9. Evacuate air conditioning system. See Evacuate R134a System. (Group 1830.) 10. Charge R134a air conditioning system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)

Specification Compressor Oil—Volume................................................................................. 180 mL 6 oz DV53278,0000B1D -19-08OCT15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1830-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=220

Heating and Air Conditioning

R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station Installation Procedure

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing. 1. Handle refrigerant carefully. See R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 1830.) 2. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) IMPORTANT: Prevent possible air conditioning system contamination. Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. Do not mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils.

TX1153908 —UN—18FEB14

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury. Do not remove high-pressure relief valve. Air conditioning system will discharge.

Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station

3. Close both high and low-pressure valves on refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station (5).

1— Cap (2 used) 2— Low-Side Pressure (blue) Hose 3— High-Side Pressure (red) Hose

4. Remove caps (1) from test ports. 5. Connect low-side pressure (blue) hose (2) from refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station to low-pressure test port on compressor.

4— Air Conditioner Compressor 5— Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station

7. Follow manufacturer’s instructions when using refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station.

6. Connect high-side pressure (red) hose (3) to high-pressure test port on compressor.

DV53278,0000B1E -19-17NOV15-1/1

Recover R134a Refrigerant

high-pressure relief valve. Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly.

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible air conditioning system damage. Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Do not mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils. 5. With engine OFF, connect refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. See R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station Installation Procedure. (Group 1830.) 6. Follow the air conditioning refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station manufacturer’s instruction.

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from air conditioning system refrigerant. Do not remove AS79221,0000598 -19-08DEC16-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1830-3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=221

Heating and Air Conditioning

Flush and Purge Air Conditioning System SPECIFICATIONS Flushing Solvent in Suction Port Volume

240 mL 8 fl oz

Flushing Solvent in Discharge Port Volume

120 mL 4 fl oz

Air Pressure Minimum Pressure (for flushing and purging)

620 kPa 6.2 bar 90 psi

2. Turn compressor end-for-end and roll compressor side-to-side. 3. Remove both plugs from manifold ports and drain solvent from compressor. 4. Connect battery power and ground to engage compressor clutch solenoid. Rotate pulley at least 5 revolutions to move cooling system cleaner out of cylinders.

ESSENTIAL TOOLS

5. Invert compressor. Roll end-for-end and side-to-side. Drain thoroughly.

TY25601 Cooling System Cleaner JT02099 Cap JT03194 Cap

6. Repeat previous two steps at least 3 times.

JT02075 Air Conditioner Flusher

Evaporator Flush and Purge

Procedure Set-Up

1. Add TY25601 Cooling System Cleaner and connect JT02075 Air Conditioner Flusher outlet hose to inlet end of evaporator inlet line using appropriate adapter.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing.

2. Attach hose and aerator nozzle to compressor inlet line using appropriate adapter. Put nozzle in container to collect cooling system cleaner.

1. Handle refrigerant carefully. See R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 1830.)

3. Open air valve to force cooling system cleaner into condenser circuit. Air pressure must be at least to specification for flushing and purging.

2. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 3. Recover refrigerant from system. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.) IMPORTANT: Air conditioner compressor serviceable. Do not attempt to flush through receiver-dryer. Flushing solution may not be completely removed from component and could cause system malfunction.

Specification Air Pressure—Minimum Pressure (for flushing and purging)....................................................................................... 620 kPa 6.2 bar 90 psi

NOTE: Purging condenser circuit takes 10—12 minutes to thoroughly remove solvent. Additional flushing cycles are required if system is heavily contaminated with burned oil or metal particles.

4. Remove air conditioner compressor. See Air Conditioner Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) NOTE: Anytime air conditioning system is discharged, a new receiver-dryer must be installed.

4. Disconnect hose from aeration nozzle to check circuit for cooling system cleaner. Hold hose close to piece of cardboard; continue purging until cardboard is dry.

5. Remove and discard receiver-dryer. See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)

5. Dispose of cooling system cleaner properly. Procedure Wrap-Up

Compressor Cleaning 1. Pour TY25601 Cooling System Cleaner into suction port and discharge port. Plug both ports in compressor manifold, using JT02099 and JT03194 Caps. Specification Flushing Solvent in Suction Port—Volume.................................................................. 240 mL 8 fl oz Flushing Solvent in Discharge Port—Volume............................................................................... 120 mL 4 fl oz

1. Install new receiver-dryer. See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 2. Add required oil. See R134a Refrigerant Oil Information. (Group 1830.) 3. Install air conditioner compressor. See Air Conditioner Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1830-4

DV53278,0000B20 -19-17NOV15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=222

Heating and Air Conditioning

4. Charge system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.) DV53278,0000B20 -19-17NOV15-2/2

Evacuate R134a System

NOTE: Vacuum specifications listed are for sea level conditions. Subtract 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in Hg) from 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in Hg) for each 300 m (1000 ft) elevation above sea level.

SPECIFICATIONS Vacuum Pressure at Sea Level

98 kPa 980 mbar 29 in Hg

Vacuum Pressure Above Sea Level

Subtract 3.4 kPa from 98 kPa for each 300 m elevation Subtract 34 mbar from 980 mbar for each 300 m elevation Subtract 1 in Hg from 29 in Hg for each 1000 ft elevation

Leak Present Decrease in Vacuum

3.4 kPa 34 mbar 1 in Hg

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing. 1. Handle refrigerant carefully. See R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 1830.) 2. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from air conditioning system refrigerant. Do not remove high-pressure relief valve. Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly. IMPORTANT: Prevent possible air conditioning system damage. Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Do not mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils. 3. Connect refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. See R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station Installation Procedure. (Group 1830.)

6. Evacuate system until low-pressure gauge registers specified vacuum. If specified vacuum cannot be obtained in 15 minutes, a leak may be present. Locate and repair leak. See R134a Refrigerant Leak Test. (Group 9031-25.) Specification Vacuum—Pressure at Sea Level...................................................................................... 98 kPa 980 mbar 29 in Hg Pressure Above Sea Level ..................................................................... Subtract 3.4 kPa from 98 kPa for each 300 m elevation Subtract 34 mbar from 980 mbar for each 300 m elevation Subtract 1 in Hg from 29 in Hg for each 1000 ft elevation

7. When vacuum reaches specified level, close low side and high side valves. Turn vacuum pump off. 8. If vacuum decreases more than specified amount in 5 minutes, there is a leak in system. Specification Leak Present—Decrease in Vacuum..................................................................................... 3.4 kPa 34 mbar 1 in Hg

9. Locate and repair leak. See R134a Refrigerant Leak Test. (Group 9031-25.) 10. Start evacuation. Open low side and high side valves. 11. Evacuate system for 30 minutes after initial specified vacuum is reached.

4. Open low and high-pressure valves on refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station.

12. Stop evacuation. Close low side and high side valves.

5. Follow manufacturer’s instructions and evacuate system.

13. Charge system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.) AS79221,000059A -19-07NOV17-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1830-5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=223

Heating and Air Conditioning

Charge R134a System

and Charging Station Installation Procedure. (Group 1830.)

SPECIFICATIONS Evacuate System Vacuum

Air Conditioning System Refrigerant Charge Weight

Subtract 3.4 kPa from 98 kPa for each 300 m elevation above sea level Subtract 34 mbar from 980 mbar for each 300 m elevation above sea level Subtract 1 in Hg from 29 in Hg for each 1000 ft elevation above sea level 1000—1100 g 2.2—2.4 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing. 1. Handle refrigerant carefully. See R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 1830.) 2. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Do not mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils. CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from air conditioning system refrigerant. Do not remove high-pressure relief valve. Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly.

4. Evacuate system. See Evacuate R134a System. (Group 1830.) NOTE: Before beginning to charge air conditioning system, the following conditions must exist: Engine STOPPED, the pump must be capable of pulling at least 28.6 in Hg vacuum (sea level). Subtract 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in Hg) from 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in Hg) for each 300 m (1000 ft) elevation above sea level. Specification Evacuate System—Vacuum........................ Subtract 3.4 kPa from 98 kPa for each 300 m elevation above sea level Subtract 34 mbar from 980 mbar for each 300 m elevation above sea level Subtract 1 in Hg from 29 in Hg for each 1000 ft elevation above sea level

5. Follow manufacturer’s instructions and charge system. 6. Add refrigerant until system is charged to specification. Specification Air Conditioning System Refrigerant—Charge Weight................................................................................ 1000—1100 g 2.2—2.4 lb

7. Perform air conditioning check. See Operational Checkout. (Group 9005-10.)

3. Connect refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. See R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, DV53278,0000B22 -19-14MAY19-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1830-6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=224

Heating and Air Conditioning

Air Conditioner Compressor Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Air Conditioner Compressor Cap Screw Torque

30 N·m 22 lb·ft

Pressure Line Cap Screw Torque

28 N·m 21 lb·ft

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1203386A —UN—09OCT15

2. Recover refrigerant from system. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.) 3. Disconnect air conditioner compressor clutch (Y11). 4. Remove belt (6). See Replace Air Conditioner V-Belt. (Operator’s Manual.) 5. Remove cap screws (5) to disconnect high-pressure line (2) and low-pressure line (3). Close all openings using caps and plugs. Compressor

6. Remove cap screws (7) and compressor (1). 7. Repair or replace parts as necessary. When replacing with a new compressor, flush and purge each component in the air conditioning system individually. See Flush and Purge Air Conditioning System. (Group 1830.) 8. Inspect and fill compressor with oil. See R134a Refrigerant Oil Information. (Group 1830.) 9. Install air conditioner compressor and cap screws. Tighten to specification. Specification Air Conditioner Compressor Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................30 N·m 22 lb·ft

10. Connect high-pressure line and low-pressure line. Install and tighten cap screws to specification.

1— Compressor 2— High-Pressure Line 3— Low-Pressure Line 5— Cap Screw (2 used)

6— Belt 7— Cap Screw (4 used) Y11— Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch

Specification Pressure Line Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................28 N·m 21 lb·ft

11. Connect air conditioner compressor clutch. 12. Install belt. See Replace Air Conditioner V-Belt. (Operator’s Manual.) 13. Evacuate and charge the system. See Evacuate R134a System and see Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.) DV53278,0000B33 -19-17NOV15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1830-7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=225

Heating and Air Conditioning

Condenser Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Compressor-to-Condenser Line and Condenser-to-Evaporator Line Torque

23 N·m 203 lb·in

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Recover refrigerant from system. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.)

TX1093713A —UN—27JUN11

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy doors falling. Do not remove cap screws (2). 3. Remove cap screws (1) and open cooling package doors. 1— Cap Screw (8 used)

2— Cap Screw (4 used)

Cooling Package Doors DV53278,0000B34 -19-17NOV15-1/2

4. Disconnect air conditioner high/low-pressure switch (B20). 5. Remove cap screws (6) and O-rings (not shown) to disconnect compressor-to-condenser line (7) and condenser-to-evaporator line (9). Close all openings using caps and plugs. NOTE: Condenser can be removed without removing receiver/dryer. If removing receiver/dryer, see Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 6. Remove cap screws (5) and condenser (3). TX1203383A —UN—09OCT15

7. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 8. Install condenser and cap screws (5). 9. Connect compressor-to-condenser line and condenser-to-evaporator line. Inspect O-rings for damage. Replace as necessary. Tighten cap screws (6) to specification. Specification Compressor-toCondenser Line and Condenser-to-Evaporator Line—Torque.................................................................................23 N·m 203 lb·in

10. Connect air conditioner high/low-pressure switch. 11. Evacuate and charge system. See Evacuate R134a System and see Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)

Receiver/Dryer 3— Condenser 4— Receiver/Dryer 5— Cap Screw (4 used) 6— Cap Screw (2 used)

7— Compressor-to-Condenser Line 9— Condenser-to-Evaporator Line B20— Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch DV53278,0000B34 -19-17NOV15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1830-8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=226

Heating and Air Conditioning

Heater and Air Conditioner Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Cooling System Capacity

124 L 32.8 gal

TX1093026A —UN—06JUN11

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Recover refrigerant from system. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.) 3. Drain cooling system. See Drain Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Cooling System—Capacity..................................................................................................... 124 L 32.8 gal

Rear Seat Panels 1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Cap Screw (3 used) 3— Center Panel 4— Cap Screw (2 used)

4. Remove seat. See Seat Remove and Install. (Group 1821.)

5— Back Panel 6— Cap Screw (3 used) 7— Right Side Panel

5. Remove cap screws (1 and 2) and center panel (3). 6. Remove cap screws (4) and back panel (5). 7. Remove cap screws (6) and right side panel (7). DV53278,0000B35 -19-17NOV15-1/6

8. Install identification tags and disconnect electrical connectors (8) from monitor controller (DSZ) (A4). See Cab Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 9. Remove cap screws (10) to release cab wiring harness (11). 11— Cab Wiring Harness A4—Monitor Controller (DSZ) TX1096492A —UN—23AUG11

8— Electrical Connector (5 used) 10— Cap Screw (3 used)

Monitor Control Electrical Connections Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1830-9

DV53278,0000B35 -19-17NOV15-2/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=227

Heating and Air Conditioning

10. Remove cap screws (12) and move 12-volt power converter (A8) to the side. 11. Remove screws (15). Lift up relay block (16) and disconnect electrical connectors (14). 12. Remove cap screw (17). 16— Relay Block 17— Cap Screw A8—12-Volt Power Converter TX1096490A —UN—23AUG11

12— Cap Screw (2 used) 14— Electrical Connector (4 used) 15— Screw (4 used)

Left Side AC/Heater Connections DV53278,0000B35 -19-17NOV15-3/6

13. Remove screws (18), disconnect electrical connector (20), and remove air conditioner controller (ACF) (A7). 14. Remove cap screws (21), cover (22), and panel (23). 22— Cover 23— Panel A7—Air Conditioner Controller (ACF)

TX1096491A —UN—23AUG11

18— Screw (4 used) 20— Electrical Connector 21— Cap Screw (7 used)

AC and Heater Panel DV53278,0000B35 -19-17NOV15-4/6

15. Remove cap screws (25) and fresh air inlet duct (24). 25— Cap Screw (2 used)

TX1093041A —UN—07JUN11

24— Fresh Air Inlet Duct

Fresh Air Inlet Duct Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1830-10

DV53278,0000B35 -19-17NOV15-5/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=228

Heating and Air Conditioning

16. Disconnect engine coolant hoses (28) from heater and evaporator case (26). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 17. Install identification tags and remove air conditioner refrigerant lines (29) from heater and evaporator case. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 18. Remove cap screws (32) and air duct (30). 19. Remove cap screws (31). Separate air filter from air duct and remove. TX1093039A —UN—08JUN11

20. Remove heater and air conditioner. 21. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 22. Install heater and air conditioner. 23. Connect air duct. 24. Connect engine coolant hoses and refrigerant lines. Air Conditioner Component Location

25. Install fresh air inlet duct. 26. Install panel, cover, and cap screws (21). 27. Install air conditioner controller (ACF), screws (18), and electrical connector. See Cab Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 28. Install cap screws (17), relay block, and screws (15).

26— Heater and Evaporator Case 27— Air Duct 28— Engine Coolant Hose (2 used) 29— Air Conditioner Refrigerant Line (2 used)

30— Air Duct 31— Cap Screw (6 used) 32— Cap Screw (2 used)

29. Install 12-volt power converter and screws (12). 30. Install cap screw to clamp down cab wiring harness. 31. Connect electrical connectors to monitor controller (DSZ). See Cab Harness (W1) Component Location and see Monitor Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 32. Install right side panel and cap screws (6).

34. Install seat. See Seat Remove and Install. (Group 1821.) 35. Evacuate and charge system. See Evacuate R134a System. (Group 1830.) 36. Fill cooling system. See Cooling System Fill and Deaeration Procedure. (Operator’s Manual.)

33. Install center panel and cap screws (1 and 2). DV53278,0000B35 -19-17NOV15-6/6

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1830-11

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=229

Heating and Air Conditioning

Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Receiver/Dryer-to-Condenser Line Cap Screw Torque

5 N·m 44 lb·in

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Recover refrigerant from system. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.)

TX1093713A —UN—27JUN11

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy doors from falling. Do not remove cap screws (2). 3. Remove cap screws (1) and open cooling package doors. 1— Cap Screw (8 used)

2— Cap Screw (4 used)

Cooling Package Doors DV53278,0000B36 -19-28OCT15-1/2

4. Remove receiver/dryer-to-condenser line cap screws (6) and O-rings (not shown) to disconnect receiver/dryer-to-condenser lines (7) at condenser (3). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 5. Remove cap screws (5) and receiver/dryer (4) from condenser. 6. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 7. Install receiver/dryer.

TX1093540A —UN—28JUN11

8. Install new O-rings and align receiver/dryer-tocondenser lines. Install cap screws (5) and tighten to specification. Specification Receiver/Dryer-toCondenser Line Cap Screw—Torque................................................................................5 N·m 44 lb·in

9. Evacuate and charge system. See Evacuate R134a System and see Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.) Receiver/Dryer 3— Condenser 4— Receiver/Dryer 5— Cap Screw (4 used)

6— Receiver/Dryer-toCondenser Line Cap Screw (2 used) 7— Receiver/Dryer-toCondenser Line (2 used) DV53278,0000B36 -19-28OCT15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

18-1830-12

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=230

Contents

Section 19 Sheet Metal

Page

Group 1910—Hood or Engine Enclosure Hood Remove and Install .......................... 19-1910-1 Engine Side Shields Remove and Install ..................................................... 19-1910-2 Swing Motor Panels Remove and Install ..................................................... 19-1910-3 Group 1921—Grille and Grille Housing Cooling Package Door Remove and Install .............................................. 19-1921-1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

19-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=1

Contents

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

19-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=2

Group 1910

Hood or Engine Enclosure Hood Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Hood and Center Cover Weight (approximate)

64 kg 140 lb

TX1095156A —UN—01AUG11

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove cap screws (1) and rear cover (2). 1— Cap Screw (8 used) 2— Rear Cover 3— Cap Screw (6 used)

4— Center Cover 5— Hood

Covers DV53278,0000AF1 -19-14OCT15-1/2

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 3. Support hood (5) using an appropriate lifting device.

TX1095155A —UN—01AUG11

Specification Hood and Center Cover—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 64 kg 140 lb

4. Disconnect support strut (6) and support (7). 5. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cap screws (3), hood, and center cover. 6. Repair or replace as necessary. Hood

7. Using appropriate lifting device, install hood, center cover, and cap screws. 5— Hood 6— Support Strut

8. Connect support and support strut.

7— Support

9. Install rear cover and cap screws. DV53278,0000AF1 -19-14OCT15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

19-1910-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=233

Hood or Engine Enclosure

Engine Side Shields Remove and Install

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

SPECIFICATIONS Exhaust Aftertreatment Assembly Cover Weight (approximate)

27 kg 60 lb

Air Cleaner Service Door Weight (approximate)

30 kg 65 lb

TX1201414 —UN—14SEP15

TX1201414 Engine Hood and Side Shields 1— Hood 2— Exhaust Aftertreatment Assembly Cover

3— Air Cleaner Service Door

2. Remove hood (1). See Hood Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 3. Remove appropriate covers. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Specification Air Cleaner Service Door—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 30 kg 65 lb

6. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

4. Using appropriate lifting device, remove exhaust aftertreatment assembly cover (2).

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Specification Exhaust Aftertreatment Assembly Cover—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 27 kg 60 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

7. Using appropriate lifting device, install exhaust aftertreatment assembly cover. Specification Exhaust Aftertreatment Assembly Cover—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 27 kg 60 lb

5. Using appropriate lifting device, remove air cleaner service door (3).

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

19-1910-2

DV53278,0000AF2 -19-22SEP15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=234

Hood or Engine Enclosure 8. Using appropriate lifting device, install air cleaner service door.

9. Install appropriate covers. 10. Install hood. See Hood Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)

Specification Air Cleaner Service Door—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 30 kg 65 lb

DV53278,0000AF2 -19-22SEP15-2/2

Swing Motor Panels Remove and Install

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

SPECIFICATIONS Front Panel Weight (approximate)

25 kg 55 lb

TX1201652 —UN—21SEP15

TX1201652 Swing Motor Panels 1— Rear Panel

2— Front Panel

2. Remove appropriate covers. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 3. Using appropriate lifting device, remove front panel (2). Specification Front Panel—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 25 kg 55 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 5. Using appropriate lifting device, install front panel. Specification Front Panel—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 25 kg 55 lb

6. Install appropriate covers.

4. Repair or replace parts as necessary. DV53278,0000AEF -19-22SEP15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

19-1910-3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=235

Hood or Engine Enclosure

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

19-1910-4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=236

Group 1921

Grille and Grille Housing Cooling Package Door Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Left Cooling Package Door Weight (approximate)

139 kg 307 lb

Right Cooling Package Door Weight (approximate)

95 kg 210 lb

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1096836A —UN—29AUG11

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy cooling package doors. Do not remove cap screws (2 and 3). 2. Remove cap screws (1). Open left and right cooling package doors (4 and 5). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 3. Attach appropriate lifting device to left cooling package door. Specification Left Cooling Package Door—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 139 kg 307 lb

Cooling Package Doors 1— Cap Screw (8 used) 2— Cap Screw (2 used) 3— Cap Screw (2 used)

4— Left Cooling Package Door 5— Right Cooling Package Door

DV53278,0000AF3 -19-14OCT15-1/3

4. Remove pin (8) and washer (7). Disconnect latch (6). 5. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cap screws (2) and left cooling package door. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 6. Attach appropriate lifting device to right cooling package door.

2— Cap Screw (2 used) 4— Left Cooling Package Door 6— Latch

TX1096837A —UN—29AUG11

Specification Right Cooling Package Door—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 95 kg 210 lb 7— Washer 8— Pin

Left Cooling Package Door Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

19-1921-1

DV53278,0000AF3 -19-14OCT15-2/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=237

Grille and Grille Housing

7. Remove pin (11) and washer (10). Disconnect latch (9). 8. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cap screws (3) and right cooling package door. 9. Repair or replace parts as necessary. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 10. Attach appropriate lifting device to right cooling package door. TX1096838A —UN—29AUG11

Specification Right Cooling Package Door—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 95 kg 210 lb

11. Using appropriate lifting device, install right cooling package door and cap screws (3). 12. Connect latch (9). Install washer (10) and pin (11).

Right Cooling Package Door

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

3— Cap Screw (2 used) 5— Right Cooling Package Door 9— Latch

13. Attach appropriate lifting device to left cooling package door. Specification Left Cooling Package Door—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 139 kg 307 lb

10— Washer 11— Pin

15. Connect latch (6). Install washer (7) and pin (8). 16. Close cooling package doors and install cap screws (1).

14. Using appropriate lifting device, install left cooling package door and cap screws (2). DV53278,0000AF3 -19-14OCT15-3/3

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

19-1921-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=238

Contents

Section 33 Excavator

Page Page

Group 3302—Buckets Bucket Remove and Install........................ 33-3302-1 Bucket Pin-Up Data ................................... 33-3302-2

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve Remove and Install ............................................ 33-3360-40 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble ................ 33-3360-41 Fan Drive System Relief Valve Remove and Install.............................. 33-3360-41 Solenoid Valve Manifold (4-Spool) Remove and Install.............................. 33-3360-43 Solenoid Valve Remove and Install—Travel Speed (SC), Bypass Shutoff Valve (SF), Power Dig (SI), and Arm Flow Rate (SF) ............................................. 33-3360-44 Solenoid Valve Manifold (2-Spool) Remove and Install.............................. 33-3360-45 Solenoid Valve Remove and Install—Swing Flow Rate (SI) and Boom Mode (SC).......................... 33-3360-46 Pump Case Drain Filter and Bypass Valve Remove and Install .................... 33-3360-47 Pilot Valve (Left and Right) Remove and Install ............................................ 33-3360-48 Pilot Valve (Left and Right) Disassemble and Assemble ................ 33-3360-50 Boom Up Shockless Valve Remove and Install ............................................ 33-3360-57 Boom Up Shockless Valve Disassemble and Assemble ................ 33-3360-58 Travel Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install ............................................ 33-3360-59 Travel Pilot Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble ................ 33-3360-61 Pilot Accumulator Remove and Install ................................................... 33-3360-63 Pilot Check Valve Manifold Remove and Install ............................................ 33-3360-64 Pilot Signal Manifold Remove and Install ................................................... 33-3360-65 Pilot Signal Manifold Disassemble and Assemble...................................... 33-3360-68 Counterweight Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install—If Equipped ............................................. 33-3360-71 Counterweight Pilot Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble ................ 33-3360-73 Counterweight Slow Return Valve Remove and Install—If Equipped ............................................. 33-3360-74

Group 3340—Frames Bucket Links Remove and Install .............. 33-3340-1 Arm Remove and Install ............................ 33-3340-3 Boom Remove and Install ......................... 33-3340-8 Inspect Pins, Bushings, and Bosses—Front Attachment.................. 33-3340-14 Cylinder Specifications ............................ 33-3340-17 Bushings and Seal Remove and Install ................................................... 33-3340-18 Group 3360—Hydraulic System Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank ....................................................... 33-3360-1 Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure .............................................. 33-3360-2 Pump 1 and 2 Remove and Install.............. 33-3360-3 Pump 1 and 2 Disassemble and Assemble............................................. 33-3360-10 Pump 1 and 2 Inspection......................... 33-3360-13 Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure............ 33-3360-14 Pump 1 and 2 Regulator Remove and Install ............................................ 33-3360-15 Pump 1 and 2 Regulator Disassemble and Assemble ................ 33-3360-16 Pilot Pump Remove and Install ............... 33-3360-18 Pilot Pump Disassemble and Assemble............................................. 33-3360-20 Pilot Filter and Pressure Regulating Valve Remove and Install .................... 33-3360-21 Pilot Filter and Pressure Regulating Valve Disassemble and Assemble............................................. 33-3360-22 Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Remove and Install.............................. 33-3360-22 Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Disassemble and Assemble ................ 33-3360-24 Fan Drive Pump Remove and Install ................................................... 33-3360-26 Fan Drive Pump Disassemble and Assemble............................................. 33-3360-28 Fan Drive Pump Regulator Remove and Install ............................................ 33-3360-31 Fan Drive Pump Regulator Disassemble and Assemble ................ 33-3360-32 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Motor Remove and Install.............................. 33-3360-34 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Motor Disassemble and Assemble ................ 33-3360-40

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-1

870GLC Excavator

061020

PN=1

Contents

Page

Counterweight Shutoff Valve Remove and Install—If Equipped ............................................. 33-3360-75 Counterweight Check Valve Remove and Install—If Equipped ............................................. 33-3360-76 Control Valve Remove and Install............ 33-3360-78 Control Valve Halves Disassemble and Assemble...................................... 33-3360-83 Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble ................ 33-3360-84 Right Control Valve (4-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble .............. 33-3360-105 Hydraulic Oil Tank Remove and Install ................................................. 33-3360-126 Hydraulic Oil Tank Disassemble and Assemble.................................... 33-3360-132 Hydraulic Oil Restriction Valve Remove and Install............................ 33-3360-134 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Bypass Valve Remove and Install............................ 33-3360-136 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Remove and Install ................................................. 33-3360-137 Boom Cylinder Remove and Install ................................................. 33-3360-142 Boom Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble........................................... 33-3360-147 Arm Cylinder Remove and Install .......... 33-3360-151 Arm Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble........................................... 33-3360-155 Bucket Cylinder Remove and Install ................................................. 33-3360-159 Bucket Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble........................................... 33-3360-163 Counterweight Cylinder Remove and Install—If Equipped .................... 33-3360-167 Counterweight Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble .............. 33-3360-172 Counterweight Removal Device Remove and Install—If Equipped ........................................... 33-3360-175 Hydraulic Cylinder Bleed Procedure .......................................... 33-3360-177

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=2

Group 3302

Buckets Bucket Remove and Install For additional information, see Removing the Bucket. (Operator’s Manual.) BE78919,000075C -19-18JUL17-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3302-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=241

Buckets

Bucket Pin-Up Data

TX1009705 —UN—19JUL06

NOTE: If the front attachment of a previous model machine is used, use the grease intervals for previous model machine.

Bucket Pin-Up Data 1— Bucket Pin B-to-Bucket Link Arm Pin Distance 2— Bucket Link Arm Pin-to-Arm Centerline Offset 3— Guide Link Length 4— Bucket Link Length 5— Bucket Arm Pin-to-Bucket Tooth Tip Distance

6— Bucket Pin Distance (bucket 10— Bucket Pin A Bore Diameter 15— Bucket Pin B Bucket Ear 11— Bucket Pin A Bushing Inner Inner Distance resting flat on ground) Distance 16— Bucket Pin B Bucket Ear 7— Bucket Pin Vertical Offset Outer Distance (bucket resting flat on ground) 12— Bucket Pin A Bucket Ear Inner Distance 17— Bucket Pin A Bucket Ear 8— Bucket Pin B Flag Angle 13— Bucket Pin B Bore Diameter Outer Distance 9— Bucket Pin A Flag Angle 14— Bucket Pin B Bushing Inner Distance

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3302-2

DV53278,0000AC9 -19-27OCT15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=242

Buckets 870GLC Excavator Bucket Pin-Up Data Item

Measurement

600 mm 23.62 in

20 mm 0.79 in

890 mm 35.03 in

820 mm 32.30 in

2190 mm 86.22 in

674 mm 26.54 in

56 mm 2.20 in

10°

5°

130 mm 5.12 in

555 mm 21.85 in

627 mm 24.69 in

140 mm 5.51 in

555 mm 21.85 in

627 mm 24.69 in

727 mm 28.62 in

727 mm 28.62 in DV53278,0000AC9 -19-27OCT15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3302-3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=243

Buckets

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3302-4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=244

Group 3340

Frames Bucket Links Remove and Install 88 kg 194 lb

Bucket Link Weight (approximate)

383 kg 845 lb

Right Arm Link Weight (approximate)

96 kg 212 lb

Bucket Cylinder Pin Weight (approximate)

104 kg 229 lb

Arm Link Pin Weight (approximate)

61 kg 135 lb

Cap Screw Torque

400 N·m 295 lb·ft

TX1097007A —UN—31AUG11

SPECIFICATIONS Left Arm Link Weight (approximate)

Bucket Links 1— Left Arm Link 2— Right Arm Link 3— Bucket Link 4— Bucket Cylinder 5— Cap Screw (3 used)

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove bucket. See Bucket Remove and Install. (Group 3302.) 3. Lower arm and bucket links onto ground.

Specification Left Arm Link—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 88 kg 194 lb

4. Insert wooden block between bucket cylinder (4) and arm for support. 5. Remove cap screws (5 and 8), washers (6 and 9), and pin stops (7 and 10). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 6. Using appropriate lifting device, remove left arm link (1).

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 7. Attach appropriate lifting device to bucket link (3). Specification Bucket Link—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 383 kg 845 lb

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

6— Washer (3 used) 7— Pin Stop 8— Cap Screw (3 used) 9— Washer (3 used) 10— Pin Stop

33-3340-1

DV53278,0000ACA -19-12OCT15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=245

Frames

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 8. Use appropriate lifting device and remove bucket cylinder pin (11). Specification Bucket Cylinder Pin—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 104 kg 229 lb

TX1097139A —UN—31AUG11

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 9. Attach appropriate lifting device to right arm link (2). Specification Right Arm Link—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 96 kg 212 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Bucket Link Pins 2— Right Arm Link 3— Bucket Link 4— Bucket Cylinder

10. Use appropriate lifting device and remove bucket link (3). Specification Bucket Link—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 383 kg 845 lb

11— Bucket Cylinder Pin 12— Arm Link Pin

13. Clean, inspect, and replace parts as necessary. 14. Apply grease to pin fasteners and link pin bores.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

15. Using appropriate lifting device, position bucket links so that pins can be installed.

11. Use appropriate lifting device and remove arm link pin (12).

16. Using appropriate lifting device, install arm link pin and bucket cylinder pin.

Specification Arm Link Pin—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 61 kg 135 lb

17. Install pin stops, washers, and cap screws. Tighten to specification.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 12. Use appropriate lifting device and remove right arm link (2).

Specification Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................400 N·m 295 lb·ft

18. Install bucket. See Bucket Remove and Install. (Group 3302.)

Specification Right Arm Link—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 96 kg 212 lb DV53278,0000ACA -19-12OCT15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3340-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=246

Frames

Arm Remove and Install 500 L 132.1 gal

Arm Cylinder Rod End Pin Weight (approximate)

45 kg 99 lb

2.9 m (9 ft 6 in) Arm With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

4620 kg 10 185 lb

3.7 m (12 ft 2 in) Arm With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

4290 kg 9458 lb

4.4 m (14 ft 5 in) Arm With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

4630 kg 10 207 lb

5.4 m (17 ft 9 in) Arm With Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

4940 kg 10 891 lb

Arm Pin Weight (approximate)

124 kg 273 lb

Arm Thrust Plate Clearance

0—1.5 mm 0—0.06 in

Arm Pin Cap Screw Torque

400 N·m 295 lb·ft

Arm Cylinder Pin Cap Screw Torque

400 N·m 295 lb·ft

Lubrication Hose Torque

30 N·m 22 lb·ft

Hydraulic Hose Cap Screw Torque

140 N·m 103 lb·ft

T106031 —UN—10JAN97

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

Machine Position

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

2. Remove bucket. See Bucket Remove and Install. (Group 3302.) 3. Retract arm cylinder and lower front attachment to ground. 4. Release pressure in front attachment hydraulic circuit. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 3360.)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3340-3

DV53278,0000ACB -19-27OCT15-1/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=247

Frames

7. Install identification tags. Remove cap screws (5) and flanges (6) from hydraulic hoses (4). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 3— Bucket Cylinder 4— Hydraulic Hose (2 used) 5— Cap Screw (8 used)

6— Flange (2 used) 7— O-Ring (2 used)

4 6 7

5 4

TX1094991 —UN—21JUL11

Bucket Cylinder Hydraulic Hoses DV53278,0000ACB -19-27OCT15-2/6

8 10

TX1094994 —UN—09SEP11

Lubrication Hose 8— Arm 9— Elbow Fitting

10— Lubrication Hose

11— Arm Cylinder

8. Install identification tags and disconnect lubrication hose (10). Close all openings using caps and plugs. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3340-4

DV53278,0000ACB -19-27OCT15-3/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=248

Frames

9. Remove cap screws (15), washers (14), and retaining plate (13). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

8 10. Using appropriate lifting device, remove arm cylinder rod end pin (12).

8— Arm 12— Arm Cylinder Rod End Pin 13— Retaining Plate

14— Washer (2 used) 15— Cap Screw (2 used)

14 15 12

TX1094996 —UN—21JUL11

Specification Arm Cylinder Rod End Pin—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 45 kg 99 lb

Arm Cylinder Rod End Pin Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3340-5

DV53278,0000ACB -19-27OCT15-4/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=249

Frames

11. Remove cap screws (21), washers (20), and pin stop (19).

16 17

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

17 16

12. Support arm with appropriate lifting device and remove arm pin (18).

Specification Arm Pin—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 124 kg 273 lb

13. Remove thrust plates (16) and shims (17). Record location of thrust plates and shims to aid in assembly procedure. 14. Remove arm. 15. Inspect pins and bushings for wear. See Inspect Pins, Bushings, and Bosses—Front Attachment. (Group 3340.) 16. Clean pins and bores. 17. Apply grease to pins and bores. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. NOTE: Maintain clearance between arm and thrust plate at 1.5 mm (0.06 in) or less. 18. Support arm with appropriate lifting device and align arm pin bores. Install arm pin (18) and thrust plates (16) equally to each side. Add shims (17) to attain arm thrust plate clearance. Specification 2.9 m (9 ft 6 in) Arm With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 4620 kg 10 185 lb

19 21 20 Arm Pin 16— Thrust Plate (2 used) 17— Shim (6 used) 18— Arm Pin 19— Pin Stop

20— Washer (3 used) 21— Cap Screw (3 used) 22— Boom

3.7 m (12 ft 2 in) Arm With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 4290 kg 9458 lb 4.4 m (14 ft 5 in) Arm With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 4630 kg 10 207 lb 5.4 m (17 ft 9 in) Arm With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 4940 kg 10 891 lb Specification Arm Pin—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 124 kg 273 lb Specification Arm Thrust Plate—Clearance....................................................................0—1.5 mm 0—0.06 in

19. Install pin stop, washers, and cap screws. Tighten to specification. Specification Arm Pin Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................400 N·m 295 lb·ft

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

TX1094998 —UN—21JUL11

Specification 2.9 m (9 ft 6 in) Arm With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 4620 kg 10 185 lb 3.7 m (12 ft 2 in) Arm With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 4290 kg 9458 lb 4.4 m (14 ft 5 in) Arm With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 4630 kg 10 207 lb 5.4 m (17 ft 9 in) Arm With Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 4940 kg 10 891 lb

33-3340-6

DV53278,0000ACB -19-27OCT15-5/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=250

Frames 20. Using appropriate lifting device, install arm cylinder rod end pin. Specification Arm Cylinder Rod End Pin—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 45 kg 99 lb

21. Install retaining plate, washers, and cap screws. Tighten to specification. Specification

Specification Hydraulic Hose Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................140 N·m 103 lb·ft

24. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) 25. Bleed air from bucket cylinder. See Hydraulic Cylinder Bleed Procedure. (Group 3360.)

Arm Cylinder Pin Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................400 N·m 295 lb·ft

26. Install bucket. See Bucket Remove and Install. (Group 3302.)

22. Connect lubrication hose. Tighten to specification.

27. Grease arm and arm cylinder pin joints. See Lubricate Front End Pin Joints. (Operator’s Manual.)

Specification Lubrication Hose—Torque...............................................................................30 N·m 22 lb·ft

28. Operate machine and check for leaks.

23. Connect hydraulic hoses, flanges, and install cap screws. Tighten to specification. DV53278,0000ACB -19-27OCT15-6/6

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3340-7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=251

Frames

Boom Remove and Install

3. Remove arm. See Arm Remove and Install. (Group 3340.)

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

Boom Cylinder Weight (approximate)

850 kg 1874 lb

Boom Cylinder Pin Weight (approximate)

37 kg 82 lb

7.10 m (23 ft 4 in) Boom With Arm Cylinder Weight (approximate)

7670 kg 16 909 lb

8.40 m (27 ft 5 in) Boom With Arm Cylinder Weight (approximate)

8190 kg 18 056 lb

10.00 m (32 ft 10 in) Boom With Arm Cylinder Weight (approximate)

9390 kg 20 701 lb

Boom Pin Weight (approximate)

267 kg 589 lb

Boom Thrust Plate Clearance

0—1.5 mm 0—0.06 in

Boom Pin Cap Screw Torque

400 N·m 295 lb·ft

Boom Cylinder Pin Cap Screw Torque

400 N·m 295 lb·ft

Lubrication Hose Torque

30 N·m 22 lb·ft

Hydraulic Hose Cap Screw Torque

140 N·m 103 lb·ft

4. Release pressure in boom hydraulic circuit. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 3360.) CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing. 5. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 6. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

7. Remove cap screws (3). NOTE: Procedure is same for both boom cylinder pins.

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

8. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (4). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

2. Remove bucket. See Bucket Remove and Install. (Group 3302.)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3340-8

DV53278,0000ACC -19-27OCT15-1/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=252

Frames 4— Hydraulic Hose (5 used)

TX1094638A —UN—15JUL11

2— Boom 3— Cap Screw (20 used)

Boom Hydraulic Hoses DV53278,0000ACC -19-27OCT15-2/7

9. Install identification tags and disconnect lubrication hose (6). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 10. Remove cap screws (7), washers (10), and retaining plate (8). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 11. Support boom cylinder with appropriate lifting device and remove boom cylinder pin (9).

TX1097223A —UN—01SEP11

Specification Boom Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 850 kg 1874 lb Specification Boom Cylinder Pin—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 37 kg 82 lb

12. Lower boom cylinder. 5— Boom Cylinder 6— Lubrication Hose 7— Cap Screw (2 used) 8— Retaining Plate

Boom Cylinder Pin 9— Boom Cylinder Pin 10— Washer (2 used) 11— Shim

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3340-9

DV53278,0000ACC -19-27OCT15-3/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=253

Frames

E11

13 E2

2 14

TX1097226

TX1097226 —UN—02SEP11

Boom Light 2— Boom 13— Wiring Harness (2 used)

14— Wiring Connector (2 used)

E2— Left Boom Light E11— Right Boom Light

13. Install identification tags and disconnect wiring connectors (14). See Machine Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3340-10

DV53278,0000ACC -19-27OCT15-4/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=254

Frames

14. Remove cap screws (15) and step (16). 15. Remove cap screws (17) and retaining plate (19). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 16. Support boom with appropriate lifting device and remove boom pin (18) and boom.

TX1094645A —UN—15JUL11

Specification 10.00 m (32 ft 10 in) Boom With Arm Cylinder—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 9390 kg 20 701 lb

15— Cap Screw (2 used) 16— Step 17— Cap Screw (2 used)

18— Boom Pin 19— Retaining Plate

Specification Boom Pin—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 267 kg 589 lb Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3340-11

DV53278,0000ACC -19-27OCT15-5/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=255

Frames

17. Remove thrust plates (22) and shim (23). Record location of thrust plates and shim to aid in assembly procedure.

18. Inspect pins and bushings for wear. See Inspect Pins, Bushings, and Bosses—Front Attachment. (Group 3340.)

22 21

19. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 20. Clean pins and bores. 21. Apply grease to pins and bores.

18 TX1094643 —UN—01SEP11

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

NOTE: Maintain clearance between boom and thrust plate at 1.5 mm (0.06 in) or less with the use of shims.

22. Support boom with appropriate lifting device and install boom pin thrust plates equally to each side. Install boom pin and add shim to attain boom thrust clearance. Boom Pin

Specification 7.10 m (23 ft 4 in) Boom With Arm Cylinder—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 7670 kg 16 909 lb Specification 8.40 m (27 ft 5 in) Boom With Arm Cylinder—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 8190 kg 18 056 lb Specification 10.00 m (32 ft 10 in) Boom With Arm Cylinder—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 9390 kg 20 701 lb Specification Boom Pin—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 267 kg 589 lb Specification Boom Thrust Plate—Clearance....................................................................0—1.5 mm 0—0.06 in

23. Install retaining plate and cap screws. Tighten to specification. Specification Boom Pin Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................400 N·m 295 lb·ft

24. Install step and cap screws. 25. Connect wiring connectors.

17— Cap Screw (2 used) 18— Boom Pin 19— Retaining Plate 20— Frame

NOTE: Procedure is same for both boom cylinder pins. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 26. Support boom cylinder with appropriate lifting device and install boom cylinder pin and shim. Specification Boom Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 850 kg 1874 lb Specification Boom Cylinder Pin—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 37 kg 82 lb

27. Install retaining plate, washers, and cap screws. Tighten to specification. Specification Boom Cylinder Pin Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................400 N·m 295 lb·ft

28. Connect lubrication hoses. Tighten to specification. Specification Lubrication Hose—Torque...............................................................................30 N·m 22 lb·ft

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

21— Bushing (2 used) 22— Thrust Plate (2 used) 23— Shim

33-3340-12

DV53278,0000ACC -19-27OCT15-6/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=256

Frames

29. Connect hydraulic hoses. Tighten to specification. Specification Hydraulic Hose Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................140 N·m 103 lb·ft

30. Install arm. See Arm Remove and Install. (Group 3340.)

32. Bleed air from boom and arm cylinders. See Hydraulic Cylinder Bleed Procedure. (Group 3360.) 33. Install bucket. See Bucket Remove and Install. (Group 3302.) 34. Grease boom pin joints. See Lubricate Front End Pin Joints. (Operator’s Manual.) 35. Operate machine and check for leaks.

31. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) DV53278,0000ACC -19-27OCT15-7/7

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3340-13

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=257

Frames

1— Boom-to-Frame Joint 2— Boom Cylinder Head End-to-Frame Joint 3— Boom Cylinder Rod End-to-Boom Joint 4— Boom-to-Arm Joint 5— Arm Cylinder Rod End-to-Arm Joint 6— Arm Cylinder Head End-to-Boom Joint

7— Bucket Cylinder Head End-to-Arm Joint 8— Bucket Cylinder Rod End-to-Side and Bucket Links Joint 9— Side Links-to-Arm Joint 10— Bucket Link-to-Bucket Joint 11— Bucket-to-Arm Joint 12— Boom Tip

4 9 2 TX1004442

TX1004442 —UN—06MAR06

Inspect Pins, Bushings, and Bosses—Front Attachment

TX1274211A —UN—25MAR19

Boom, Arm, and Bucket

Boom Tip Width Pins, Bushings, and Bosses

Item

Standard

Allowable Limit

Remedy

170.0 mm 6.69 in

169.0 mm 6.65 in

Replace

Bushing (frame)

170.0 mm 6.69 in

171.5 mm 6.75 in

Replace

Boss (frame)

190.0 mm 7.48 in

—

Bushing (boom)

170.0 mm 6.69 in

171.5 mm 6.75 in

Replace

Boss (boom)

200.0 mm 7.87 in

—

130.0 mm 5.12 in

129.0 mm 5.08 in

Replace

Boss (main frame)

130.0 mm 5.12 in

131.5 mm 5.18 in

Replace

Bushing (boom cylinder)

130.0 mm 5.12 in

131.5 mm 5.18 in

Replace

130.0 mm 5.12 in

129.0 mm 5.08 in

Replace

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3340-14

DV53278,0000ABB -19-22APR19-1/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=258

Frames Pins, Bushings, and Bosses

Item

Standard

Allowable Limit

Remedy

Boss (boom)

130.0 mm 5.12 in

131.5 mm 5.18 in

Replace

Bushing (boom cylinder)

130.0 mm 5.12 in

131.5 mm 5.18 in

Replace

150.0 mm 5.91 in

149.0 mm 5.87 in

Replace

Bushing (boom)

150.0 mm 5.91 in

151.5 mm 5.97 in

Replace

Boss (boom)

180.0 mm 7.09 in

—

Bushing (arm)

150.0 mm 5.91 in

151.5 mm 5.97 in

Replace

Boss (arm)

180.0 mm 7.09 in

—

140.0 mm 5.51 in

139.0 mm 5.47 in

Replace

Boss (arm)

140.0 mm 5.51 in

141.5 mm 5.57 in

Replace

Bushing (arm cylinder)

140.0 mm 5.51 in

141.5 mm 5.57 in

Replace

140.0 mm 5.51 in

139.0 mm 5.47 in

Replace

Boss (boom)

140.0 mm 5.51 in

141.5 mm 5.57 in

Replace

Bushing (arm cylinder)

140.0 mm 5.51 in

141.5 mm 5.57 in

Replace

130.0 mm 5.12 in

129.0 mm 5.08 in

Replace

Boss (arm)

130.0 mm 5.12 in

131.5 mm 5.18 in

Replace

Bushing (bucket cylinder)

130.0 mm 5.12 in

131.5 mm 5.18 in

Replace

150.0 mm 5.91 in

149.0 mm 5.87 in

Replace

Bushing (center link)

150.0 mm 5.91 in

151.5 mm 5.97 in

Replace

Boss (center link)

180.0 mm 7.09 in

—

Bushing (bucket cylinder)

150.0 mm 5.91 in

151.5 mm 5.97 in

Replace

Boss (bucket cylinder)

180.0 mm 7.09 in

—

110.0 mm 4.33 in

109.0 mm 4.29 in

Replace

Boss (side link)

110.0 mm 4.33 in

111.5 mm 4.39 in

Replace

Bushing (arm)

110.0 mm 4.33 in

111.5 mm 4.39 in

Replace

Boss (arm)

140.0 mm 5.51 in

—

130.0 mm 5.12 in

129.0 mm 5.08 in

Replace

Boss (bucket)

130.0 mm 5.12 in

131.5 mm 5.18 in

Replace

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3340-15

DV53278,0000ABB -19-22APR19-2/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=259

Frames Pins, Bushings, and Bosses

11 2.95 m (9.67 ft) Arm 3.70 m (12.13 ft) Arm 4.40 m (14.43 ft) Arm

11 5.40 m (17.71 ft) Arm

Item

Standard

Allowable Limit

Remedy

Bushing (center link)

130.0 mm 5.12 in

131.5 mm 5.18 in

Replace

Boss (center link)

160.0 mm 6.30 in

—

140.0 mm 5.51 in

139.0 mm 5.47 in

Replace

Boss (bucket)

140.0 mm 5.51 in

141.5 mm 5.57 in

Replace

Bushing (arm)

140.0 mm 5.51 in

141.5 mm 5.57 in

Replace

Boss (arm)

170.0 mm 6.69 in

—

130.0 mm 5.12 in

129.0 mm 5.08 in

Replace

Boss (bucket)

130.0 mm 5.12 in

131.5 mm 5.18 in

Replace

Bushing (arm)

130.0 mm 5.12 in

131.5 mm 5.18 in

Replace

Boss (arm)

160.0 mm 6.30 in

—

Boom Tip (width) (inside)

538.0 mm 21.18 in

—

— DV53278,0000ABB -19-22APR19-3/3

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3340-16

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=260

Frames

Cylinder Specifications

TX1241088 —UN—29JUN17

TX1241088 Cylinder 1— Bore 2— Rod Diameter

3— Stroke

Specifications Bore (1)

Rod Diameter (2)

Stroke (3)

Cylinder Length (fully retracted)

Boom Cylinder

215 mm 8.47 in

150 mm 5.91 in

1835 mm 72.24 in

Information currently unavailable

Arm Cylinder

225 mm 8.86 in

160 mm 6.30 in

2225 mm 44.67 in

Information currently unavailable

Bucket Cylinder

200 mm 9.94 in

140 mm 2.76 in

1555 mm 87.60 in

Information currently unavailable BE78919,0000692 -19-05OCT17-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3340-17

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=261

Frames

Bushings and Seal Remove and Install SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01045AA Bushing, Bearing, and Seal Driver Set 17-1/2 and 30 Ton Puller Set

NOTE: Bushings can also be removed by welding three to five weld beads on the inside of bushing. Bushing will shrink enough to permit removal using a hammer. 1. Remove bushing (5) and dust seals using bushing, bearing, and seal driver set. IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to bushings. Only install bushings using press as shown. Bushings will be damaged if installed with driver. 2. Install bushings with lubrication hole aligned with lubrication passage in pivot. TX1092650 —UN—25MAY11

3. Install bushings to a depth equal to thickness of dust seal (10). 4. Install dust seals with lip toward outside of component. 6— Disc 7— Bushing Stop (disc) 8— Pilot (disc) 9— Ram Stop (disc) 10— Thickness of Dust Seal Pipe Dimensions

TX1092651 —UN—26MAY11

1— Hydraulic Ram 2— Pipe—Minimum Inner Diameter to Clear Bushing Outer Diameter 3— Pipe—Maximum Outer Diameter 4— Pipe—Length of Bushing 5— Bushing (as needed)

Dust Seal Thickness DV53278,00009C0 -19-20JUL15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3340-18

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=262

Group 3360

Hydraulic System Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank ESSENTIAL TOOLS D15032NU Vacuum Pump Kit TX1197946A —UN—20JUL15

JT07085A Vacuum Pump Set

Applying vacuum to hydraulic oil tank eliminates need to drain tank prior to servicing of hydraulic system components. 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) Hydraulic Oil Tank Cover

CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing. 2. Push pressure release button (1) to relieve hydraulic oil tank pressure. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

1— Pressure Release Button 2— Hydraulic Oil Tank Cover

3— Cap Screw (4 used)

3. Remove cap screws (3) and hydraulic oil tank cover (2).

BD53302,0001AC9 -19-19OCT15-1/2

TX1197947A —UN—20JUL15

4. Assemble fittings and hydraulic oil tank adapter from D15032NU Vacuum Pump Kit (4) and JT07085A Vacuum Pump Set. Install in hydraulic tank opening as shown. Refer to manufacturer’s instructions for operating pump. 5. Perform hydraulic system service. 6. Remove fittings and hydraulic oil tank adapter. 7. Install hydraulic oil tank cover and cap screws. 8. Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Tank Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.) Vacuum Pump Kit

4— D15032NU Vacuum Pump Kit

BD53302,0001AC9 -19-19OCT15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=263

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure

TX1195310A —UN—09JUN15

CAUTION: There may be residual pressure inside hydraulic circuits. Gradually loosen bolts or fittings and remove bolts or fittings only after confirming that pressure has been released. 1. Push pilot shutoff lever (3) to the unlocked (DOWN) position. NOTE: When engine stop switch is in the STOP position, the starter motor will crank the engine but it will not start. With engine cranking, the pilot pump will generate enough pilot oil flow and pressure to shift the spools in the control valve releasing circuit pressure.

Engine Stop Switch 1— Right Control Lever 2— Left Control Lever

3— Pilot Shutoff Lever 4— Engine Stop Switch

2. Push engine stop switch (4) down to the STOP position. IMPORTANT: Prevent starter motor damage. Never operate starter motor for more than 20 seconds at a time. Wait for approximately 2 minutes, then try again.

5. Turn key switch to the OFF position. 6. Pull pilot shutoff lever to the locked (UP) position. 7. Push engine stop switch to the RUN position.

3. Turn key switch to the START position and hold. 4. Move the right and left control levers (1 and 2) to all functions 4 to 5 times to release any pressure in the hydraulic circuit. DV53278,00009CE -19-25FEB16-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=264

Hydraulic System

Pump 1 and 2 Remove and Install

Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

Pump 2 Weight

188 kg 415 lb

Pump 1 Weight

188 kg 415 lb

Pump 1 Socket Head Cap Screw Torque

400 N·m 295 lb·ft

Pump 2 Socket Head Cap Screw Torque

400 N·m 295 lb·ft

TX1204874A —UN—03NOV15

SPECIFICATIONS

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 5127™ Flexible Anaerobic Gasket Flange Sealant

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) Pump Harness (W8) (bottom of pump 1 shown)

IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position.

1— Pump 1 B35— Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor (marked P1) B36— Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor (marked P1)

2. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.)

W8—Pump Harness Y52— Pump Control Valve Solenoid 1 (marked P1)

5. Install identification tags and disconnect pump 1 pressure sensors (B35 and B36) and pump control valve solenoid 1 (Y52). See Pump Harness (W8) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-3

DV53278,0000B3F -19-17NOV15-1/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=265

Hydraulic System

6. Install identification tags and disconnect pump 2 pressure sensors (B37 and B38) and pump control valve solenoid 2 (Y53). See Pump Harness (W8) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) W8—Pump Harness Y53— Pump Control Valve Solenoid 2 (marked P2)

TX1204875A —UN—03NOV15

2— Pump 2 B37— Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor (marked P2) B38— Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor (marked P2)

Pump Harness (W8) (bottom of pump 2 shown) Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-4

DV53278,0000B3F -19-17NOV15-2/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=266

TX1204954A —UN—03NOV15

Hydraulic System

Pump 1 and Pump 2 Hoses 1— Pump 1 6— Case Drain Line (pump 2 to 9— Supply Pressure Line (pump 2 13— Oil Cooler Fan Pump 2— Pump 2 pump case drain filter and to left control valve) (5-spool) 14— Pilot Pump 3— Case Drain Line (pump 1 to bypass valve) 10— Pump 2 Attenuator Hose Y56— Fan Speed Relief Solenoid pump case drain filter and 7— Pilot Pressure Line (pilot 11— Pump 1 Attenuator Hose (marked FP) bypass valve) pump to pilot filter and 12— Supply Pressure Line (pump 4— Case Drain Line (fan pump pressure regulating valve) 1 to right control valve) to pump case drain filter and 8— Pilot Pressure Line (pump 1 (4-spool) bypass valve) regulator to pump 2 regulator) 5— Fan Pump Hose

7. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic lines and hydraulic hoses (3—12). Close all openings using caps and plugs. See Pump 1, Pump 2, Fan Drive Pump, and Pilot Pump Line Identification. (Group 9025-15.)

8. Install identification tags and disconnect fan speed relief solenoid (Y56). See Pump Harness (W8) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-5

DV53278,0000B3F -19-17NOV15-3/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=267

TX1204877A —UN—03NOV15

Hydraulic System

Suction Lines 1— Pump 1 2— Pump 2 14— Pilot Pump 18— Socket Head Cap Screw (8 used)

19— Suction Line (hydraulic oil tank to pump 2) 20— Cap Screw (4 used)

9. Loosen clamps (23). 10. Remove cap screws (20) and clamps (21).

21— Clamp (2 used) 22— Suction Line (hydraulic oil tank to pump 1) 23— Clamp (4 used)

11. Remove socket head cap screws (18) and disconnect suction lines (19 and 22). Close all openings using caps and plugs. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

24— Suction Line (hydraulic oil tank to fan pump)

33-3360-6

DV53278,0000B3F -19-17NOV15-4/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=268

Hydraulic System

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 12. Attach eyebolts (26) and appropriate lifting device to pump 2 (2). Specification Pump 2—Weight........................................................................... 188 kg 415 lb

13. Remove socket head cap screws (25) and remove pump 2. TX1204878A —UN—03NOV15

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 14. Attach eyebolts and appropriate lifting device to pump 1 (1). Specification Pump 1—Weight........................................................................... 188 kg 415 lb Pump and Lifting Device (pump 2 shown)

15. Remove socket head cap screws (25) and remove pump 1.

2— Pump 2 25— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 used)

26— Eyebolt (2 used)

DV53278,0000B3F -19-17NOV15-5/7

16. Clean pump surface (27) and install new O-ring (28). 28— O-Ring

TX1204879A —UN—03NOV15

27— Pump Surface

Pump Surface and O-Ring Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-7

DV53278,0000B3F -19-17NOV15-6/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=269

Hydraulic System

17. Clean pump mounting surface (29). 18. Apply Loctite® Flexible Anaerobic Gasket Flange Sealant 5127™ (30) to mounting surface. 19. Install pump 1. Tighten socket head cap screws (25) to specification.

TX1204880A —UN—03NOV15

Specification Pump 1 Socket Head Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................400 N·m 295 lb·ft

20. Install pump 2. Tighten socket head cap screws (25) to specification. Specification Pump 2 Socket Head Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................400 N·m 295 lb·ft Pump Mounting Surface and Flange Sealant

21. Connect suction lines (19 and 22) and install socket head cap screws (18).

29— Pump Mounting Surface

22. Install clamps (21) and cap screws (20). 23. Tighten clamps (23). 24. Connect hydraulic lines and hydraulic hoses (3—12). See Pump 1, Pump 2, Fan Drive Pump, and Pilot Pump Line Identification. (Group 9025-15.) 25. Connect sensors and solenoids. See Pump Harness (W8) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 26. Fill hydraulic oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

30— Loctite® Flexible Anaerobic Gasket Flange Sealant 5127™

29. Operate machine and check for leaks. Verify all machine functions operate correctly. See Operational Checkout. (Group 9005-10.) 30. Check pump 1 and 2 regulator and servo piston adjustments. For minimum flow: • See Pump Servo Piston Minimum Flow Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

For maximum flow: • See Pump Servo Piston Maximum Flow Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)

27. Fill pump 1 and 2 with hydraulic oil. See Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.)

31. Calibrate hydraulic pumps. See Pump Learning Procedure. (Group 9015-20.)

28. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Clear all personnel from area before operating machine. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation DV53278,0000B3F -19-17NOV15-7/7

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=270

Hydraulic System

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=271

Hydraulic System

Pump 1 and 2 Disassemble and Assemble 35 37 36 29

14 13

61 58

47 44 27

26 15

21 25 4

22 28

63 64

30 6

66 19

59 40

43 10

31 7

50 49

8 60

59 34

33 34 33

11 9

32 64

59 63

38 42

12 43

54 39

TX1095177

TX1095177 —UN—29AUG11

Pump 1 and 2 (exploded view)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-10

DF89619,00B5D0C -19-12OCT15-1/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=272

Hydraulic System 1— Casing 2— Shaft 3— Retaining Ring (2 used) 4— Spacer 5— Roller Bearing 6— Retaining Ring 7— Plate 8— O-Ring (2 used) 9— Knock Pin 10— Plug (2 used) 11— Cap Screw (4 used) 12— Servo Piston 13— Swash Plate 14— Pin 15— Plate 16— Guide 17— Cover 18— Oil Seal

19— O-Ring 20— Cap Screw (4 used) 21— Rotor 22— Valve Plate 23— Disc Spring 24— Bushing 25— Retainer 26— Piston (9 used) 27— Port Block 28— Ring 29— Knock Pin 30— Needle Bearing 31— Knock Pin 32— Pin 33— Backup Ring (2 used) 34— O-Ring (2 used) 35— O-Ring

SPECIFICATIONS

36— Cap Screw (6 used) 37— Washer (6 used) 38— Stopper 39— O-Ring 40— Stopper 41— O-Ring 42— Plug (2 used) 43— Cap Screw (12 used) 44— Impeller 45— Cover 46— O-Ring 47— Cap Screw (6 used) 48— Link 49— Lever 50— Spring Pin 51— Pin 52— Retaining Ring (2 used)

53— Pin 54— Spring Pin (2 used) 55— O-Ring 56— O-Ring (3 used) 57— Pressure Sensor 58— O-Ring 59— Plug (3 used) 60— O-Ring (3 used) 61— Plug 62— O-Ring 63— Plug (4 used) 64— O-Ring (4 used) 65— Plug 66— O-Ring

2. Remove plugs (63) from casing (1). Remove O-rings (64) from plugs. Drain oil from the main pump.

Port Block Weight (approximate)

52 kg 115 lb

Cap Screw (43) Torque

30 N·m 22 lb·ft

Cap Screw (11) Torque

65 N·m 48 lb·ft

Cap Screw (20) Torque

30 N·m 22 lb·ft

Cap Screw (36) Torque

550 N·m 406 lb·ft

Cap Screw (47) Torque

65 N·m 48 lb·ft

Plug (63) Torque

50 N·m 37 lb·ft

5. Remove retaining rings (52), pins (51 and 53), spring pin (50), and lever (49).

Pressure Sensor Torque

100 N·m 74 lb·ft

6. Remove link (48) assembly from casing.

3. Remove main pump regulator from casing. See Pump 1 and 2 Regulator Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) 4. Remove O-ring (55) and O-rings (56) from casing. IMPORTANT: Avoid possible component damage. Pin (53) is a tight fit inside the case and may require a significant amount of force to remove. NOTE: Disassembling link assembly is necessary to remove servo piston (12) from casing.

7. Remove cap screws (47) and cover (45) from port block. Remove O-ring (46) from cover.

ESSENTIAL TOOLS Eyebolt (M10 x 1.5 mm) (2 used)

8. Remove impeller (44) from shaft (2).

Jacking Screw (M8 x 1.25 mm) (2 used)

1. Remove pressure sensor (57) from port block (27). Remove O-ring (58) from pressure sensor. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-11

DF89619,00B5D0C -19-12OCT15-2/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=273

Hydraulic System

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury due to heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 9. Install eyebolts to port block. Support port block using appropriate lifting device. Specification Port Block—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 52 kg 115 lb

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible pump damage. Do not drop valve plate (22).

TX1095178 —UN—27JUL11

10. Remove cap screws (36) and washers (37). Remove port block from casing. 11. Remove valve plate (22), ring (28), and pin (32) assembly from port block. 12. Remove O-rings (34) and backup rings (33) from pin (32). 13. Remove O-ring (35) from casing.

Port Block

14. Remove rotor (21) assembly from shaft. 15. Remove retainer (25), pistons (26), bushing (24), and disc spring (23) from rotor (21).

28. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

16. Remove cap screws (20). Install jacking screws to evenly spaced holes on cover (17). Remove cover.

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible pump damage. Apply clean hydraulic oil to parts before assembling.

17. Remove O-ring (19) from casing. NOTE: Do not remove oil seal (18) unless necessary. Oil seal cannot be reused.

29. Install servo piston (12) to casing. 30. Install stopper (40), O-ring (41), and cap screws (43) to casing. Tighten to specification.

18. Remove oil seal (18) from cover (17). 19. Tap and remove shaft (2) assembly from casing using a soft faced hammer. NOTE: Do not remove needle bearing (30) unless necessary. Needle bearing cannot be reused.

Specification Cap Screw (43)—Torque.................................................................................30 N·m 22 lb·ft

31. Install O-ring (39), stopper (38), and cap screws (43) to casing. Tighten to specification.

20. Remove retaining ring (6) and needle bearing from shaft.

Specification Cap Screw (43)—Torque.................................................................................30 N·m 22 lb·ft

21. Remove retaining rings (3), roller bearing (5), and spacer (4) from shaft. 22. Remove swash plate (13) assembly and guide (16) from casing.

32. Fit the knock pin (9) and install plate (7) to casing. Tighten cap screws (11) to specification.

23. Remove plate (15) from swash plate. 24. Remove cap screws (11). Evenly install jacking screws to screw holes in plate (7). Remove plate. 25. Remove cap screws (43), stopper (38), and O-ring (39) from casing.

27— Port Block

Specification Cap Screw (11)—Torque..................................................................................65 N·m 48 lb·ft

33. Fit the pin (14) positions and install plate (15) to swash plate (13).

26. Remove cap screws (43), stopper (40), and O-ring (41) from casing.

34. Install guide (16) to swash plate.

27. Remove servo piston (12) from casing.

35. Fit the guide (16) positions and install swash plate assembly to casing. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-12

DF89619,00B5D0C -19-12OCT15-3/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=274

Hydraulic System

36. Install retaining rings (3), spacer (4), and roller bearing (5) to shaft. 37. Install needle bearing (30) and retaining ring (6) to shaft. 38. Install shaft assembly to casing using soft faced hammer. 39. Install oil seal (18) to cover (17). 40. Install O-ring (19) to casing. 41. Install cover (17) assembly and cap screws (20) to casing. Tighten to specification. Specification Cap Screw (20)—Torque.................................................................................30 N·m 22 lb·ft

42. Install disc spring (23), bushing (24), retainer (25), and pistons (26) to rotor (21). 43. Install rotor assembly to shaft. 44. Install O-ring (35) to casing. 45. Install backup rings (33) and O-rings (34) to pin (32). 46. Install pin (32) assembly and ring (28) to port block. 47. Apply grease to port block mounting surface of valve plate (22). Fit knock pin (29) positions and install valve plate to port block. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury due to heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 48. Using appropriate lifting device, fit knock pin positions and install port block to casing. Install washers (37) and cap screws (36). Tighten to specification.

Specification Cap Screw (36)—Torque...............................................................................550 N·m 406 lb·ft

49. Install impeller (44) to shaft. 50. Install O-ring (46), cover (45), and cap screws (47) to casing. Tighten to specification. Specification Cap Screw (47)—Torque.................................................................................65 N·m 48 lb·ft

51. Install spring pin (50), pins (51 and 53), and retaining rings (52) to position lever (49) and link (48) assembly to casing. 52. Install O-ring (55) and O-rings (56) to casing. 53. Install main pump regulator to casing. Install feedback lever of regulator to pin (51). See Pump 1 and 2 Regulator Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) 54. Install O-rings (64) and plugs (63) to casing. Tighten to specification. Specification Plug (63)—Torque.........................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft

55. Install O-ring (58) and pressure sensor (57) to port block. Tighten to specification. Specification Pressure Sensor—Torque..........................................................................100 N·m 74 lb·ft

Specification Port Block—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 52 kg 115 lb DF89619,00B5D0C -19-12OCT15-4/4

Pump 1 and 2 Inspection For pump 1 and 2 inspection, see Pump 1 and 2 Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) DV53278,00009C6 -19-08JUN15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-13

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=275

Hydraulic System

Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure Pump 1 and 2 start-up procedure is to ensure the pumps are filled with oil and air is bled from suction side of pumps to prevent cavitation. IMPORTANT: Prevent pump damage. Pump 1 and 2 must be filled with oil before starting engine. TX1200796 —UN—04SEP15

1. Check hydraulic oil tank level. Add oil if needed. See Check Hydraulic Tank Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Remove fill plugs (1—3). 3. Fill pumps (15, 16, and 132) with hydraulic oil. 4. Install and tighten pump fill plugs. IMPORTANT: Place pilot control shutoff lever in the LOCK position. If pilot controls are operated, damage may occur to pumps. 5. Start the engine and run at low idle.

Fill Plug Locations 1— Fill Plug (pump 1) 2— Fill Plug (pump 2) 3— Fill Plug (fan drive pump)

15— Pump 1 (4-spool) 16— Pump 2 (5-spool) 132— Fan Drive Pump

6. Slowly loosen pump fill plugs to release trapped air. 7. Install and securely tighten plug when air stops and hydraulic oil flows from open port. 8. Run engine at low idle and operate all control levers slowly and smoothly for 15 minutes. 9. Position the machine with the arm cylinder fully retracted and bucket cylinder fully extended.

10. Lower the bucket to the ground. 11. Stop engine. 12. Check hydraulic oil tank level. Add oil if needed. See Check Hydraulic Tank Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.) DF89619,00B5D1D -19-12OCT15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-14

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=276

Hydraulic System

Pump 1 and 2 Regulator Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

Pump Regulator Cap Screw Torque

65 N·m 48 lb·ft

Pump 1 and 2 regulators are identical. Pump 2 regulator is discussed throughout procedure.

TX1204091A —UN—21OCT15

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing. 2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

Pump 2 Regulator 1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Pump 2 Regulator

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

4. Install identification tags and disconnect pump 2 control pressure sensor (B38) and pump control valve solenoid 2 (Y53). See Pump Harness (W8) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 5. Remove cap screws (1) and pump 2 regulator (2). 6. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Pump 1 and 2 Regulator Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) 7. Install pump 2 regulator and cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Pump Regulator Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................65 N·m 48 lb·ft

8. Connect pump 2 control pressure sensor (B38) and pump control valve solenoid 2 (Y53). See Pump Harness (W8) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

B38— Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor (marked P2) Y53— Pump Control Valve Solenoid 2 (marked P2)

Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pumps will be damaged if not filled with oil before starting. Procedure must be performed to fill pump housings whenever oil has been drained from pumps or hydraulic oil tank. 10. If hydraulic oil tank was drained, perform pump start-up procedure. Perform Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.) 11. Operate machine and check for leaks. 12. If pump 1 or 2 regulator has been replaced, perform pump learning procedure. See Pump Learning Procedure. (Group 9015-20.)

9. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See BD53302,0001ACE -19-22OCT15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-15

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=277

Hydraulic System

Pump 1 and 2 Regulator Disassemble and Assemble 1

SPECIFICATIONS 30 N·m 22 lb·ft

Plug (26) Torque

15 N·m 133 lb·in

Plug (2) Torque

50 N·m 37 lb·ft

Pressure Sensor Torque

65 N·m 48 lb·ft

2 3

4 5

1. Remove pressure sensor (1).

TX1095691 —UN—26AUG11

Cap Screw Torque

2. Remove plug (2) and O-ring (3). 3. Remove cap screws (6).

4. Remove solenoid valve block (7) and O-rings (4, 5, and 8). 1— Pressure Sensor 2— Plug 3— O-Ring 4— O-Ring (2 used)

Pump 1 and 2 Regulator

5— O-Ring 6— Cap Screw (4 used) 7— Solenoid Valve Block 8— O-Ring Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-16

DF89619,00B5D0E -19-12OCT15-1/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=278

Hydraulic System

26 25 23

24 20 12

13 14

26 15 16

31 21

30 22

26 17

TX1200615 —UN—01SEP15

18 19

TX1200615

Pump 1 and 2 Regulator 9— Nut 10— Nut 11— Cap Screw (4 used) 12— Rear Cover 13— Outer Stop 14— O-Ring

15— Inner Stop 16— O-Ring 17— Spring 18— Spool 19— Sleeve 20— Piston 21— Cylinder

22— O-Ring 23— Housing 24— Plug 25— O-Ring (4 used) 26— Plug (4 used) 27— Plug

5. Remove plugs (26) and O-rings (25).

28— Cap Screw (4 used) 29— Nut 30— Adjusting Screw 31— Front Cover

6. Remove cap screws (11) and rear cover (12).

Specification Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................30 N·m 22 lb·ft

NOTE: Do not remove nuts (9 and 10), outer stop (13), or inner stop (15) from rear cover. Pump regulator settings will change if removed.

17. Install spring (17).

7. Remove O-ring (14) from outer stop (13).

19. Install outer stop (13), O-ring (14), and inner stop (15).

8. Remove O-ring (16).

20. Install rear cover (12) and cap screws (11). Tighten cap screws to specification.

9. Remove spring (17) from housing (23). 10. Remove cap screws (28) and front cover (31). 11. Remove cylinder (21), spool (18), and sleeve (19). 12. Remove piston (20) and O-ring (22) from cylinder. 13. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. 14. Install O-ring (22) and piston (20) into cylinder (21).

18. Install O-ring (16).

Specification Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................30 N·m 22 lb·ft

21. Install O-rings (25) and plugs (26). Tighten plugs to specification. Specification Plug (26)—Torque.........................................................................15 N·m 133 lb·in

15. Install sleeve (19), spool (18), and cylinder. 16. Install front cover (31) and cap screws (28). Tighten cap screws to specification.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-17

DF89619,00B5D0E -19-12OCT15-2/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=279

Hydraulic System

22. Install O-rings (4, 5, and 8), solenoid valve block (7), and cap screws (6). Tighten cap screws to specification.

24. Install pressure sensor (1). Tighten pressure sensor to specification.

Specification Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................30 N·m 22 lb·ft

Specification Pressure Sensor—Torque............................................................................65 N·m 48 lb·ft

23. Install plug (2) and O-ring (3). Tighten plug to specification. Specification Plug (2)—Torque...........................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft DF89619,00B5D0E -19-12OCT15-3/3

Pilot Pump Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Pump Mounting Cap Screw Torque

50 N·m 37 lb·ft

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 5699™ Grey High Performance RTV Silicone Gasket Maker

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1095989A —UN—15AUG11

Pilot Pump

3. Apply vacuum to hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) 4. Install identification tags and disconnect hoses (1 and 8). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

1— Pilot Pressure Hose (pilot pump to pilot filter and pressure regulating valve) 2— Cap Screw (2 used)

3— Pilot Pump 8— Suction Hose (hydraulic oil tank to pilot pump)

5. Remove cap screws (2) and pilot pump (3). 6. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Pilot Pump Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-18

DF89619,00B5D1F -19-01OCT15-1/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=280

Hydraulic System

7. Clean pilot pump surface (6). 8. Install O-ring (4). 9. Inspect and replace coupler (5) as necessary. Install coupler to pilot pump. 6— Pilot Pump Surface

TX1095990A —UN—11AUG11

4— O-Ring 5— Coupler

Pilot Pump Surface, O-Ring, and Coupler DF89619,00B5D1F -19-01OCT15-2/3

10. Clean pilot pump mounting surface (7). 11. Apply Loctite® 5699™ Grey High Performance RTV Silicone Gasket Maker to pilot pump mounting surface. 12. Install pilot pump and cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Pump Mounting Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft

TX1095991A —UN—11AUG11

13. Connect hoses (1 and 8). See Hydraulic System Line Connections. (Group 9025-15.) 14. Remove vacuum from hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) 15. Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Tank Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) 16. Operate machine and check for leaks. 7— Pilot Pump Mounting Surface

Pilot Pump Mounting Surface

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation DF89619,00B5D1F -19-01OCT15-3/3

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-19

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=281

Hydraulic System

Pilot Pump Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS Cap Screw Torque

90 N·m 66 lb·ft

1. Remove retaining ring (4). 2. Remove cap screws (12) and washers (11). 3. Remove front cover (1) from pump housing (3). 4. Remove rear cover (2) from pump housing. TX1095762 —UN—09AUG11

5. Remove seal (5) and gasket (6) from front cover. 6. Remove gasket (6) from rear cover. 7. Remove gaskets (7) and plates (8) from pump housing. 8. Remove drive gear (9) and driven gear (10) from pump housing. 9. Clean and inspect gears (9 and 10), pump housing (3), and covers (1 and 2). 10. Replace pump if gear teeth, shaft, or inside of pump housing are rough or worn. IMPORTANT: Avoid possible pump damage. Apply clean hydraulic oil to parts prior to installation. 11. Install drive gear and driven gear into pump housing.

Pilot Pump 1— Front Cover 2— Rear Cover 3— Pump Housing 4— Retaining Ring 5— Seal 6— Gasket (2 used)

7— Gasket (2 used) 8— Plate (2 used) 9— Drive Gear 10— Driven Gear 11— Washer (4 used) 12— Cap Screw (4 used)

12. Install plates into pump housing. 13. Install gaskets (7) onto pump housing.

17. Install front cover to pump housing.

14. Install gasket (6) onto rear cover.

18. Install washers and cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.

15. Install pump housing to rear cover. 16. Install seal and gasket (6) into front cover.

Specification Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................90 N·m 66 lb·ft

IMPORTANT: Avoid possible oil seal damage. Cover splines of shaft during installation.

19. Install retaining ring. DF89619,00B5D0F -19-31AUG15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-20

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=282

Hydraulic System

Pilot Filter and Pressure Regulating Valve Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1096405A —UN—19AUG11

Pilot Filter and Pressure Regulating Valve

4. Install identification tags and disconnect hoses (4—10). 5. Remove cap screws (2) and pilot pressure regulating valve (3). 6. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Pilot Filter and Pressure Regulating Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) 7. Install pilot pressure regulating valve and cap screws.

1— Pilot Filter Element 2— Cap Screw (2 used) 3— Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve 4— Pilot Pressure Hose (pilot pump to pilot filter and pressure regulating valve) 5— Return Hose (pilot filter and pressure regulating valve to hydraulic oil tank)

8. Connect hoses. 9. Remove vacuum from hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) 10. Replace pilot filter element (1). See Replace Pilot System Oil Filter. (Operator’s Manual.)

6— Pilot Pressure Hose (pilot filter and pressure regulating valve to solenoid valve manifold, 2-spool) 7— Pilot Pressure Hose (pilot filter and pressure regulating valve to fan pump regulator) 8— Pilot Pressure Hose (pilot filter and pressure regulating valve to pump regulators) 9— Pilot Pressure Hose (pilot filter and pressure regulating valve to pilot check valve manifold) 10— Pilot Pressure Hose (pilot filter and pressure regulating valve to solenoid valve manifold, 4-spool) DF89619,00B5D22 -19-01OCT15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-21

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=283

Hydraulic System

Pilot Filter and Pressure Regulating Valve Disassemble and Assemble

1 2

SPECIFICATIONS

50 N·m 37 lb·ft

4 5 6

1. Remove plug (6) and O-ring (5). 2. Remove spring (4), shim (3), and poppet (2). 3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. 4. Check that poppet slides smoothly in pilot pressure regulating valve housing (1).

TX1003402 —UN—07FEB06

Plug-to-Housing Torque

Pilot Filter and Pressure Regulating Valve

5. Install poppet, shim, and spring. 6. Install plug and O-ring. Tighten to specification. Specification Plug-to-Housing—Torque...................................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft

1— Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve Housing 2— Poppet 3— Shim (as required)

4— Spring 5— O-Ring 6— Plug

DV53278,00009D8 -19-15SEP16-1/1

Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Pilot Shutoff Valve Housing-to-Cab Platform Cap Screw Torque

50 N·m 37 lb·ft

TX1095211A —UN—31AUG11

1. Turn upperstructure 90 degrees to tracks. 2. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing.

Access Panel 6— Cap Screw (8 used)

3. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

7— Access Panel

4. Apply vacuum to hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) 5. Remove cap screws (6) and access panel (7) on underside of cab. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-22

DF89619,00B5D23 -19-01OCT15-1/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=284

Hydraulic System

6. Install identification tags and disconnect pilot shutoff solenoid (Y10). 7. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (2). Close all openings using caps and plugs. Y10— Pilot Shutoff Solenoid

TX1198652A —UN—29JUL15

2— Hydraulic Hose (as required) 3— Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve

Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve DF89619,00B5D23 -19-01OCT15-2/3

8. Lift up floor mat. 9. Remove cap screws (1) and pilot shutoff solenoid valve (3). TX1003406A —UN—07FEB06

10. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) 11. Install pilot shutoff solenoid valve and cap screws (1). Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Pilot Shutoff Valve Housing-to-Cab Platform Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft

12. Connect hydraulic hoses. See Pilot Control Line Connections and see Travel Hydraulic System Line Connections. (Group 9025-15.)

Cap Screws 1— Cap Screw (2 used)

13. Connect pilot shutoff solenoid.

15. Operate machine and check for leaks. Verify correct operation of pilot shutoff circuit. See Operational Checkout. (Group 9005-10.)

14. Remove vacuum from hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)

16. Install access panel and cap screws (6).

CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury from unexpected machine movement. Clear all persons from area before operating machine. DF89619,00B5D23 -19-01OCT15-3/3

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-23

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=285

Hydraulic System

Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Disassemble and Assemble 26.50 N·m 234 lb·in

Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Cap Screw Torque

3.92 N·m 35 lb·in

TX1095400A —UN—02AUG11

SPECIFICATIONS Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Plug Torque

1. Remove cap screws (2), solenoid coil (3), and spacer (4) from pilot shutoff solenoid valve housing (1). 1— Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Housing 2— Cap Screw (2 used) 3— Solenoid Coil

4— Spacer 5— Solenoid Core

Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Coil

DV53278,00009E5 -19-24AUG15-1/4

2. Remove solenoid core (5) and O-ring (7). 7— O-Ring

TX1010402A —UN—26JUL06

4— Spacer 5— Solenoid Core

Pilot Shutoff Valve Core DV53278,00009E5 -19-24AUG15-2/4

IMPORTANT: Spool damage may occur. Use caution when removing spool from valve housing. Spool is a non-serviceable component.

1— Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Housing 10— Plug 11— O-Ring

TX1010403A —UN—24JUL06

3. Remove plug (10), O-ring (11), spring (12), and spool (13). 12— Spring 13— Spool

Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Spool Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-24

DV53278,00009E5 -19-24AUG15-3/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=286

Hydraulic System

4. Remove fitting from port P in pilot shutoff solenoid valve housing (1) and inspect screen (15).

TX1010404A —UN—24JUL06

IMPORTANT: Use caution when removing screen (15). Screen is a non-serviceable component. Screen damage may occur. 5. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. 6. Install fitting into port P. 7. Install spool, spring, O-ring, and plug. Tighten plug to specification. Specification Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Plug—Torque..................................................................26.50 N·m 234 lb·in

Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Screen (shown without fitting) 1— Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Housing

15— Screen

8. Install O-ring to core. 9. Install core, spacer, solenoid coil, and cap screws to valve housing. Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Cap Screw—Torque...........................................................................3.92 N·m 35 lb·in DV53278,00009E5 -19-24AUG15-4/4

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-25

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=287

Hydraulic System

Fan Drive Pump Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500.0 L 132.1 gal

Fan Drive Pump Weight (approximate)

58 kg 128 lb

Fan Drive Pump Mounting Cap Screw Torque

210 N·m 155 lb·ft

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 5699™ Grey High Performance RTV Silicone Gasket Maker TX1096303A —UN—16AUG11

2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button on top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Drain hydraulic oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

1— Suction Line (hydraulic oil tank to fan drive pump) 2— Clamp (4 used) 3— Cap Screw (2 used) 4— Case Drain Hose (fan drive pump to pump case drain filter and bypass valve)

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................ 500.0 L 132.1 gal

5— Pilot Pressure Hose (pilot filter and pressure regulating valve to fan drive pump regulator) 6— Supply Pressure Hose (fan drive pump to fan reversing control valves) 7— Fan Drive Pump Y56— Fan Pump Control Solenoid

4. Remove pilot pump. See Pilot Pump Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

11. Apply Loctite® 5699™ Grey High Performance RTV Silicone Gasket Maker to fan drive pump mounting surface.

5. Install identification tags and disconnect fan pump control solenoid (Y56).

12. Install new O-ring to fan drive pump surface. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

6. Loosen clamps (2) and disconnect suction line (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 7. Install identification tags and disconnect hoses (4—6). Close all openings using caps and plugs. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 8. Attach appropriate lifting device to fan drive pump (7). Remove cap screws (3) and fan drive pump. Specification Fan Drive Pump—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 58 kg 128 lb

13. Attach appropriate lifting device to fan drive pump. Install fan drive pump and cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Fan Drive Pump—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 58 kg 128 lb Fan Drive Pump Mounting Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................210 N·m 155 lb·ft

14. Connect hoses (4—6).

9. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Fan Drive Pump Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

15. Connect suction line and tighten clamps.

10. Clean fan drive pump surface and mounting surface.

16. Connect fan pump control solenoid. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-26

DF89619,00B5D24 -19-09SEP15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=288

Hydraulic System

17. Install pilot pump. See Pilot Pump Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

19. Perform pump 1 and pump 2 start-up procedure. See Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.)

18. Fill hydraulic oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation DF89619,00B5D24 -19-09SEP15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-27

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=289

Hydraulic System

Fan Drive Pump Disassemble and Assemble

26 28

23 24

25 22

17 18 19

51 10

49 31

3 2

1 25

43 42

38 37 40 35

TX1095752 —UN—10AUG11

36 TX1095752 Fan Drive Pump Disassemble and Assemble

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-28

DF89619,00B5D11 -19-12OCT15-1/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=290

Hydraulic System 1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Cover 3— Seal 4— O-Ring 5— Shaft 6— Bearing 7— Spacer 8— Snap Ring 9— O-Ring 10— Lock Pin 11— Adjustment Screw 12— Nut 13— Plug 14— O-Ring 15— Stopper 16— Ring

17— O-Ring 18— Plug (2 used) 19— O-Ring (2 used) 20— Plug 21— O-Ring 22— Eyebolt 23— Pin 24— Tilt Pin 25— O-Ring (7 used) 26— Regulator 27— Piston 28— O-Ring 29— Ring 30— Stop 31— O-Ring (4 used)

32— Support 33— Plug (2 used) 34— Swash Plate 35— Bushing 36— Plate 37— Plunger (9 used) 38— Sleeve (9 used) 39— Plate 40— Bushing 41— Spring (6 used) 42— Cylinder Block 43— O-Ring 44— Valve Plate

SPECIFICATIONS

45— Bearing 46— Pin (2 used) 47— Cap Screw (2 used) 48— Nut 49— Adjusting Screw 50— Cover 51— Case 52— Ring 53— Coupling 54— Plug 55— Cap Screw (2 used)

IMPORTANT: Avoid bearing (45) damage. Only remove if necessary. Bearing cannot be reused.

Tilt Pin Temperature

260°C 500°F

Plug (13) Torque

220 N·m 162 lb·ft

Cap Screw (1) Torque

12 N·m 106 lb·in

8. Remove plugs (33) and O-rings (31).

Cap Screw (47 and 55) Torque

240 N·m 177 lb·ft

9. Remove cylinder block (42).

Plug (18) Torque

110 N·m 81 lb·ft

10. Remove plungers (37), plate (39), bushing (40), and springs (41).

6. Remove bearing (45). 7. Remove O-rings (25 and 43).

11. Remove cap screws (1) and cover (2).

OTHER MATERIAL

IMPORTANT: Avoid seal (3) damage. Only remove if necessary. Seal cannot be reused.

Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength)

1. Remove ring (52) and coupling (53) from shaft (5). 12. Remove O-ring (4) and seal (3).

2. Remove plugs (18) and O-rings (19) from case (51).

13. Remove shaft (5).

3. Remove regulator (26). See Fan Drive Pump Regulator Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

14. Remove snap ring (8), spacer (7), and bearing (6).

NOTE: Do not remove nut (48) and adjusting screw (49). Fan pump settings will change if removed.

IMPORTANT: Avoid bushing (35) damage. Only remove if necessary. Bushing cannot be reused.

4. Remove cap screws (47 and 55) and cover (50).

15. Remove plate (36) and swash plate (34).

5. Remove valve plate (44) from cover. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-29

DF89619,00B5D11 -19-12OCT15-2/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=291

Hydraulic System

16. Push and remove lock pin (10) through access hole (A).

17. Remove O-ring (9) from lock pin. IMPORTANT: Avoid support (32) damage. Only remove if necessary. Support cannot be reused if damaged.

51 TX1095777 —UN—10AUG11

18. Remove support (32) from case (51) by turning fan drive pump support 1/4 turn counterclockwise to ensure proper removal from case. NOTE: Do not remove nut (12) and adjustment screw (11). Fan pump settings will change if removed. 19. Remove plug (13). 20. Remove O-ring (14) and stopper (15) from plug.

Access Hole

21. Remove O-ring (17) and ring (16) from stopper. 32— Support 51— Case

IMPORTANT: Avoid piston (27) damage. Only remove if necessary. Piston cannot be reused if damaged.

A—Access Hole

37. Install seal (3) and O-ring (4).

IMPORTANT: When heating tilt pin (24), take care to not overheat parts. Heat tilt pin just enough to release from piston (27). Overheating the components can cause unnecessary damage to good components.

38. Install cover and cap screws (1). Tighten to specification. Specification Cap Screw (1)—Torque.................................................................12 N·m 106 lb·in

22. Heat tilt pin (24) and remove tilt pin from piston (27).

39. Install springs, bushing, plate, and plungers.

Specification Tilt Pin—Temperature..................................................................... 260°C 500°F

40. Install cylinder block.

23. Remove piston.

41. Install O-rings (31) and plugs (33).

24. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

42. Install O-rings (25 and 43).

25. Install piston.

43. Install bearing (45).

26. Apply Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength) to tilt pin.

44. Install valve plate to cover. 45. Install cover and cap screws (47 and 55). Tighten to specification.

27. Install tilt pin.

Specification Cap Screw (47 and 55)—Torque.................................................................................240 N·m 177 lb·ft

28. Install ring (16) and O-ring (17) to stopper. 29. Install stopper and O-ring (14) to plug (13). 30. Install plug (13). Tighten to specification. Specification Plug (13)—Torque.......................................................................220 N·m 162 lb·ft

31. Install support to case.

46. Install regulator. See Fan Drive Pump Regulator Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) 47. Install O-rings (19) and plugs (18). Tighten to specification. Specification Plug (18)—Torque....................................................................... 110 N·m 81 lb·ft

32. Install O-ring (9) to lock pin. 33. Install lock pin. 34. Install swash plate and plate.

48. Install ring (52) to coupling.

35. Install bearing (6), spacer (7), and snap ring (8).

49. Install coupling to shaft.

36. Install shaft. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-30

DF89619,00B5D11 -19-12OCT15-3/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=292

Hydraulic System Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation DF89619,00B5D11 -19-12OCT15-4/4

Fan Drive Pump Regulator Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Cap Screw Torque

12 N·m 106 lb·in

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1096068A —UN—15AUG11

Fan Drive Pump Regulator 3— Fan Drive Pump Regulator

5. Remove cap screws (1) and fan drive pump regulator (3).

1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Pilot Pressure Hose (pilot filter and pressure regulating valve to fan drive pump regulator)

6. Inspect and repair parts as necessary. See Fan Drive Pump Regulator Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

8. Connect pilot pressure hose.

7. Install fan drive pump regulator and cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.

9. Disconnect vacuum from hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)

Specification Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................12 N·m 106 lb·in DF89619,00B5D26 -19-09SEP15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-31

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=293

Hydraulic System

Fan Drive Pump Regulator Disassemble and Assemble 16

25 20

21 23

7 19 6

22 13

30 31 32

8 11

38 37

34 21

10 2

TX1095753 —UN—12AUG11

35 36

TX1095753

Fan Drive Pump Regulator 1— Case 2— Cap Screw (4 used) 3— Plug 4— O-Ring 5— Plug 6— Solenoid Valve 7— Cap Screw (2 used) 8— Plug 9— Sleeve 10— O-Ring 11— Piston

12— Sleeve 13— Spool 15— O-Ring 16— Seat (2 used) 17— Ball (2 used) 18— Stopper (2 used) 19— Casing 20— Plug (9 used) 21— O-Ring (5 used)

22— Seat 23— Spring 24— Rod 25— O-Ring 26— Cover 27— Cap Screw (4 used) 28— Nut 29— Adjustment Screw 30— Pin 31— O-Ring 32— Support Plug

SPECIFICATIONS

33— Plug 34— Pin 35— O-Ring (2 used) 36— O-Ring 37— Plug 38— Valve 39— O-Ring 40— Pin 41— Lever

6. Remove O-ring (4) from plug.

Support Plug Torque

36 N·m 27 lb·ft

7. Remove cap screws (2) and case from casing.

Cap Screw (27) Torque

12 N·m 106 lb·in

8. Remove sleeve (9), O-ring (10), and piston (11).

Cap Screw (2) Torque

12 N·m 106 lb·in

Plug (3) Torque

35 N·m 26 lb·ft

NOTE: Do not remove nut (28) and adjustment screw (29). Fan drive pump regulator settings will change if removed.

Cap Screw (7) Torque

7 N·m 62 lb·in

9. Remove cap screws (27) and cover (26). 10. Remove rod (24), spring (23), and seat (22).

1. Remove O-rings (21, 35, 36, and 39) and valve (38).

11. Remove O-ring (25) from rod.

2. Remove seats (16), balls (17), and stoppers (18) from casing (19).

12. Remove O-rings (21) from casing. 13. Remove plug (33) from support plug (32).

3. Remove O-ring (15) from seat.

14. Remove support plug.

4. Remove cap screws (7) and solenoid valve (6).

15. Remove O-ring (31) and pin (30) from support plug.

5. Remove plug (3) from case (1).

16. Remove spool (13) and sleeve (12). Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-32

DF89619,00B5D12 -19-12OCT15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=294

Hydraulic System

17. Remove lever (41) and pin (40).

27. Install piston (11), O-ring (10), and sleeve (9).

18. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

28. Install casing and cap screws (2) to case. Tighten cap screws to specification.

19. Install pin (40) and lever (41). 20. Install sleeve (12) and spool (13). 21. Install O-ring (31) and pin (30) to support plug (32). Install support plug and tighten to specification. Specification Support Plug—Torque...................................................................36 N·m 27 lb·ft

22. Install plug (33) to support plug. 23. Install O-ring (21) to casing.

Specification Cap Screw (2)—Torque.................................................................12 N·m 106 lb·in

29. Install O-ring (4) to plug (3). 30. Install plug. Tighten plug to specification. Specification Plug (3)—Torque...........................................................................35 N·m 26 lb·ft

31. Install solenoid valve (6) and cap screws (7). Tighten cap screws to specification.

24. Install O-ring (25) onto rod (24). 25. Install seat (22), spring (23), and rod (24). 26. Install cover (26) and cap screws (27). Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Cap Screw (27)—Torque.................................................................................12 N·m 106 lb·in

Specification Cap Screw (7)—Torque...................................................................7 N·m 62 lb·in

32. Install O-ring (15) to seat. 33. Install stoppers (18), balls (17), and seats (16). 34. Install O-rings (21, 35, 36, and 39) and valve (38). DF89619,00B5D12 -19-12OCT15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=295

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Motor Remove and Install

minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position.

SPECIFICATIONS

2. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.)

Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

Air Cleaner Weight (approximate)

28 kg 62 lb

Air Cleaner Bracket and Support Bracket Weight (approximate)

29 kg 65 lb

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Motor Support Assembly Weight (approximate)

111 kg 245 lb

Fan Cap Screw Torque

90 N·m 66 lb·ft

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Motor Support Cap Screw Torque

90 N·m 66 lb·ft

Fan Guard Cap Screw Torque

90 N·m 66 lb·ft

Air Cleaner Bracket Cap Screw Torque

90 N·m 66 lb·ft

CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic oil tank before servicing. 3. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 4. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength)

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

5. Remove hydraulic oil cooler cover and supports. See Hood Remove and Install and see Engine Side Shields Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)

IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5

6. Remove cap screws (2) from air cleaners (1).

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-34

BD53302,0001B01 -19-17NOV15-1/10

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=296

Hydraulic System 2— Cap Screw (8 used)

TX1204969A —UN—04NOV15

1— Air Cleaner (2 used)

Air Cleaner Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation BD53302,0001B01 -19-17NOV15-2/10

7. Loosen hose clamps (3) and disconnect air cleaner hoses (4). Close all openings using caps and plugs. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 8. Using appropriate lifting device, remove air cleaners.

3— Hose Clamp (2 used)

TX1204970A —UN—04NOV15

Specification Air Cleaner—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 28 kg 62 lb 4— Air Cleaner Hose (2 used)

Air Cleaner Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-35

BD53302,0001B01 -19-17NOV15-3/10

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=297

Hydraulic System

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 9. Remove cap screws (6 and 7) and air cleaner bracket (5) with air cleaner support bracket (8) attached.

5— Air Cleaner Bracket 6— Cap Screw (9 used)

TX1204971A —UN—04NOV15

Specification Air Cleaner Bracket and Support Bracket—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 29 kg 65 lb 7— Cap Screw (4 used) 8— Air Cleaner Support Bracket

Air Cleaner Bracket BD53302,0001B01 -19-17NOV15-4/10

10. Remove cap screws (10 and 11) and fan guards (9). 11— Cap Screw (4 used)

TX1204972A —UN—04NOV15

9— Fan Guard (2 used) 10— Cap Screw (8 used)

Fan Guards Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-36

BD53302,0001B01 -19-17NOV15-5/10

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=298

Hydraulic System

11. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (12—14). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 12. Install identification tags and disconnect fan reversing solenoid 2 (Y55). See Oil Cooler Harness (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 15— Cap Screw (4 used) Y55— Fan Reversing Solenoid 2

TX1204973A —UN—04NOV15

12— Pilot Oil Supply Hose 13— Supply Pressure Hose 14— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Return Hose

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve BD53302,0001B01 -19-17NOV15-6/10

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. NOTE: It is advised to remove the hydraulic oil cooler fan motor support (18) with hydraulic oil cooler fan motor (23) and fan (19) attached due to high-strength adhesive being applied to fan cap screws (20).

TX1204975A —UN—04NOV15

13. Using appropriate lifting device, support hydraulic oil cooler fan motor support (18) with hydraulic oil cooler fan motor and fan attached. Specification Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Motor Support Assembly—Weight (approximate)................................................................................. 111 kg 245 lb Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Motor Support

14. Remove cap screws (15 and 17) and hydraulic oil cooler fan motor support assembly.

16— Lifting Point (2 used) 17— Cap Screw (4 used) Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-37

18— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Motor Support BD53302,0001B01 -19-17NOV15-7/10

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=299

Hydraulic System

15. Remove cap screws (20) and fan (19). 16. Remove key from hydraulic oil cooler fan motor shaft groove. 17. Remove hub with puller using threaded holes in fan mount. 20— Cap Screw (4 used)

TX1204978A —UN—04NOV15

19— Fan

Fan Removal Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-38

BD53302,0001B01 -19-17NOV15-8/10

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=300

Hydraulic System

18. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (21, 22, and 25). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 19. Remove cap screws (24) and hydraulic oil cooler fan motor (23). 20. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Motor Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) 21. Install hydraulic oil cooler fan motor and cap screws.

TX1204980A —UN—04NOV15

22. Connect hydraulic hoses (21, 22, and 25). See Fan Drive Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.) 23. Install hub with key to hydraulic oil cooler fan motor shaft. 24. Apply Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength) to cap screws (20). Install fan and cap screws to hydraulic oil cooler fan motor. Specification Fan Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................90 N·m 66 lb·ft

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Motor 21— Supply Pressure Hose 22— Return Hose 23— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Motor

25. Using appropriate lifting device, install hydraulic oil cooler fan motor support assembly.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Specification Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Motor Support Assembly—Weight (approximate)................................................................................. 111 kg 245 lb

26. Install cap screws (15 and 17) and hydraulic oil cooler fan motor support. Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Motor Support Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................90 N·m 66 lb·ft

30. Using appropriate lifting device, install air cleaner bracket and air cleaner support bracket. Install cap screws (6 and 7) and tighten to specification. Specification Air Cleaner Bracket and Support Bracket—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 29 kg 65 lb Specification Air Cleaner Bracket Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................90 N·m 66 lb·ft

27. Connect fan reversing solenoid 2 (Y55). See Oil Cooler Harness (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 28. Connect hydraulic hoses (12—14) to hydraulic oil cooler fan drive reversing control valve. See Fan Drive Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.) 29. Install fan guards and cap screws (10 and 11). Tighten to specification. Specification Fan Guard Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................90 N·m 66 lb·ft

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 31. Using appropriate lifting device, install air cleaner and cap screws (2). Specification Air Cleaner—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 28 kg 62 lb

32. Connect air cleaner hose and tighten hose clamp.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

24— Cap Screw (2 used) 25— Case Drain Hose

33-3360-39

BD53302,0001B01 -19-17NOV15-9/10

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=301

Hydraulic System

33. Install hydraulic oil cooler covers and side supports. See Hood Remove and Install and see Engine Side Shields Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 34. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

35. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) 36. Operate machine and check for leaks.

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation BD53302,0001B01 -19-17NOV15-10/10

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Motor Disassemble and Assemble See Engine Radiator Fan Motor Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0510.) DF89619,00B5D16 -19-01SEP15-1/1

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1098041A —UN—19SEP11

CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing. 2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1—5). Close all openings using caps and plugs. See Hydraulic System Line Connections. (Group 9025-15.) 4. Disconnect fan reversing solenoid 1 (Y54) electrical connector. 5. Remove cap screws (6) to remove hydraulic oil cooler fan drive reversing control valve (7). 6. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) 7. Install hydraulic oil cooler fan drive reversing control valve and cap screws.

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Drive Speed and Reversing Control Valve 1— Hydraulic Hose (fan control valve to hydraulic oil cooler) 2— Hydraulic Hose (hydraulic oil cooler fan pump to fan control valve) 3— Hydraulic Hose (solenoid valve manifold [2-spool] to fan control valve) 4— Hydraulic Hose (fan control valve to radiator fan motor)

5— Hydraulic Hose (fan control valve to radiator fan motor) 6— Cap Screw (4 used) 7— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve Y54— Fan Reversing Solenoid 1

10. Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Tank Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)

8. Connect fan reversing solenoid 1 (Y54) electrical connector. 9. Connect hydraulic hoses to hydraulic oil cooler reversing control valve. See Hydraulic System Line Connections. (Group 9025-15.) DF89619,00B5D27 -19-17NOV15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-40

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=302

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble See Engine Radiator Fan Drive Reversing Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0510.) DF89619,00B5D18 -19-01SEP15-1/1

Fan Drive System Relief Valve Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 500 L 132.1 gal

TX1096482A —UN—23AUG11

Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

Radiator Fan Speed and Reversing Control Valve 1— Radiator Fan Speed and Reversing Relief Valve

2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

2— Radiator Fan Speed and Reversing Control Valve

3. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

4. Remove radiator fan speed and reversing relief valve (1). See Fan Drive Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.) Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-41

BD53302,0001AD5 -19-28OCT15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=303

Hydraulic System

5. Remove fan speed and reversing relief valve (3). 6. Repair or replace parts as necessary. TX1096485A —UN—23AUG11

7. Install fan speed and reversing relief valve. 8. Install radiator fan speed and reversing relief valve. 9. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pumps will be damaged if not filled with oil before starting. Procedure must be performed to fill pump housings whenever oil has been drained from pumps or hydraulic oil tank.

Oil Cooler Fan Speed and Reversing Control Valve 3— Fan Speed and Reversing Relief Valve

4— Oil Cooler Fan Speed and Reversing Control Valve

10. If hydraulic oil tank was drained, perform pump start-up procedure. Perform Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.) 11. Perform fan drive system relief valve test and adjustment. See Fan Drive System Relief Valve Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.) BD53302,0001AD5 -19-28OCT15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-42

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=304

Hydraulic System

Solenoid Valve Manifold (4-Spool) Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Remove swing motor panels. See Swing Motor Panels Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) TX1096773A —UN—26AUG11

4. Install identification tags and disconnect electrical connectors from solenoids (Y12, Y13, Y24, and Y25). 5. Install identification tags and disconnect pilot hoses (1—10). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 6. Remove cap screws (11) and solenoid valve manifold (4-spool) (12). 7. Repair or replace as necessary. For disassembly, see Solenoid Valve Remove and Install—Travel Speed (SC), Bypass Shutoff Valve (SF), Power Dig (SI), and Arm Flow Rate (SF). (Group 3360.) 8. Install solenoid valve manifold (4-spool) and cap screws. 9. Connect pilot hoses (1—10). For hose identification, see Pilot Control Line Connections and see Travel Hydraulic System Line Connections. (Group 9025-15.)

Solenoid Valve Manifold (4-spool) 1— Pilot Hose (port DS) 2— Pilot Hose (port DK) 3— Pilot Hose (port DP) 4— Pilot Hose (port DE) 5— Pilot Hose (port DH) 6— Pilot Hose (port PF) 7— Pilot Hose (port SC) 8— Pilot Hose (port SF)

10. Connect electrical connectors to solenoids (Y12, Y13, Y24, and Y25). See Machine Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

9— Pilot Hose (port SI) 10— Pilot Hose (port SG) 11— Cap Screw (2 used) 12— Solenoid Valve Manifold (4-spool) Y12— Power Dig Solenoid (marked SI) Y13— Bypass Shutoff Valve Solenoid (marked SF) Y24— Arm Flow Rate Control Solenoid (marked SG) Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid (marked SC)

11. Operate machine and check for leaks. 12. Install swing motor panels. See Swing Motor Panels Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) DF89619,00B5D57 -19-12NOV15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-43

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=305

Hydraulic System

Solenoid Valve Remove and Install—Travel Speed (SC), Bypass Shutoff Valve (SF), Power Dig (SI), and Arm Flow Rate (SF) SPECIFICATIONS 5 N·m 44 lb·in

1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Lock Nut 3— O-Ring 4— Adjusting Screw

5— Spring 6— Solenoid 7— Spring 8— O-Ring 9— Diaphragm 10— Spool

TX1096931 —UN—30AUG11

Cap Screw Torque

Solenoid Valve (exploded view) 11— Orifice 12— Washer 13— Spring 14— O-Ring 15— O-Ring 16— O-Ring

IMPORTANT: Avoid possible component damage. Do not disassemble lock nut (2) and adjusting screw (4).

17— Sleeve 18— Plate 19— Wave Spring

6. Install wave spring and plate into solenoid valve manifold. 7. Install O-rings (14—16) on sleeve.

1. Remove cap screws (1). Remove solenoid (6), spring (7), and O-ring (8) from solenoid valve manifold.

9. Install diaphragm, washer, and spring (13) into spool.

2. Remove spool (10), diaphragm (9), washer (12), and spring (13) from sleeve (17). 3. Remove sleeve, plate (18), and wave spring (19) from solenoid valve manifold. IMPORTANT: Prevent possible component damage. Do not remove orifice (11) from sleeve (17).

8. Insert sleeve into solenoid valve manifold.

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to edge inside sleeve (17) when installing spool (10). Verify spool moves smoothly after installation. 10. Install spool into sleeve. 11. Install spring (7) into solenoid.

4. Remove O-rings (14—16) from sleeve. 5. Repair or replace parts as necessary. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-44

DV53278,00009FC -19-17NOV15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=306

Hydraulic System

12. Install solenoid to solenoid valve manifold with cap screws (1). Tighten cap screws to specification.

Specification Cap Screw—Torque........................................................................5 N·m 44 lb·in DV53278,00009FC -19-17NOV15-2/2

Solenoid Valve Manifold (2-Spool) Remove and Install TX1096877A —UN—30AUG11

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Remove swing motor panels. See Swing Motor Panels Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 4. Install identification tags and disconnect electrical connectors from solenoids (Y58 and Y59).

Solenoid Valve Manifold (2-spool)

TX1204466A —UN—27OCT15

5. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (3—12). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 6. Remove cap screws (2) and solenoid valve manifold (2-spool) (1). 7. Repair or replace as necessary. For disassembly, see Solenoid Valve Remove and Install—Swing Flow Rate (SI) and Boom Mode (SC). (Group 3360.) 8. Install solenoid valve manifold (2-spool) and cap screws. Solenoid Valve Manifold (2-spool)

9. Connect hydraulic hoses (3—12). For hose identification, see Pilot Control Line Connections. (Group 9025-15.) 10. Connect electrical connectors to solenoids (Y58 and Y59). See Control Valve Harness (W43) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 11. Operate machine and check for leaks.

1— Solenoid Valve Manifold (2-spool) 2— Cap Screw (2 used) 3— Pilot Hose (port PF) 4— Pilot Hose (port PD) 5— Pilot Hose (port PG) 6— Pilot Hose (port DD) 7— Pilot Hose (port DX)

12. Install swing motor panels. See Swing Motor Panels Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)

8— Return Hose 9— Pilot Hose (port DS) 10— Pilot Hose (port DY) 11— Pilot Hose (port SI) 12— Pilot Hose (port SC) Y58— Boom Overload Relief Solenoid (marked SC) Y59— Swing Flow Rate Solenoid (marked SI)

DF89619,00B5D59 -19-17NOV15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-45

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=307

Hydraulic System

Solenoid Valve Remove and Install—Swing Flow Rate (SI) and Boom Mode (SC) SPECIFICATIONS 5 N·m 44 lb·in

1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Lock Nut 3— O-Ring 4— Adjusting Screw

5— Spring 6— Solenoid 7— Spring 8— O-Ring 9— Diaphragm 10— Spool

TX1096931 —UN—30AUG11

Cap Screw Torque

Solenoid Valve (exploded view) 11— Orifice 12— Washer 13— Spring 14— O-Ring 15— O-Ring 16— O-Ring

IMPORTANT: Avoid possible component damage. Do not disassemble lock nut (2) and adjusting screw (4). 1. Remove cap screws (1). Remove solenoid (6), spring (7), and O-ring (8) from solenoid valve manifold. 2. Remove spool (10), diaphragm (9), washer (12), and spring (13) from sleeve (17). 3. Remove sleeve, plate (18), and wave spring (19) from solenoid valve manifold. IMPORTANT: Prevent possible component damage. Do not remove orifice (11) from sleeve (17). 4. Remove O-rings (14—16) from sleeve.

17— Sleeve 18— Plate 19— Wave Spring

7. Install O-rings (14—16) on sleeve. 8. Insert sleeve into solenoid valve manifold. 9. Install diaphragm, washer, and spring (13) into spool. IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to edge inside sleeve (17) when installing spool (10). Verify spool moves smoothly after installation. 10. Install spool into sleeve. 11. Install spring (7) into solenoid. 12. Install solenoid to solenoid valve manifold with cap screws (1). Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Cap Screw—Torque........................................................................5 N·m 44 lb·in

5. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 6. Install wave spring and plate into solenoid valve manifold.

DV53278,00009FD -19-17NOV15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-46

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=308

Hydraulic System

Pump Case Drain Filter and Bypass Valve Remove and Install 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Apply vacuum to hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) TX1204510A —UN—29OCT15

4. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1—3). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 5. Remove cap screws (4) and pump case drain filter and bypass valve (130). 6. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 7. Install pump case drain filter and bypass valve and cap screws. 8. Connect hydraulic hoses. See Hydraulic System Line Connections. (Group 9025-15.) 9. Install new pump case drain filter. See Replace Pump Case Drain Filter. (Operator’s Manual.) 10. Disconnect vacuum from hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)

Pump Case Drain Filter and Bypass Valve 1— Hydraulic Hose (to hydraulic oil tank) 2— Hydraulic Hose (from pump 1 and oil cooler fan pump) 3— Hydraulic Hose (from pump 2)

4— Cap Screw (2 used) 130— Pump Case Drain Filter and Bypass Valve

DF89619,00B5D5D -19-12NOV15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-47

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=309

Hydraulic System

Pilot Valve (Left and Right) Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 20 N·m 177 lb·in

TX1096358A —UN—19AUG11

Cap Screw Torque

Pilot Valve 1— Boot 2— Lock Nut (2 used) 3— Shaft 4— Cap Screw (4 used)

5— Boot 6— Pilot Valve S5— Horn Switch

3. Release hydraulic circuit pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 3360.)

8. Loosen lock nuts (2) and remove lever from threaded shaft (3).

IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position.

9. Remove cap screws (4) and remove boot (5).

4. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) 5. Remove console covers. NOTE: Right and left pilot valves are identical. Remove and install procedure is the same. 6. Raise boot (1) and remove any tie bands on horn switch (S5). 7. Install identification tags and disconnect horn switch. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-48

BE78919,000018F -19-18NOV15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=310

Hydraulic System

10. Install identification tags, disconnect pilot valve hydraulic hoses (7), and remove pilot valve (6). Close all openings using caps and plugs. TX1096360A —UN—19AUG11

11. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 12. Connect pilot valve hydraulic hoses. See Pilot Control Line Connections. (Group 9025-15.) 13. Install pilot valve and boot (5). 14. Install cap screws and tighten to specification. Specification Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................20 N·m 177 lb·in

15. Install lever by threading into shaft and tighten lock nuts.

Pilot Valve Hoses 6— Pilot Valve

7— Pilot Valve Hydraulic Hose (6 used)

16. Connect horn switch (S5) and install tie bands. 17. Slide boot (1) into place.

20. Operate machine and check for leaks. Verify all machine functions operate correctly. See Operational Checkout. (Group 9005-10.)

18. Install console covers. 19. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Clear all personnel from area before operating machine.

BE78919,000018F -19-18NOV15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-49

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=311

Hydraulic System

Pilot Valve (Left and Right) Disassemble and Assemble

ESSENTIAL TOOLS ST4145 Spool Holder

SPECIFICATIONS

ST4146 Spring Compressor

Filter Torque

20 N·m 177 lb·in

ST4144 Snap Ring Holder

Universal Joint Torque

25 N·m 18 lb·ft

Cam-to-Pusher Clearance

0—0.2 mm 0—0.008 in

Coupling-to-Cam and Universal Joint Torque

70 N·m 51 lb·ft

OTHER MATERIAL TY6341 Multi-Purpose SD Polyurea Grease Loctite® 271™ Threadlocker (high strength)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-50

DV53278,00009F2 -19-24OCT16-1/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=312

TX1096302 —UN—18AUG11

Hydraulic System

Pilot Control Valve

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-51

DV53278,00009F2 -19-24OCT16-2/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=313

Hydraulic System 1— Housing 2— Coupling 3— Cam 4— Universal Joint 5— Plate 6— O-Ring (4 used) 7— Sleeve (4 used) 8— Oil Seal (4 used)

9— Pusher (2 used) 10— Pusher (2 used) 11— Snap Ring (4 used) 12— Spring Guide (4 used) 13— Return Spring (2 used)

14— Return Spring (2 used) 15— Balance Spring (2 used) 16— Balance Spring (2 used) 17— Shim (4 used) 18— Spacer (4 used)

NOTE: The housing (1) and spools (19) are replaced as an assembly because the spools are select fitted to bores in housing.

19— Spool (4 used) 20— O-Ring 21— Plug 22— Snap Ring 23— Filter

4. Remove sleeves (7) and O-rings (6). 5. Remove O-rings (6) from sleeves. IMPORTANT: Avoid possible housing damage. Some parts from housing ports 1 and 3 are different than parts from housing ports 2 and 4. Parts for each port must be kept together and installed into the same port from which they were removed. Port numbers are stamped on the housing.

Note port location and quantity of shims (17) when removing. Same number of shims must be used when installing. 1. Remove coupling (2) by turning cam (3). 2. Remove cam from universal joint (4).

6. Install identification tags and remove pushers (9 and 10).

NOTE: Do not remove universal joint (4) unless worn or damaged. 3. Remove universal joint if replacement is needed. IMPORTANT: Avoid possible component damage. Do not attempt to remove oil seals (8) from sleeves (7). Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-52

DV53278,00009F2 -19-24OCT16-3/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=314

Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: Avoid possible component damage. Do not lower spool when compressing return springs (13 and 14).

25 7. Install ST4145 Spool Holder (24) into the port hole on housing (1).

8. Install ST4146 Spring Compressor (25) into the pusher hole on housing.

TX1096325 —UN—24AUG11

9. Push tool to compress return springs and tighten tool by using the cap screw M14 x 2.0 mm pitch. 10. Remove snap rings (11) from spools (19). 11. Remove ST4146 Spring Compressor (25). 12. Install identification tags and remove spring guides (12), return springs (13 and 14), and balance springs (15 and 16) from spools. IMPORTANT: Avoid possible spool damage. Keep shims (17) in order during removal. Quantity of shims has been determined for each port during the performance testing.

24 Spring Removal Tools 1— Housing 24— ST4145 Spool Holder

25— ST4146 Spring Compressor

13. Remove shims (17) and spacers (18). 18. Remove O-ring (20) from plug.

14. Remove spool holder.

19. Remove filter (23).

15. Remove spools (19).

20. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary.

16. Remove snap ring (22). 17. Install a M8 x 1.25 mm pitch cap screw to plug (21) to remove from housing.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-53

DV53278,00009F2 -19-24OCT16-4/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=315

TX1096302 —UN—18AUG11

Hydraulic System

Pilot Control Valve

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-54

DV53278,00009F2 -19-24OCT16-5/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=316

Hydraulic System 1— Housing 2— Coupling 3— Cam 4— Universal Joint 5— Plate 6— O-Ring (4 used) 7— Sleeve (4 used) 8— Oil Seal (4 used)

9— Pusher (2 used) 10— Pusher (2 used) 11— Snap Ring (4 used) 12— Spring Guide (4 used) 13— Return Spring (2 used)

IMPORTANT: Avoid possible valve damage. Apply clean hydraulic oil to parts prior to installation. 21. Install filter and tighten to specification. Specification Filter—Torque................................................................................20 N·m 177 lb·in

14— Return Spring (2 used) 15— Balance Spring (2 used) 16— Balance Spring (2 used) 17— Shim (4 used) 18— Spacer (4 used)

19— Spool (4 used) 20— O-Ring 21— Plug 22— Snap Ring 23— Filter

23. Install plug and snap ring (22). IMPORTANT: Avoid possible component damage. Components are select fit to bores. Install components in the same bore that they were removed from otherwise leaks will occur. 24. Install spools to their correct port holes in housing.

22. Install O-ring (20) onto plug. DV53278,00009F2 -19-24OCT16-6/7

25. Install ST4145 Spool Holder to the port hole on housing. 26. Install spacers to spools.

27. Install shims to spools. Use same amount of shims as disassembly.

TX1096325 —UN—24AUG11

IMPORTANT: Avoid possible component damage. Ports 1 and 3 use short balance springs. Ports 2 and 4 use long balance springs. 28. Install balance springs to spools. IMPORTANT: Avoid possible component damage. Ports 1 and 3 use short return springs. Ports 2 and 4 use long return springs.

29. Install return springs to spools. 30. Install ST4146 Spring Compressor into pusher holes in case. Tighten spring compressor with M14 x 2.00 mm pitch cap screw. 31. Install spring guides with protrusion facing upward.

Spring Removal Tools 1— Housing 24— ST4145 Spool Holder

25— ST4146 Spring Compressor DV53278,00009F2 -19-24OCT16-7/7

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-55

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=317

Hydraulic System

32. Install snap ring (11) to ST4144 Snap Ring Holder (26). 33. Install snap rings (11) into groove on head of spools remaining out of spring compressor.

IMPORTANT: Avoid possible component damage. Ports 1 and 3 use pushers with one outer groove. Ports 2 and 4 use pushers with two outer grooves.

26 1

TX1096326 —UN—24AUG11

34. Install pushers into case by hand. IMPORTANT: Avoid snap ring damage. Verify snap rings (11) and balance springs are installed correctly. 35. Install pushers to housing.

36. Apply TY6341 Multi-Purpose SD Polyurea Grease to ball at ends of pushers.

Snap Ring Installation Tool

37. Apply TY6341 Multi-Purpose SD Polyurea Grease to joint of universal joint and to inner surface of sleeve seals.

1— Case 24— ST4145 Spool Holder

38. Apply TY6341 Multi-Purpose SD Polyurea Grease to inner surface of oil seals. 39. Install oil seals (8), O-rings (6), and sleeves.

25— ST4146 Spring Compressor 26— ST4144 Snap Ring Holder

IMPORTANT: Avoid housing damage. Align cap screw holes in plate with cap screw holes in housing.

Specification Cam-to-Pusher—Clearance.........................................................................................0—0.2 mm 0—0.008 in

40. Apply Loctite® 271™ Thread Locker (high strength) to the threads of universal joint.

43. Hold cam and tighten coupling to specification.

41. Place plate on housing and install universal joint. Tighten universal joint to specification. Specification Universal Joint—Torque................................................................25 N·m 18 lb·ft

Specification Coupling-to-Cam and Universal Joint—Torque................................................................70 N·m 51 lb·ft

42. Install cam onto universal joint. Check clearance between cam and pushers. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation DV53278,00009F2 -19-24OCT16-8/7

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-56

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=318

Hydraulic System

Boom Up Shockless Valve Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

TX1096051A —UN—15AUG11

Boom Up Shockless Valve 1— Hydraulic Hose (port A) 2— Hydraulic Hose (port B)

3— Cap Screw (2 used) 4— Boom Up Shockless Valve

7. Install boom up shockless valve and cap screws.

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

4. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1 and 2). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

8. Connect hydraulic hoses. 9. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) 10. Operate machine and check for leaks.

5. Remove cap screws (3) and boom up shockless valve (4). 6. Repair and replace as necessary. See Boom Up Shockless Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) BD53302,0001AF7 -19-29OCT15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-57

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=319

Hydraulic System

Boom Up Shockless Valve Disassemble and Assemble

SPECIFICATIONS Plug Torque

40 N·m 30 lb·ft

IMPORTANT: Prevent contamination of hydraulic system during disassembly. Prepare a clean lint free surface to place internal parts for inspection and repair.

2. Remove O-rings (3) from plugs. 3. Remove springs (4) from valve body.

4. Remove plunger (5), orifice (6), and ring (7).

5. Inspect, clean, and replace parts as necessary. IMPORTANT: Avoid possible motor damage. Apply clean hydraulic oil to parts prior to installation. 6. Install ring, orifice, and plunger.

Boom Up Shockless Valve 1— Valve Body 2— Plug (2 used) 3— O-Ring (2 used) 4— Spring (2 used)

7. Install springs. 8. Install O-rings onto plugs.

TX1095807 —UN—11AUG11

1. Remove plugs (2) from valve body (1).

5— Plunger 6— Orifice 7— Ring

9. Install plugs and tighten to specification. Specification Plug—Torque.................................................................................40 N·m 30 lb·ft DV53278,00009F4 -19-16JUN15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-58

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=320

Hydraulic System

Travel Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install 500 L 132.1 gal

Valve-to-Cab Platform Cap Screw Torque

50 N·m 37 lb·ft

Travel Pedal-to-Lever Cap Screw Torque

50 N·m 37 lb·ft

TX1092277A —UN—16MAY11

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

1. Swing upperstructure 90° to tracks. 2. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

Access Panel

6— Cap Screw (6 used)

7— Access Panel

3. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 4. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

5. Remove floor mat from cab. 6. Remove cap screws (6) and access panel (7) from underside of cab. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-59

BD53302,0001AF3 -19-29OCT15-1/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=321

Hydraulic System

7. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (8). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 8— Hydraulic Hoses (6 used)

TX1198646A —UN—29JUL15

3— Travel Pilot Valve

Travel Pilot Control Valve (bottom view) BD53302,0001AF3 -19-29OCT15-2/3

8. Remove cap screws (1), pedals (4), and levers (5). 9. Remove cap screws (2) and travel pilot control valve (3). TX1091034A —UN—10JUN11

10. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 11. Install travel pilot valve and cap screws (2). Tighten to specification. Specification Valve-to-Cab Platform Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft

12. Install pedals, levers, and cap screws (1). Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Travel Pedal-to-Lever Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft

Travel Pilot Control Valve 1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Cap Screw (2 used) 3— Travel Pilot Valve

13. Connect hydraulic hoses (8). See Travel Hydraulic System Line Connections. (Group 9025-15.)

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Clear all personnel from area before operating machine.

14. Install floor mat in cab. 15. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

4— Pedal (2 used) 5— Lever (2 used)

16. Operate machine and check for leaks. Verify all travel functions for correct operation. See Operational Checkout. (Group 9005-10.) 17. Install access panel and cap screws (6). BD53302,0001AF3 -19-29OCT15-3/3

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-60

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=322

Hydraulic System

Travel Pilot Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS Holder-to-Casing Cap Screw Torque

50 N·m 37 lb·ft

Damper-to-Holder Cap Screw Torque

7 N·m 62.0 lb·in

Cover-to-Holder Cap Screw Torque

5 N·m 44.3 lb·in

Plug Torque

10 N·m 89.0 lb·in

Plug Torque

20 N·m 177.0 lb·in

1 35

34 33

8 27

29 9 11 10

12 18

13 17 25

31 30

23 15

16 20

19 TX1093292

TX1093292 —UN—25MAY12

Travel Pilot Control Valve Components

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-61

DV53278,0000A02 -19-24OCT16-1/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=323

Hydraulic System 1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Cover 3— Pin (2 used) 4— O-Ring (2 used) 5— O-Ring (2 used) 6— Damper (2 used) 7— Rubber Seat (2 used) 8— Cap Screw (2 used) 9— Lock Washer (2 used)

10— Holder 11— Oil Seal (4 used) 12— O-Ring (4 used) 13— Bushing (4 used) 14— Casing 15— O-Ring 16— Plug 17— Plug 18— O-Ring 19— Spool (4 used) 20— Spring (4 used) 21— Spacer (4 used)

22— Shim (as required) 23— Balance Spring (4 used) 24— Spring Guide (4 used) 25— Pusher (4 used) 26— Bracket (2 used) 27— Spring Pin (2 used) 28— Cap Screw (4 used) 29— Lock Washer (4 used)

NOTE: The casing (14) and spools (19) are replaced as an assembly because the spools are select fitted to bores in housing.

30— Spring Pin (2 used) 31— Spring Pin (2 used) 32— Bushing (4 used) 33— Cam (2 used) 34— Spring Pin (2 used) 35— Spring Pin (2 used)

15. Install spring guides (24) with stepped end facing down. 16. Apply multipurpose grease to the end of each pusher (25) and to oil seals (11).

Note port location and quantity of shims (22) when removing. Same number of shims must be used when installing.

17. Install pushers (25), bushings (13), O-rings (12), and oil seals (11).

1. Remove cover (2) and cap screws (1). Remember to keep parts removed from each port together. Identify each group of parts by port numbers stamped on casing.

NOTE: Note direction of insertion for spring pins (34 and 35).

NOTE: Remove spring pins (27) and bushings (32) only if necessary.

18. Assemble cams (33) in holder (10) with spring pins (34 and 35) and pins (3). Install spring pins with slits 90° apart.

2. Remove plug (16) and O-ring (15). 3. Remove plug (17) and O-ring (18).

19. Lock spring pins (34 and 35) in position by displacing the bore above spring pin using a punch and hammer.

NOTE: Spring pins (30 and 31) are stepped and can only be removed from one direction.

20. Install holder (10) to casing (14) with cap screws (8) and lock washers (9). Tighten to specification.

4. Install mark on brackets (26) to show installation direction of spring pins. Remove spring pins (30 and 31) and brackets (26).

Specification Holder-to-Casing Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft

Spring pins must be positioned with slits 90° apart.

5. Remove cap screws (28) and lock washers (29).

21. Apply multipurpose grease to O-rings (4 and 5) and install on pin (3).

6. Remove O-rings (4 and 5).

22. Position rubber seats (7) and dampers (6) on pins (3) with lever facing upward.

7. Remove rubber seats (7) and dampers (6) from pins (3). 8. Remove cap screws (8), lock washers (9), and holder (10) from casing (14). 9. Remove spring pins (34 and 35) from cams (33) and pins (3). 10. Remove spring guides (24). 11. Record number of shims (22) removed. Remove spools (19), springs (20), spacers (21), shims (22), and balance springs (23) from casing (14). 12. Remove oil seals (11), O-rings (12), bushings (13), and pushers (25). 13. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 14. Install same number of shims (22) as were removed. Install spools (19), springs (20), spacers (21), shims (22), and balance springs (23) into casing (14).

23. Install cap screws (28) and lock washers (29). Tighten to specification. Specification Damper-to-Holder Cap Screw—Torque................................................................................7 N·m 62.0 lb·in

NOTE: Note direction of insertion for spring pins (30 and 31). Spring pins must be positioned with slits 90° apart. 24. Align brackets with marks made during disassembly and install brackets (26) and spring pins (30 and 31). Install spring pins with slits 90° apart. 25. Lock pins (30 and 31) in position by slightly displacing the bore above spring pin using a punch and hammer.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-62

DV53278,0000A02 -19-24OCT16-2/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=324

Hydraulic System

26. Install cover (2) and cap screws (1). Tighten to specification. Specification Cover-to-Holder Cap Screw—Torque................................................................................5 N·m 44.3 lb·in

27. Apply multipurpose grease to spring pins (27). 28. Install O-ring (18) and plug (17). Tighten plug to specification.

Specification Plug—Torque.................................................................................10 N·m 89.0 lb·in

29. Install O-ring (15) and plug (16). Tighten plug to specification. Specification Plug—Torque.................................................................................20 N·m 177.0 lb·in

DV53278,0000A02 -19-24OCT16-3/3

Pilot Accumulator Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1200029A —UN—20AUG15

CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing. 2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Release hydraulic circuit pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 3360.) 4. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

5. Remove pilot accumulator (7). NOTE: Pilot accumulator is not serviceable. New accumulator is precharged. 6. Install new pilot accumulator.

Pilot Accumulator and Pilot Check Valve Manifold 1— Pilot Pressure Line 2— Pilot Pressure Line 3— Pilot Pressure Line 4— Cap Screw (2 used) 5— Pilot Pressure Line

6— Pilot Check Valve Manifold 7— Pilot Accumulator B58— Pilot Pressure Sensor (4-spool) (marked SA) B59— Pilot Pressure Sensor (5-spool) (marked SB)

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-63

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=325

Hydraulic System

Pilot Check Valve Manifold Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1200029A —UN—20AUG15

CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing. 2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Release hydraulic circuit pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 3360.) 4. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

5. Install identification tags and disconnect pilot pressure lines (1, 2, 3, and 5). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 6. Disconnect pilot pressure sensors (B58 and B59). 7. Remove cap screws (4) and pilot check valve manifold (6). 8. Inspect and repair as necessary. See Pilot Accumulator Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) 9. Install pilot check valve manifold and cap screws.

Pilot Accumulator and Pilot Check Valve Manifold 1— Pilot Pressure Line 2— Pilot Pressure Line 3— Pilot Pressure Line 4— Cap Screw (2 used) 5— Pilot Pressure Line

6— Pilot Check Valve Manifold 7— Pilot Accumulator B58— Pilot Pressure Sensor (4-spool) (marked SA) B59— Pilot Pressure Sensor (5-spool) (marked SB)

11. Connect pilot pressure lines. 12. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 380 L 100.4 gal

13. Operate machine and check for leaks.

10. Connect pilot pressure sensors. RH60123,00022E8 -19-03NOV15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-64

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=326

Hydraulic System

Pilot Signal Manifold Remove and Install

IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position.

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

Socket Head Cap Screw Torque

50 N·m 37 lb·ft

4. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.)

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

5. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

6. Remove swing motor panels. See Swing Motor Panels Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)

3. Release hydraulic circuit pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 3360.)

TX1095049 —UN—21JUL11

TX1095049 Pilot Signal Manifold 1— Hydraulic Hose (33 used)

2— Pilot Signal Manifold

3— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 used)

NOTE: For identification clarity, pilot signal manifold ports are stamped using alpha and numeric callouts.

7. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-65

RH60123,00022EC -19-19NOV15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=327

Hydraulic System

B33

B34

TX1095050 —UN—21JUL11

TX1095050 Pilot Signal Manifold 2— Pilot Signal Manifold 3— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 used)

B33— Swing Pressure Sensor (marked SA)

8. Disconnect electrical connectors from sensors (B33 and B34). 9. Remove socket head cap screws (3). 10. Remove pilot signal manifold (2). 11. Inspect and repair as necessary. See Pilot Signal Manifold Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) 12. Install pilot signal manifold and socket head cap screws. Torque cap screws to specification. Specification Socket Head Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft

13. Connect electrical connectors.

B34— Travel Pressure Sensor (marked TR)

15. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

16. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) 17. Operate machine and check for leaks. 18. Install swing motor panels. See Swing Motor Panels Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)

14. Connect hydraulic hoses. See Pilot Control Line Connections. (Group 9025-15.) RH60123,00022EC -19-19NOV15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-66

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=328

Hydraulic System

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-67

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=329

Hydraulic System

TX1010342 —UN—24JUL06

Pilot Signal Manifold Disassemble and Assemble

Pilot Signal Manifold (1 of 2)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-68

DV53278,00009FA -19-28JUL15-1/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=330

Hydraulic System 1— Cap Screw (10 used) 2— Body 1 3— Gasket 4— Filter (17 used)

5— Body 2 6— Gasket 7— Sleeve (21 used) 8— Spring (4 used)

9— Body 3 10— Gasket 11— Body 4 12— Gasket 13— Body 5 Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-69

DV53278,00009FA -19-28JUL15-2/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=331

TX1095096 —UN—25JUL11

Hydraulic System

Pilot Signal Manifold (2 of 2) 5— Body 2 14— Cap Screw (11 used) 15— Plate 16— Plug (7 used) 17— O-Ring (7 used)

18— Spring (4 used) 19— Spring Guide (7 used) 20— Spool (6 used) 21— Spring (2 used)

IMPORTANT: To prevent manifold damage, parts from each port must be kept together and installed into same port from which it was removed.

22— Plate 23— O-Ring 24— Shuttle Valve 25— O-Ring 26— Spring 27— Spool

28— Spring 29— Plate

2. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. 3. Apply hydraulic oil to parts (16—28) and assemble.

1. Disassemble and clean all parts. DV53278,00009FA -19-28JUL15-3/3

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-70

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=332

Hydraulic System

Counterweight Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install—If Equipped SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

TX1205058A —UN—09NOV15

2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Release hydraulic circuit pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 3360.) IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position.

Pilot Control Valve Covers 1— Counterweight Control Valve Lever Cover 2— Cap Screw (2 used)

3— Counterweight Control Valve Cover

7. Remove cap screws (2) to remove counterweight control valve cover (3).

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

6. Remove counterweight control valve lever cover (1). Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-71

RH60123,00022F0 -19-19NOV15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=333

Hydraulic System

8. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (6, 7, 8, and 11). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 9. Remove fittings (9 and 10). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 10. Remove cap screws (4) and counterweight pilot control valve (5). 11. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Counterweight Pilot Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) TX1097741A —UN—12SEP11

12. Install counterweight pilot control valve and cap screws (4). 13. Install fittings and connect hydraulic hoses. See Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-15.) 14. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) 15. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) 16. Operate counterweight pilot control lever and check for leaks. 17. Install counterweight control valve cover and cap screws (2).

Counterweight Pilot Control Valve Hoses 4— Cap Screw (2 used) 5— Counterweight Pilot Control Valve 6— Hydraulic Hose 7— Hydraulic Hose

8— Hydraulic Hose 9— Fitting 10— Fitting 11— Hydraulic Hose

18. Install counterweight control valve lever cover. RH60123,00022F0 -19-19NOV15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-72

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=334

Hydraulic System

Counterweight Pilot Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble

18 16

1. Remove counterweight pilot control valve. See Counterweight Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install—If Equipped. (Group 3360.)

15 13

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to spools. Spools are select fitted to bores in housing. If damage is observed, counterweight pilot control valve must be replaced.

12 14 11 10 9

2. Remove boot (18).

8 7 6

4. Remove set screw (16), bushings (12), and pin (13).

5. Remove cam (17). 6. Remove cap screws (15) and housing cover (14).

5 4

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to spools. Spools must be installed in the same bores of the housing because of wear patterns. Mark location of spools with respect to bores to aid in assembly.

1 21 19

7. Remove parts (8—11) from housing (1) and disassemble.

TX1197325 —UN—08JUL15

3. Apply alignment marks on housing (1) and housing cover (14) to aid in assembly.

Counterweight Pilot Control Valve

8. Remove parts (2—7) from housing and disassemble. 9. Remove parts (19—21) from housing. 10. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 11. Apply clean hydraulic oil to all machined surfaces. 12. Assemble parts (2—7 and 8—11) and install into housing (1). IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to housing and spools. Tighten cap screws evenly to prevent binding and damage to housing and spools. 13. Install housing cover (14) and cap screws (15). 14. Install set screw (16), bushings (12), pin (13), and cam (17).

1— Housing 2— Spool (2 used) 3— Return Spring (2 used) 4— Spacer (2 used) 5— Shim (2 used) 6— Compression Spring (2 used) 7— Guide (2 used) 8— Piston (2 used) 9— O-Ring (2 used) 10— Bushing (2 used) 11— Seal (2 used)

12— Bushing (2 used) 13— Pin 14— Housing Cover 15— Cap Screw (2 used) 16— Set Screw 17— Cam 18— Boot 19— Plug 20— Drain Plug 21— O-Ring

16. Install counterweight pilot control valve. See Counterweight Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install—If Equipped. (Group 3360.)

15. Install boot (18). DV53278,0000A08 -19-20AUG15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-73

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=335

Hydraulic System

Counterweight Slow Return Valve Remove and Install—If Equipped SPECIFICATIONS 500 L 132.1 gal

TX1097738A —UN—13SEP11

Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove counterweight. See Counterweight Remove and Install. (Group 1749.) 3. Raise hydraulic counterweight removal device. CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing.

Counterweight Slow Return Valve 1— Hydraulic Hose 2— Fitting

3— Counterweight Slow Return Valve

9. Remove counterweight slow return valve (3). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

4. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

10. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

5. Release hydraulic circuit pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 3360.)

12. Connect hydraulic hose.

11. Install counterweight slow return valve.

13. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) 14. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) 15. Lower hydraulic counterweight removal device. 16. Install counterweight. See Counterweight Remove and Install. (Group 1749.) 17. Operate machine and check for leaks.

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

8. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hose (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs. RH60123,00022FC -19-19NOV15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-74

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=336

Hydraulic System

Counterweight Shutoff Valve Remove and Install—If Equipped SPECIFICATIONS 500 L 132.1 gal

TX1097737A —UN—12SEP11

Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

Counterweight Shutoff Valve and Hoses 1— Hydraulic Hose 2— Fitting 3— Lock Nut

and plugs. See Counterweight Removal System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.)

3. Release hydraulic circuit pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 3360.) IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position. 4. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) 5. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

6. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1 and 4). Close all openings using caps

4— Hydraulic Hose 5— Fitting 6— Counterweight Shutoff Valve

7. Loosen lock nut (3). 8. Remove counterweight shutoff valve (6) as an assembly with fittings (2 and 5). 9. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 10. Install counterweight shutoff valve assembly. 11. Connect hydraulic hoses. See Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-15.) 12. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) 13. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) 14. Operate machine and check for leaks. RH60123,00022F5 -19-23MAR18-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-75

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=337

Hydraulic System

Counterweight Check Valve Remove and Install—If Equipped SPECIFICATIONS 500 L 132.1 gal

TX1097742A —UN—13SEP11

Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

Counterweight Check Valve Hoses and Fittings 1— Hydraulic Hose 2— Hydraulic Hose 3— Hydraulic Hose 4— Hydraulic Hose

5— Hydraulic Hose 10— Counterweight Check Valve B69— Counterweight Lever Pressure Sensor (if equipped)

and plugs. See Counterweight Removal System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.)

IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position.

7. Install identification tags and disconnect counterweight lever pressure sensor (if equipped) (B69).

4. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) 5. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

6. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1—5). Close all openings using caps Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-76

RH60123,00022F6 -19-23MAR18-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=338

Hydraulic System

8. Remove cap screws (11) to remove counterweight check valve (10). 9. Repair or replace parts as necessary. TX1097743A —UN—12SEP11

10. Install counterweight check valve and cap screws. 11. Connect hydraulic hoses. See Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-15.) 12. Connect counterweight lever pressure sensor (if equipped). 13. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) 14. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.)

Counterweight Check Valve Mounting Cap Screws 10— Counterweight Check Valve

11— Cap Screw (2 used)

15. Operate machine and check for leaks. RH60123,00022F6 -19-23MAR18-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-77

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=339

Hydraulic System

Control Valve Remove and Install 500 L 132.1 gal

Control Valve (1) Weight (approximate)

430 kg 948 lb

Cap Screw (11) Torque

400 N·m 295 lb·ft TX1097199A —UN—07SEP11

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Tank Capacity

Control Valve

2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

1— Control Valve

2— Hydraulic Hose (54 used)

6. Remove swing motor panels. See Swing Motor Panels Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 7. Install identification tags and disconnect all hydraulic hoses (2) connected to control valve (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs. See Control Valve Line Identification. (Group 9025-15.) Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-78

BE78919,000019F -19-19JUL16-1/8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=340

Hydraulic System

8. Install identification tags and disconnect sensors (B30, B61, and B67). See Control Valve Harness (W43) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) B67— Bucket Dump Pressure Sensor W43—Control Valve Harness

TX1097201A —UN—07SEP11

1— Control Valve B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor B61— Arm Out Pressure Sensor

Control Valve (front view) BE78919,000019F -19-19JUL16-2/8

9. Install identification tags and disconnect sensors (B31, B63, and B56). See Control Valve Harness (W43) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) B63— Boom Down Pressure Sensor B56— Bucket Curl Pressure Sensor

TX1219582A —UN—20JUL16

1— Control Valve B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor

Control Valve (bottom view) Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-79

BE78919,000019F -19-19JUL16-3/8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=341

Hydraulic System

10. Install identification tags and disconnect solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Control Valve Harness (W43) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Y50— Boom Overload Relief Solenoid Y51— Swing Flow Rate Solenoid

TX1097205A —UN—07SEP11

1— Control Valve 3— Solenoid Valve Manifold (2-spool)

Solenoid Valve Manifold (2-spool) BE78919,000019F -19-19JUL16-4/8

NOTE: It is not necessary to disconnect hydraulic hoses from pilot signal manifold. 11. Remove cap screws (4). Secure pilot signal manifold (5) and bracket (6) aside. 6— Bracket

TX1097202A —UN—07SEP11

4— Cap Screw (6 used) 5— Pilot Signal Manifold

Pilot Signal Manifold Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-80

BE78919,000019F -19-19JUL16-5/8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=342

Hydraulic System

12. Remove cap screws (7) and secure bracket (8) aside. 8— Bracket

TX1097203A —UN—07SEP11

7— Cap Screw (2 used)

Bracket BE78919,000019F -19-19JUL16-6/8

13. Install eyebolts (9) and attach appropriate lifting device (10) to support control valve. 10— Lifting Device

TX1097208A —UN—07SEP11

1— Control Valve 9— Eyebolt (2 used)

Control Valve Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-81

BE78919,000019F -19-19JUL16-7/8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=343

Hydraulic System

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 14. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cap screws (11) and control valve.

TX1097297A —UN—07SEP11

Specification Control Valve (1)—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 430 kg 948 lb

15. Repair and replace as necessary. See Control Valve Halves Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) 16. Install control valve and cap screws (11). Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Cap Screw (11)—Torque................................................................................400 N·m 295 lb·ft

Mount 1— Control Valve 11— Cap Screw (4 used)

17. Install caps screws (7) and brackets.

12— Mount

18. Install pilot signal manifold and bracket. 19. Connect solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Control Valve Harness (W43) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 20. Connect sensors (B30, B31, B56, B61, B63, and B67). See Control Valve Harness (W43) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 21. Connect all hydraulic hoses to control valve. See Control Valve Line Identification. (Group 9025-15.) 22. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

23. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pumps will be damaged if not filled with oil before starting. Procedure must be performed to fill pump housings whenever oil has been drained from pumps or hydraulic oil tank. 24. If hydraulic oil tank was drained, perform pump start-up procedure. See Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.) 25. Operate machine and check for leaks. Verify all machine functions operate correctly. See Operational Checkout. (Group 9005-10.) 26. Install swing motor panels. See Swing Motor Panels Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) BE78919,000019F -19-19JUL16-8/8

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-82

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=344

Hydraulic System

Control Valve Halves Disassemble and Assemble

SPECIFICATIONS Socket Head Cap Screw Torque

250 N·m 184 lb·ft

1. Remove control valve. See Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

3. Remove socket head cap screws and washers (3 and 4) from right control valve housing (4-spool) (2).

TX1097215 —UN—02SEP11

2. Remove socket head cap screw and washer (3) from left control valve housing (5-spool) (1).

4. Remove left control valve housing from right control valve housing. 5. Remove O-rings (5—9) from left control valve housing. 6. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble and see Right Control Valve (4-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

CV Housing

7. Install O-rings. Apply grease to hold O-rings in place.

Specification Socket Head Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................250 N·m 184 lb·ft

TX1097216 —UN—02SEP11

8. Install socket head cap screws and washers to both sides of control valve housing. Tighten to specification.

9. Install control valve. See Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) 6— O-Ring 7— O-Ring (2 used) 8— O-Ring (5 used) 9— O-Ring (6 used)

3 Socket Head Cap Screws and Washers

7 8

8 9

9 6 9 8

TX1097217 —UN—02SEP11

1— Left Control Valve Housing (5-spool) 2— Right Control Valve Housing (4-spool) 3— Socket Head Cap Screw and Washer (8 used) 4— Socket Head Cap Screw and Washer (6 used) 5— O-Ring (2 used)

O-Ring Locations DV53278,0000AA3 -19-24AUG15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-83

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=345

Hydraulic System

Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS Left Control Valve (5-spool) Weight

215 kg 475 lb

Check Valve (lift check)—Arm 1 Regenerative Plug Torque

350 N·m 258 lb·ft

Check Valve Plug Torque

180 N·m 133 lb·ft

Check Valve (lift check)—Left Travel Power Passage Plug Torque

350 N·m 258 lb·ft

Main Relief Valve Isolation Check Valve (5-spool) Plug Torque

350 N·m 258 lb·ft

Check Valve (boom 2 regenerative circuit) Plug Torque

80 N·m 59 lb·ft

Check Valve (lift check)—Boom 2 Power Circuit Plug Torque

350 N·m 258 lb·ft

Bypass Shutoff Valve Plug Torque

250 N·m 184 lb·ft

Check Valve (lift check)—Auxiliary Neutral Passage Plug Torque

350 N·m 258 lb·ft

Check Valve (lift check)—Left Travel Neutral Passage Plug Torque

350 N·m 258 lb·ft

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-84

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-1/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=346

Hydraulic System

95 7 8

9 8 10

7 8

8 11 94

13 14

16 17

104

74 18

82 19 20 21

107

34 33 22

7 8

30 23 24

9 8 110

25 7 8

8 27

30 33

31 30 28

TX1203475 —UN—14OCT15

TX1203475 Left Control Valve Spools (5-spool)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-85

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-2/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=347

Hydraulic System 7— Cap Screw (5 used) 8— Guide (10 used) 9— Spring (5 used) 10— Spool (swing) 11— Spool (arm 1) 12— Check Valve 13— Spring 14— Spacer 15— O-Ring 16— Backup Ring 17— Plug 18— Spool (boom 2)

19— Check Valve 20— Spring 21— Spacer 22— O-Ring 23— Backup Ring 24— Plug 25— Spool (auxiliary) 26— Spool (left travel) 27— Cover (pilot cap) 28— Socket Head Cap Screw (6 used)

29— O-Ring (5 used) 30— Socket Head Cap Screw (6 used) 31— Socket Head Cap Screw (3 used) 32— Cover (pilot cap) 33— Cover (pilot cap) (2 used) 34— O-Ring (5 used) 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool)

82— Boom Regenerative Valve 94— Arm Regenerative Valve 95— Swing Spool 97— Arm 1 Spool 104— Boom 2 Spool 107— Auxiliary Spool 110— Left Travel Spool

For locations of control valve components, see Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 1. Attach appropriate lifting device to left control valve (5-spool) (74) housing.

3. Remove socket head cap screws (28) to remove cover (27) and O-rings (29) from left control valve (5-spool) (74).

Specification Left Control Valve (5-spool)—Weight......................................................................... 215 kg 475 lb

4. Remove socket head cap screws (30 and 31) to remove covers (32 and 33) and O-rings (34).

2. Remove left control valve (5-spool). See Control Valve Halves Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

Swing Spool (95) Disassemble NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of the spool is for inspection purposes only.

IMPORTANT: The spools are select fitted to the bores in control valve and are a different design for each function. The spools need to be installed into same bores from which they were removed. Spools must be installed into proper bores for proper operation of machine. 1. Remove swing spool (95) from left control valve housing by slowly rotating as it is removed. 2. Remove cap screw (7) from spool (10) to remove guides (8) and spring (9).

Swing Spool 7— Cap Screw 8— Guide (2 used) 9— Spring

10— Spool (swing) 95— Swing Spool

3. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

TX1203476 —UN—14OCT15

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-3/33

33-3360-86

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-4/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=348

Hydraulic System Arm 1 Spool (97) Disassemble

TX1203477 —UN—14OCT15

NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of the spool is for inspection purposes only.

97 94

14 15

12 13

16 17

1. Remove arm 1 spool (97) from left control valve housing by slowly rotating as it is removed.

Arm 1 Spool

2. Remove plug (17) to remove O-ring (15), backup ring (16), spacer (14), spring (13), and check valve (12).

7— Cap Screw 8— Guide (2 used) 9— Spring 11— Spool (arm 1) 12— Check Valve 13— Spring

3. Remove cap screw (7) from spool (11) to remove guides (8) and spring (9). 4. Inspect parts for wear or damage.

14— Spacer 15— O-Ring 16— Backup Ring 17— Plug 94— Arm Regenerative Valve 97— Arm 1 Spool BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-5/33

NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of the spool is for inspection purposes only. IMPORTANT: The spools are select fitted to the bores in control valve and are a different design for each function. The spools need to be installed into same bores from which they were removed. Spools must be installed into proper bores for proper operation of machine.

3. Remove cap screw (7) from spool (18) to remove guides (8) and spring (9). 4. Inspect parts for wear or damage.

19 20

21 22

23 24

Boom 2 Spool 7— Cap Screw 8— Guide (2 used) 9— Spring 18— Spool (boom 2) 19— Check Valve 20— Spring Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

104

1. Remove boom 2 spool (104) from left control valve housing by slowly rotating as it is removed. 2. Remove plug (24) to remove O-ring (22), backup ring (23), spacer (21), spring (20), and check valve (19).

TX1203478 —UN—14OCT15

Boom 2 Spool (104) Disassemble

33-3360-87

21— Spacer 22— O-Ring 23— Backup Ring 24— Plug 82— Boom Regenerative Valve 104— Boom 2 Spool BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-6/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=349

Auxiliary Spool (107) Disassemble NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of the spool is for inspection purposes only.

107

IMPORTANT: The spools are select fitted to the bores in control valve and are a different design for each function. The spools need to be installed into same bores from which they were removed. Spools must be installed into proper bores for proper operation of machine. 1. Remove auxiliary spool (107) from left control valve housing by slowly rotating as it is removed. 2. Remove cap screw (7) from spool (25) to remove guides (8) and spring (9).

TX1203479 —UN—14OCT15

Hydraulic System

Auxiliary Spool 7— Cap Screw 8— Guide (2 used) 9— Spring

25— Spool (auxiliary) 107— Auxiliary Spool

3. Inspect parts for wear or damage.

Left Travel Spool (110) Disassemble NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of the spool is for inspection purposes only.

110

IMPORTANT: The spools are select fitted to the bores in control valve and are a different design for each function. The spools need to be installed into same bores from which they were removed. Spools must be installed into proper bores for proper operation of machine. 1. Remove left travel spool (110) from left control valve housing by slowly rotating as it is removed. 2. Remove cap screw (7) from spool (26) to remove guides (8) and spring (9).

Left Travel Spool 7— Cap Screw 8— Guide (2 used) 9— Spring

26— Spool (left travel) 110— Left Travel Spool

3. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

TX1203480 —UN—14OCT15

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-7/33

33-3360-88

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-8/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=350

Hydraulic System Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valves

49 48 168

40 38

36 41

102

39 37 35

33 34 37 39

43 38

44 48

41 42 45

103

136

TX1199608

TX1199608 —UN—17AUG15

137

Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valves

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-89

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-9/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=351

Hydraulic System 33— O-Ring (5 used) 34— Backup Ring (5 used) 35— O-Ring (5 used) 36— Sleeve (5 used) 37— Poppet (5 used) 38— Piston (5 used) 39— Spring (5 used) 40— O-Ring (5 used)

41— Backup Ring (10 used) 42— O-Ring (5 used) 43— Spring (5 used) 44— Valve Seat (5 used) 45— Poppet (5 used) 46— Spring (5 used) 47— O-Ring (5 used) 48— Adjusting Screw (5 used)

49— Nut (5 used) 137— Boom 2 Circuit Relief and 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) Anticavitation Valve 102— Arm In Circuit Relief and 168— Auxiliary Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Anticavitation Valve 103— Arm Out Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 136— Auxiliary Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

Auxiliary Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valves (136 and 168) Disassemble

48 46 45

43 41 40 38

49 47

TX1199610 —UN—14AUG15

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-10/33

36 35 33

136

NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of auxiliary circuit relief and anticavitation valves (136 and 168) is for inspection purposes only.

168

1. Remove auxiliary circuit relief and anticavitation valves (136 and 168) from left control valve. 2. Remove O-rings (33 and 35) and backup ring (34) from auxiliary circuit relief and anticavitation valves. 3. Remove sleeve (36) from valve seat (44). 4. Remove poppet (37), piston (38), and spring (39) from sleeve. 5. Remove O-rings (40 and 42), backup rings (41), and spring (43) from valve seat.

42 41 39 37

Auxiliary Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 33— O-Ring 34— Backup Ring 35— O-Ring 36— Sleeve 37— Poppet 38— Piston 39— Spring 40— O-Ring 41— Backup Ring (2 used) 42— O-Ring

6. Remove nut (49), adjusting screw (48), O-ring (47), spring (46), and poppet (45) from top of valve seat.

43— Spring 44— Valve Seat 45— Poppet 46— Spring 47— O-Ring 48— Adjusting Screw 49— Nut 136— Auxiliary Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 168— Auxiliary Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

7. Inspect parts for wear or damage.

Boom 2 Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve (137) Disassemble NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of boom 2 circuit relief and anticavitation valve (137) is for inspection purposes only.

43 41 40 38

49 47

36 35 33

137

1. Remove boom 2 circuit relief and anticavitation valve (137) from left control valve.

42 41 39 37

Boom 2 Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

2. Remove O-rings (33 and 35) and backup ring (34) from boom 2 circuit relief and anticavitation valve. 3. Remove sleeve (36) from valve seat (44). 4. Remove poppet (37), piston (38), and spring (39) from sleeve. 5. Remove O-rings (40 and 42), backup rings (41), and spring (43) from valve seat.

48 46 45

TX1199611 —UN—14AUG15

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-11/33

33— O-Ring 34— Backup Ring 35— O-Ring 36— Sleeve 37— Poppet 38— Piston 39— Spring 40— O-Ring 41— Backup Ring (2 used)

42— O-Ring 43— Spring 44— Valve Seat 45— Poppet 46— Spring 47— O-Ring 48— Adjusting Screw 49— Nut 137— Boom 2 Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

6. Remove nut (49), adjusting screw (48), O-ring (47), spring (46), and poppet (45) from top of valve seat. 7. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-90

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-12/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=352

Arm In/Out Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valves (102 and 103) Disassemble

43 41 40 38

49 47

36 35 33

102

NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of arm in/out relief and anticavitation valves (102 and 103) is for inspection purposes only.

103

1. Remove arm in/out circuit relief and anticavitation valves (102 and 103) from left control valve.

42 41 39 37

Arm In/Out Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

2. Remove O-rings (33 and 35) and backup ring (34) from arm in/out circuit relief and anticavitation valves. 3. Remove sleeve (36) from valve seat (44). 4. Remove poppet (37), piston (38), and spring (39) from sleeve. 5. Remove O-rings (40 and 42), backup rings (41), and spring (43) from valve seat.

48 46 45

TX1199613 —UN—17AUG15

Hydraulic System

33— O-Ring 34— Backup Ring 35— O-Ring 36— Sleeve 37— Poppet 38— Piston 39— Spring 40— O-Ring 41— Backup Ring (2 used) 42— O-Ring

6. Remove nut (49), adjusting screw (48), O-ring (47), spring (46), and poppet (45) from top of valve seat.

43— Spring 44— Valve Seat 45— Poppet 46— Spring 47— O-Ring 48— Adjusting Screw 49— Nut 102— Arm In Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 103— Arm Out Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

7. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-91

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-13/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=353

Hydraulic System Check Valves and Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve

63 62

60 59

208

67 66 65 64

55 112 73 72

71 57

70 68

199 95

94 93

69 97

96 95

89 87

90 80 81 79

88 82

78 77

200

115 76

TX1199616 —UN—17AUG15

TX1199616 Check Valves and Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-92

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-14/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=354

Hydraulic System 55— Plug 56— Backup Ring (2 used) 57— O-Ring 58— Check Valve 59— Spring 60— O-Ring 61— Backup Ring 62— O-Ring 63— Plug 64— Poppet 65— Spring 66— O-Ring 67— Plug 68— Check Valve 69— Spring 70— Check Valve 71— O-Ring

72— Backup Ring 73— O-Ring 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 75— Plug 76— Backup Ring 77— O-Ring 78— Spring 79— Check Valve 80— Check Valve 81— Spring 82— O-Ring 83— Backup Ring 84— Plug 85— Plug 86— O-Ring 87— Poppet

88— Piston 115— Main Relief Valve Isolation 89— Spring Check Valve (5-spool) 90— Valve Seat 199— Auxiliary Flow Combiner 91— O-Ring Valve (valve and poppet) 92— Spring 200— Check Valve (boom 2 93— Check Valve regenerative circuit) 94— Sleeve 208— Check Valve 95— O-Ring (2 used) 96— Backup Ring 97— Spring 98— Poppet 99— Check Valve (lift check)—Arm 1 Regenerative Circuit 112— Check Valve (lift check)—Left Travel Power Passage

Check Valve (Lift Check)—Arm 1 Regenerative Circuit (99) Disassemble and Assemble

1. Remove plug (63) from left control valve.

2. Remove spring (59) and check valve (58) from left control valve. 3. Remove O-rings (60 and 62) and backup ring (61) from plug.

TX1199620 —UN—14AUG15

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-15/33

Check Valve (lift check)—Arm 1 Regenerative Circuit

4. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

58— Check Valve 59— Spring 60— O-Ring 61— Backup Ring

5. Install backup ring and O-rings to plug. 6. Install check valve and spring.

62— O-Ring 63— Plug 99— Check Valve (lift check)—Arm 1 Regenerative Circuit

7. Install plug. Tighten plug to specification. Specification Check Valve (lift check)—Arm 1 Regenerative Plug—Torque...............................................................................350 N·m 258 lb·ft

Check Valve (208) Disassemble and Assemble

1. Remove plug (67) from left control valve.

208

2. Remove spring (65) and poppet (64) from left control valve. 3. Remove O-ring (66) from plug. 4. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

TX1199621 —UN—14AUG15

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-16/33

Check Valve

5. Install O-ring to plug. 64— Poppet 65— Spring 66— O-Ring

6. Install poppet and spring. 7. Install plug. Tighten plug to specification.

67— Plug 208— Check Valve

Specification Check Valve Plug—Torque...............................................................................180 N·m 133 lb·ft Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-93

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-17/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=355

Hydraulic System

1. Remove plug (55) from left control valve.

TX1199624 —UN—14AUG15

Check Valve (Lift Check)—Left Travel Power Passage (112) Disassemble and Assemble

73 72 71 56 57 56 70 69 68

112

2. Remove check valve (68), spring (69), and check valve (70) from left control valve. 3. Remove backup rings (56 and 72) and O-rings (57, 71, and 73) from plug.

Check Valve (lift check)—Left Travel Power Passage

4. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

55— Plug 56— Backup Ring (2 used) 57— O-Ring 68— Check Valve 69— Spring

5. Install O-rings and backup rings to plug. 6. Install check valves and spring. 7. Install plug. Tighten plug to specification.

70— Check Valve 71— O-Ring 72— Backup Ring 73— O-Ring 112— Check Valve (lift check)—Left Travel Power Passage

Specification Check Valve (lift check)—Left Travel Power Passage Plug—Torque...............................................................................350 N·m 258 lb·ft

Main Relief Valve Isolation Check Valve (5-Spool) (115) Disassemble and Assemble

79 78

1. Remove plug (75) from left control valve.

TX1199625 —UN—14AUG15

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-18/33

115

2. Remove spring (78) and check valve (79) from left control valve. 3. Remove O-ring (77) and backup ring (76) from plug. Main Relief Valve Isolation Check Valve (5-spool)

4. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 5. Install backup ring and O-ring to plug.

75— Plug 76— Backup Ring 77— O-Ring

6. Install check valve and spring. 7. Install plug. Tighten to specification.

78— Spring 79— Check Valve 115— Main Relief Valve Isolation Check Valve (5-spool)

Specification Main Relief Valve Isolation Check Valve (5-spool) Plug—Torque...............................................................350 N·m 258 lb·ft Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-94

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-19/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=356

Check Valve (Boom 2 Regenerative Circuit) (200) Disassemble and Assemble

1. Remove plug (84) from left control valve.

84 200

2. Remove spring (81) and check valve (80) from left control valve. 3. Remove O-ring (82) and backup ring (83) from plug.

TX1199626 —UN—14AUG15

Hydraulic System

Check Valve (boom 2 regenerative circuit)

4. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 5. Install backup ring and O-ring to plug.

83— Backup Ring 84— Plug 200— Check Valve (boom 2 regenerative circuit)

80— Check Valve 81— Spring 82— O-Ring

6. Install check valve and spring. 7. Install plug. Tighten plug to specification. Specification Check Valve (boom 2 regenerative circuit) Plug—Torque.................................................................................80 N·m 59 lb·ft

Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve (Valve and Poppet) (199) Disassemble

98 97 96

94 93 91

89 88 86

NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of auxiliary flow combiner valve (valve and poppet) (199) is for inspection purposes only.

199 95 95

1. Remove plug (85) from left control valve.

TX1199628 —UN—14AUG15

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-20/33

Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve (valve and poppet)

2. Remove O-ring (86) from plug. 3. Remove spring (97) and poppet (98). 4. Remove O-rings (95) and backup ring (96) from sleeve (94). 5. Remove check valve (93), spring (92), O-ring (91), valve seat (90), spring (89), piston (88), and poppet (87).

85— Plug 86— O-Ring 87— Poppet 88— Piston 89— Spring 90— Valve Seat 91— O-Ring 92— Spring

93— Check Valve 94— Sleeve 95— O-Ring (2 used) 96— Backup Ring 97— Spring 98— Poppet 199— Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve (valve and poppet)

6. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-95

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-21/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=357

Hydraulic System Boom 2 Reduced Leakage Valve (Valve and Check Valve)

108

101

124

123 106

110 109

126

111

125 122

100 107 74

127

121 120

129 128 113 117

104 105

114

118 119

103

115

102

116

TX1199630 —UN—14AUG15

104

TX1199630 Boom 2 Reduced Leakage Valve (valve and check valve)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-96

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-22/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=358

Hydraulic System 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 100— Backup Ring 101— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 used) 102— Poppet 103— Spring 104— O-Ring (2 used)

105— O-Ring 106— Housing (boom 2 reduced leakage valve) 107— O-Ring 108— Boom 2 Reduced Leakage Valve (valve and check valve) 109— Sleeve

Boom 2 Reduced Leakage Valve (Valve and Check Valve) (108) Disassemble

110— Backup Ring 111— O-Ring 113— Spool 114— Spring 115— O-Ring 116— Plug 117— Piston 118— O-Ring 119— Plug 120— Check Valve

121— O-Ring 122— O-Ring 123— Valve Seat 124— Spring 125— Nut 126— Plug 127— O-Ring 128— Spring 129— Poppet

5. Remove plug (119) and piston (117) from housing.

NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of boom 2 reduced leakage valve (valve and check valve) (108) is for inspection purposes only.

6. Remove plug (116) and spool (113) from housing. 7. Remove O-rings (107, 111, 115, 118, and 127), backup rings (100 and 110), springs (114 and 128), and poppet (129).

1. Remove socket head cap screws (101) and boom 2 reduced leakage valve (108) from left control valve.

8. Remove O-ring (118) from plug (119).

2. Remove spring (103) and poppet (102) from left control valve.

9. Remove nut (125) to remove spring (124), valve seat (123), and check valve (120) from housing (106).

3. Remove O-rings (104 and 105) from housing (106).

10. Remove O-rings (121 and 122) from valve seat (123).

4. Remove plug (126) and sleeve (109) from housing (106).

11. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-97

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-23/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=359

Hydraulic System Arm Reduced Leakage Valve and Bypass Shutoff Valve

101

130 131

152

151

136

150 149 137

138

153 154 155

146 144 142 140

148 147 145 143 141 139

105

135 161

160

134

159

163

158 157

134

156

165

TX1199631 —UN—18AUG15

164

162

TX1199631 Arm Reduced Leakage Valve and Bypass Shutoff Valve

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-98

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-24/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=360

Hydraulic System 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 101— Arm Reduced Leakage Valve (valve and poppet) 105— Check Valve (lift check)—Boom 2 Power Circuit 130— Poppet 131— Spring 134— O-Ring (2 used)

135— Spring 136— O-Ring 137— O-Ring (3 used) 138— Housing (arm reduced leakage valve) 139— Plug 140— O-Ring 141— Spring 142— Poppet 143— Backup Ring 144— O-Ring

145— Sleeve 146— Backup Ring 147— O-Ring 148— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 used) 149— Spool 150— Spring 151— O-Ring 152— Plug 153— Plug 154— O-Ring 155— Piston 156— Plug

157— Backup Ring 158— O-Ring 159— Spring 160— Check Valve 161— Spool 162— Bypass Shutoff Valve (5-spool) 163— Sleeve 164— Piston 165— Plug

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-25/33

151 150 152

NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of arm reduced leakage valve (valve and poppet) (101) is for inspection purposes only.

154

146

3. Remove O-rings (136 and 137) from housing (138).

144 141

155

148 147

2. Remove spring (131) and poppet (130) from left control valve.

131

101

143 145 142 140 139

Arm Reduced Leakage Valve (valve and poppet)

4. Remove plug (139) and sleeve (145) from housing (138). 5. Remove O-ring (147) and backup ring (146) from sleeve. 6. Remove O-rings (140 and 144), backup ring (143), spring (141), and poppet (142). 7. Remove plug (153) and piston (155) from arm reduced leakage valve housing. 8. Remove O-ring (154) from plug. 9. Remove plug (152), spring (150), and spool (149) from arm reduced leakage valve housing.

101— Arm Reduced Leakage Valve (valve and poppet) 130— Poppet 131— Spring 136— O-Ring 137— O-Ring (3 used) 138— Housing (arm reduced leakage valve) 139— Plug 140— O-Ring 141— Spring 142— Poppet 143— Backup Ring 144— O-Ring

145— Sleeve 146— Backup Ring 147— O-Ring 148— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 used) 149— Spool 150— Spring 151— O-Ring 152— Plug 153— Plug 154— O-Ring 155— Piston

11. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

130

138 153

1. Remove socket head cap screws (148) and arm reduced leakage valve (valve and poppet) (101) from left control valve.

10. Remove O-ring (151) from plug.

149 137 136

TX1199633 —UN—14AUG15

Arm Reduced Leakage Valve (Valve and Poppet) (101) Disassemble

33-3360-99

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-26/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=361

Check Valve (Lift Check)—Boom 2 Power Circuit (105) Disassemble and Assemble

156

157

158 159

1. Remove plug (156) from left control valve.

160

105

2. Remove spring (159) and check valve (160) from left control valve. 3. Remove O-ring (158) and backup ring (157) from plug.

TX1199634 —UN—18AUG15

Hydraulic System

Check Valve (lift check)—Boom 2 Power Circuit

4. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 5. Install backup ring and O-ring to plug.

105— Check Valve (lift check)—Boom 2 Power Circuit 156— Plug 157— Backup Ring

6. Install check valve and spring. 7. Install plug. Tighten to specification.

158— O-Ring 159— Spring 160— Check Valve

Specification Check Valve (lift check)—Boom 2 Power Circuit Plug—Torque...................................................................350 N·m 258 lb·ft

Bypass Shutoff Valve (5-Spool) (162) Disassemble and Assemble

134

1. Remove plug (165) from left control valve. 2. Remove spool (161) and spring (135) from left control valve.

163

161

164

134

135

162 165

3. Remove piston (164), sleeve (163), and O-ring (134) from plug.

TX1199635 —UN—14AUG15

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-27/33

Bypass Shutoff Valve (5-spool)

4. Remove O-ring (134) from sleeve.

134— O-Ring (2 used) 135— Spring 161— Spool 162— Bypass Shutoff Valve (5-spool)

5. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 6. Install O-ring to sleeve.

163— Sleeve 164— Piston 165— Plug

7. Install O-ring, sleeve, and piston to plug. 8. Install spring and spool. 9. Install plug. Tighten to specification. Specification Bypass Shutoff Valve Plug—Torque...............................................................................250 N·m 184 lb·ft Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-100

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-28/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=362

Hydraulic System Flow Rate Control Valves and Check Valves

74 196

159 198 189 187

197

188 183

186 182 181

184

193 191 192

190

195

194

177

98 179

195

193 192

185

181 182

178

167 168

180 183

191

166 187

190

170

184

194

189

186 188

169

203

167 168

172 170

166 169 171 TX1199636 —UN—14AUG15

111

TX1199636 Flow Rate Control Valves and Check Valves

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-101

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-29/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=363

Hydraulic System 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 167— Spring (2 used) 98— Arm 1 Flow Rate Control 168— Check Valve (2 used) Valve (valve and poppet) 169— O-Ring (2 used) 111— Check Valve (lift 170— Backup Ring (2 used) check)—Left Travel Neutral 171— Plug Passage 172— Plug 159— Swing Flow Rate Control 177— Poppet Valve (valve and poppet) 178— Check Valve 166— Check Valve (2 used) 179— Spring 180— Piston 181— O-Ring (2 used) 182— O-Ring (2 used)

183— Plug (2 used) 184— O-Ring (2 used) 185— Flow Rate Control Valve Housing (2 used) 186— Check Valve (2 used) 187— Spring (2 used) 188— O-Ring (2 used) 189— Plug (2 used) 190— Socket Head Cap Screw (8 used) 191— Spool (2 used)

192— Guide (2 used) 193— Spring (2 used) 194— O-Ring (2 used) 195— Plug (2 used) 196— Check Valve 197— Spring 198— Piston 203— Check Valve (lift check)—Auxiliary Neutral Passage

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-30/33

189 187

NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of swing flow rate control valve (valve and poppet) (159) is for inspection purposes only. 1. Remove socket head cap screws (190) and swing flow rate control valve (valve and poppet) (159) from left control valve.

6. Remove plug (183) from housing (185). 7. Remove O-ring (184) from plug. 8. Remove plug (189), spring (187), and check valve (186) from housing. 9. Remove O-ring (188) from plug.

198 182

183 184

159

181 194 191 190

3. Remove O-rings (181 and 182) from housing (185).

5. Remove O-ring (194) from plug.

185

186

2. Remove piston (198), spring (197), and check valve (196) from left control valve.

4. Remove plug (195), spring (193), guide (192), and spool (191) from housing.

196 197

188

TX1199637 —UN—24AUG15

Swing Flow Rate Control Valve (Valve and Poppet) (159) Disassemble

192

193

195

Swing Flow Rate Control Valve (valve and poppet) 159— Swing Flow Rate Control Valve (valve and poppet) 181— O-Ring 182— O-Ring 183— Plug 184— O-Ring 185— Housing (flow rate control valve) 186— Check Valve 187— Spring 188— O-Ring 189— Plug

190— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 used) 191— Spool 192— Guide 193— Spring 194— O-Ring 195— Plug 196— Check Valve 197— Spring 198— Piston

10. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-102

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-31/33

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=364

Hydraulic System

195 193

NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of arm 1 flow rate control valve (valve and poppet) (98) is for inspection purposes only.

194

7. Remove O-ring (184) from plug (183). 8. Remove plug (189), spring (187), and check valve (186) from housing. 9. Remove O-ring (188) from plug (189).

184

180

177

179

98 186

187 189

3. Remove O-rings (181 and 182) from housing (185).

6. Remove plug (183) from housing.

178

190 191

2. Remove piston (180), spring (179), check valve (178), and poppet (177) from left control valve.

5. Remove O-ring (194) from plug (195).

182

185

1. Remove socket head cap screws (190) and arm 1 flow rate control valve (valve and poppet) (98) from left control valve.

4. Remove plug (195), spring (193), guide (192), and spool (191) from housing.

181

192

TX1199638 —UN—17AUG15

Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Valve and Poppet) (98) Disassemble

183

188

Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (valve and poppet) 98— Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (valve and poppet) 177— Poppet 178— Check Valve 179— Spring 180— Piston 181— O-Ring 182— O-Ring 183— Plug 184— O-Ring 185— Flow Rate Control Valve Housing

186— Check Valve 187— Spring 188— O-Ring 189— Plug 190— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 used) 191— Spool 192— Guide 193— Spring 194— O-Ring 195— Plug

10. Inspect parts for wear or damage.

Check Valve (Lift Check)—Auxiliary Neutral Passage (203) Disassemble and Assemble 1. Remove plug (172) from left control valve.

169

172

167

203

2. Remove check valve (168), spring (167), and check valve (166) from left control valve.

170

168

166

3. Remove O-ring (169) and backup ring (170) from plug.

TX1199642 —UN—14AUG15

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-32/33

Check Valve (lift check)—Auxiliary Neutral Passage

4. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 5. Install backup ring and O-ring to plug.

166— Check Valve 167— Spring 168— Check Valve 169— O-Ring

6. Install check valve, spring, and check valve. 7. Install plug. Tighten to specification.

170— Backup Ring 172— Plug 203— Check Valve (lift check)—Auxiliary Neutral Passage

Specification Check Valve (lift check)—Auxiliary Neutral Passage Plug—Torque................................................................350 N·m 258 lb·ft BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-33/33

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-103

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=365

Check Valve (Lift Check)—Left Travel Neutral Passage (111) Disassemble and Assemble 1. Remove plug (171) from left control valve. 2. Remove check valve (168), spring (167), and check valve (166) from left control valve.

111 171

170 169

168

167 166

3. Remove O-ring (169) and backup ring (170) from plug.

TX1199645 —UN—14AUG15

Hydraulic System

Check Valve (lift check)—Left Travel Neutral Passage

4. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 5. Install backup ring and O-ring to plug. 6. Install check valve, spring, and check valve. 7. Install plug. Tighten to specification. Specification Check Valve (lift check)—Left Travel Neutral Passage Plug—Torque...............................................................................350 N·m 258 lb·ft

111— Check Valve (lift check)—Left Travel Neutral Passage 166— Check Valve 167— Spring 168— Check Valve

169— O-Ring 170— Backup Ring 171— Plug

BD53302,0001AC8 -19-13NOV15-34/33

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-104

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=366

Hydraulic System

Right Control Valve (4-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS Right Control Valve (4-spool) Weight

215 kg 475 lb

Arm Regenerative Cut Valve Plug Torque

180 N·m 133 lb·ft

Arm Regenerative Cut Valve Torque

180 N·m 133 lb·ft

Bucket Regenerative Cut Valve Plug Torque

180 N·m 133 lb·ft

Bucket Regenerative Cut Valve Torque

180 N·m 133 lb·ft

Main Relief Valve Isolation Check Valve Plug Torque

350 N·m 258 lb·ft

Check Valve—Travel Flow Combiner Valve Plug Torque

350 N·m 258 lb·ft

Travel Flow Combiner Valve Plug Torque

250 N·m 184 lb·ft

Check Valve (lift check)—Arm 2 Neutral Passage Plug Torque

350 N·m 258 lb·ft

Bypass Shutoff Valve Plug Torque

250 N·m 184 lb·ft

Check Valve (bucket parallel lift) Plug Torque

350 N·m 258 lb·ft

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-105

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-1/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=367

Hydraulic System

73 9

45 13 14 13

13 21

40 43

14 20

13 15

18 17

16 78 11

13 14 13

13 14 39

13 35

15 33

75 30

32 29

22 28 25

TX1203214

117 24

TX1203214 —UN—14OCT15

Right Control Valve Spools (4-spool) and Main Relief Valve

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-106

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-2/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=368

Hydraulic System 7— Cover (pilot cap) 8— Cover (pilot cap) 9— Spool (arm 2) 10— Spool (boom 1) 11— Spool (bucket) 12— Spool (right travel) 13— Guide (8 used) 14— Spring (4 used) 15— Cap Screw (4 used) 16— Check Valve 17— Spring

18— Spacer 19— O-Ring 20— Backup Ring 21— Plug 22— Plug 23— O-Ring 24— Nut 25— Check Valve 26— Sleeve 27— Backup Ring 28— O-Ring 29— Nut 30— Sleeve 31— O-Ring 32— Spring 33— Piston 34— Valve Seat 35— Backup Ring

36— O-Ring 37— Spring 38— Piston 39— Poppet 40— Socket Head Cap Screw (5 used) 41— O-Ring (4 used) 42— Socket Head Cap Screw (3 used) 43— Cover (pilot cap) 44— O-Ring (4 used) 45— Socket Head Cap Screw (5 used)

73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 75— Right Travel Spool 76— Bucket Spool 78— Bucket Regenerative Valve 81— Boom 1 Spool 90— Arm 2 Spool 117— Main Relief and Power Dig Valve

For locations of control valve components, see Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

3. Remove socket head cap screws (45) to remove cover (8) and O-rings (41) from right control valve.

1. Attach appropriate lifting device to right control valve (4-spool) (73) housing. Specification Right Control Valve (4-spool)—Weight......................................................................... 215 kg 475 lb

4. Remove socket head cap screws (40 and 42) to remove covers (7 and 43) and O-rings (44).

2. Remove right control valve (4-spool). See Control Valve Halves Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

Arm 2 Spool (90) Disassemble NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of the spool is for inspection purposes only.

IMPORTANT: The spools are select fitted to the bores in control valve and are a different design for each function. The spools need to be installed into same bores from which they were removed. Spools must be installed into proper bores for proper operation of machine. 1. Remove arm 2 spool (90) from right control valve housing by slowly rotating as it is removed. 2. Remove cap screw (15) from spool (9) to remove guides (13) and spring (14).

Arm 2 Spool 9— Spool (arm 2) 13— Guide (2 used) 14— Spring

15— Cap Screw 90— Arm 2 Spool

3. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

TX1203221 —UN—08OCT15

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-3/32

33-3360-107

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-4/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=369

Hydraulic System

NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of the spool is for inspection purposes only.

TX1203222 —UN—08OCT15

Boom 1 Spool (81) Disassemble

15 81

IMPORTANT: The spools are select fitted to the bores in control valve and are a different design for each function. The spools need to be installed into same bores from which they were removed. Spools must be installed into proper bores for proper operation of machine. 1. Remove boom 1 spool (81) from right control valve housing by slowly rotating as it is removed. 2. Remove cap screw (15) from spool (10) to remove guides (13) and spring (14).

Boom 1 Spool 10— Spool (boom 1) 13— Guide (2 used) 14— Spring

15— Cap Screw 81— Boom 1 Spool

3. Inspect parts for wear or damage. BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-5/32

Bucket Spool (76) Disassemble

17 16

76 13

20 18

TX1203223 —UN—08OCT15

21 19

NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of the spool is for inspection purposes only.

Bucket Spool

1. Remove bucket spool (76) from right control valve housing by slowly rotating as it is removed.

11— Spool (bucket) 13— Guide (2 used) 14— Spring 15— Cap Screw 16— Check Valve 17— Spring

2. Remove plug (21) to remove O-ring (19), backup ring (20), spacer (18), spring (17), and check valve (16). 3. Remove cap screw (15) from spool (11) to remove guides (13) and spring (14).

18— Spacer 19— O-Ring 20— Backup Ring 21— Plug 76— Bucket Spool 78— Bucket Regenerative Valve

4. Inspect parts for wear or damage.

Right Travel Spool (75) Disassemble NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of the spool is for inspection purposes only.

1. Remove right travel spool (75) from right control valve housing by slowly rotating as it is removed.

Right Travel Spool 12— Spool (right travel) 13— Guide (2 used) 14— Spring

15— Cap Screw 75— Right Travel Spool

3. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

2. Remove cap screw (15) from spool (12) to remove guides (13) and spring (14).

TX1203225 —UN—08OCT15

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-6/32

33-3360-108

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-7/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=370

Main Relief and Power Dig Valve (117) Disassemble

NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of the main relief and power dig valve (117) is for inspection purposes only.

37 35 33 31

29 27

25 23 117

38 36 34 32 30

1. Remove main relief and power dig valve (117) from right control valve.

28 26

24 22

TX1203227 —UN—08OCT15

Hydraulic System

Main Relief and Power Dig Valve

2. Remove O-ring (31) from main relief valve. 3. Remove valve seat (34) to remove spring (37) and piston (38) from poppet (39). 4. Remove O-ring (36) and backup ring (35) from valve seat (34). 5. Remove spring (32) and piston (33). 6. Remove O-ring (28) and backup ring (27) from sleeve (26).

22— Plug 23— O-Ring 24— Nut 25— Check Valve 26— Sleeve 27— Backup Ring 28— O-Ring 29— Nut 30— Sleeve 31— O-Ring

32— Spring 33— Piston 34— Valve Seat 35— Backup Ring 36— O-Ring 37— Spring 38— Piston 39— Poppet 117— Main Relief and Power Dig Valve

7. Remove plug (22) and nut (24) to remove check valve (25) and O-ring (23). 8. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-109

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-8/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=371

Hydraulic System Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valves

161 89

85 82 50

76 83

100

77 94

99 97

54 52

90 95

49 93

92 91 48

47 87 70

66 74

72 69 67

53 55

63 79

201

53 55 64

70 63 65

68 48

67 69

55 64 54

88 74

68 70

63 65

48 67

69 71

TX1199665

80 74

TX1199665 —UN—19AUG15

Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valves

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-110

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-9/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=372

Hydraulic System 47— Spacer 48— O-Ring (3 used) 49— Nut 50— Retainer 51— Piston 52— O-Ring (5 used) 53— Backup Ring (5 used) 54— O-Ring (5 used) 55— Sleeve (5 used) 56— Poppet 57— O-Ring (2 used) 58— Backup Ring 59— Spring 60— O-Ring 61— Backup Ring 62— Plug 63— Poppet (3 used) 64— Piston (3 used)

65— Spring (3 used) 78— Backup Ring (2 used) 66— O-Ring (3 used) 79— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief 67— Backup Ring (6 used) and Anticavitation Valve 68— O-Ring (3 used) 80— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief 69— Spring (3 used) and Anticavitation Valve 70— Valve Seat (3 used) 81— Spring 71— Poppet (3 used) 82— Valve Seat 72— Spring (3 used) 83— Backup Ring 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 84— O-Ring 74— Adjusting Screw (3 used) 85— O-Ring 75— Nut (3 used) 86— Sleeve 76— Poppet 87— O-Ring 77— O-Ring 88— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

89— Boom Down Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 90— Poppet 91— Spring 92— Spacer 93— Spring 94— Piston 95— O-Ring 96— Backup Ring 97— Sleeve 98— Piston 99— O-Ring 100— Plug 161— Boom Mode Relief Valve 201— Check Valve (arm make-up)

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-10/32

Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve (80) Disassemble NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of bucket curl circuit relief and anticavitation valve (80) is for inspection purposes only.

1. Remove bucket curl circuit relief and anticavitation valve (80) from right control valve.

75 74

2. Remove O-rings (52 and 54) and backup ring (53) from bucket curl circuit relief and anticavitation valve.

66 64

54 52

68 67 65

3. Remove sleeve (55) from valve seat (70). 4. Remove poppet (63), piston (64), and spring (65) from sleeve. 5. Remove O-rings (66 and 68), backup rings (67), and spring (69) from valve seat. 6. Remove nut (75), adjusting screw (74), spring (72), and poppet (71) from top of valve seat. 7. Inspect parts for wear or damage.

Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 48— O-Ring 52— O-Ring 53— Backup Ring 54— O-Ring 55— Sleeve 63— Poppet 64— Piston 65— Spring 66— O-Ring

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

TX1199666 —UN—19AUG15

33-3360-111

67— Backup Ring (2 used) 68— O-Ring 69— Spring 70— Valve Seat 71— Poppet 72— Spring 74— Adjusting Screw 75— Nut 80— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-11/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=373

Hydraulic System

84 82 50

NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of boom down circuit relief and anticavitation valve (89) is for inspection purposes only.

86 99

2. Remove O-rings (52 and 54) and backup ring (53) from sleeve (55).

4. Remove O-rings (84, 85, and 87) and backup ring (83) from sleeve (86). 5. Remove O-ring (77) and backup rings (78). 6. Remove nut (49) to remove piston (94), spring (93), spacer (92), spring (91), and poppet (90). 7. Remove O-ring (95) and backup ring (96) from sleeve (97).

9. Inspect parts for wear or damage.

100 98

3. Remove sleeve (86) from sleeve (55) to remove valve seat (82), spring (81), retainer (50), piston (51), and poppet (76).

8. Remove plug (100) to remove piston (98) and O-ring (99).

85 83 81 51 77

161 89

1. Remove boom down circuit relief and anticavitation valve (89) from right control valve.

96 94 92

54 52

49 47

93 91

TX1199667 —UN—14AUG15

Boom Down Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve (89) Disassemble

Boom Down Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 47— Spacer 49— Nut 50— Retainer 51— Piston 52— O-Ring 53— Backup Ring 54— O-Ring 55— Sleeve 76— Poppet 77— O-Ring 78— Backup Ring (2 used) 81— Spring 82— Valve Seat 83— Backup Ring 84— O-Ring 85— O-Ring

86— Sleeve 87— O-Ring 89— Boom Down Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 90— Poppet 91— Spring 92— Spacer 93— Spring 94— Piston 95— O-Ring 96— Backup Ring 97— Sleeve 98— Piston 99— O-Ring 100— Plug 161— Boom Mode Relief Valve BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-12/32

Check Valve (Arm Make-Up) (201) Disassemble

1. Remove check valve (arm make-up) (201) from right control valve. 2. Remove O-rings (52 and 54) and backup ring (53) from sleeve (55).

3. Remove plug (62), spring (59), poppet (56), O-rings (57), and backup ring (58) from sleeve.

52— O-Ring 53— Backup Ring 54— O-Ring 55— Sleeve 56— Poppet 57— O-Ring (2 used)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

59 60

Check Valve (arm make-up)

4. Remove O-ring (60) and backup ring (61) from plug. 5. Inspect parts for wear or damage.

TX1199669 —UN—14AUG15

201

NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of the check valve (arm make-up) (201) is for inspection purposes only.

33-3360-112

58— Backup Ring 59— Spring 60— O-Ring 61— Backup Ring 62— Plug 201— Check Valve (arm make-up) BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-13/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=374

Hydraulic System Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve (79) Disassemble NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of bucket dump circuit relief and anticavitation valve (79) is for inspection purposes only.

1. Remove bucket dump circuit relief and anticavitation valve (79) from right control valve.

75 74

2. Remove O-rings (52 and 54) and backup ring (53) from sleeve (55).

66 64

54 52

68 67 65

3. Remove sleeve from valve seat (70). 4. Remove poppet (63), piston (64), and spring (65) from sleeve. 5. Remove spring (69), O-rings (66 and 68), and backup rings (67) from valve seat. 6. Remove nut (75), adjusting screw (74), spring (72), and poppet (71). 7. Inspect parts for wear or damage.

TX1199671 —UN—19AUG15

Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 48— O-Ring 52— O-Ring 53— Backup Ring 54— O-Ring 55— Sleeve 63— Poppet 64— Piston 65— Spring 66— O-Ring

67— Backup Ring (2 used) 68— O-Ring 69— Spring 70— Valve Seat 71— Poppet 72— Spring 74— Adjusting Screw 75— Nut 79— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-14/32

Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve (88) Disassemble NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of boom up circuit relief and anticavitation valve (88) is for inspection purposes only.

1. Remove boom up circuit relief and anticavitation valve (88) from right control valve. 2. Remove O-rings (52 and 54) and backup ring (53) from sleeve (55).

75 74

66 64

54 52

68 67 65

Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 48— O-Ring 52— O-Ring 53— Backup Ring 54— O-Ring 55— Sleeve 63— Poppet 64— Piston 65— Spring 66— O-Ring

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

TX1199672 —UN—19AUG15

33-3360-113

67— Backup Ring (2 used) 68— O-Ring 69— Spring 70— Valve Seat 71— Poppet 72— Spring 74— Adjusting Screw 75— Nut 88— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-15/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=375

Hydraulic System Bypass Shutoff Valve and Check Valves

126 115

113 111 114

112

124

127 129

122

120

130

109

132

123

125

128 110

135

131 133

119

127 117

121

129

136 130

111 118

132 138

128

112

166

134

135

131 137

134 136 114

113

116

115 107

TX1199679

TX1199679 —UN—14AUG15

111 112

Bypass Shutoff Valve and Check Valves

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-114

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-16/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=376

Hydraulic System 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 113— O-Ring (2 used) 77— Bucket Regenerative Cut 114— Backup Ring (2 used) Valve 115— O-Ring (2 used) 92— Check Valve (lift 116— Main Relief Valve Isolation check)—Arm 2 Neutral Check Valve (4-spool) Passage 117— O-Ring 107— Plug 118— Backup Ring 109— Spool 119— Plug 110— Spacer 120— Travel Flow Combiner 111— Check Valve (3 used) Valve 112— Spring (3 used)

121— Check Valve—Travel Flow Combiner Valve Circuit 122— Spring 123— O-Ring 124— Plug 125— Spring 126— Plug 127— Retainer (2 used) 128— O-Ring (2 used) 129— Backup Ring (2 used) 130— Piston (2 used)

131— Spool (2 used) 132— O-Ring (2 used) 133— Sleeve 134— Guide (2 used) 135— O-Ring (2 used) 136— Plug (2 used) 137— Sleeve 138— Spring 166— Arm Regenerative Cut Valve BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-17/32

Arm Regenerative Cut Valve (166) Disassemble and Assemble

166

127 129

2. Remove sleeve (133), spool (131), spring (125), and guide (134) from right control valve.

125

131

135

TX1199683 —UN—14AUG15

1. Remove arm regenerative cut valve (166) from right control valve.

3. Remove piston (130), backup ring (129), and O-ring (128) from retainer (127).

128 130

4. Remove O-ring (132) and plug (136) from sleeve (133). 5. Remove O-ring (135) from plug.

132

134 136

133

Arm Regenerative Cut Valve

6. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 7. Install O-ring (135) to plug (136). 8. Install plug and O-ring (132) to sleeve (133). Tighten plug to specification. Specification Arm Regenerative Cut Valve Plug—Torque.....................................................................180 N·m 133 lb·ft

125— Spring 127— Retainer 128— O-Ring 129— Backup Ring 130— Piston 131— Spool

132— O-Ring 133— Sleeve 134— Guide 135— O-Ring 136— Plug 166— Arm Regenerative Cut Valve

Specification Arm Regenerative Cut Valve—Torque.............................................................................180 N·m 133 lb·ft

9. Install O-ring (128), backup ring (129), and piston (130) to retainer (127). 10. Install guide (134), spring (125), spool (131), and retainer assembly to sleeve. 11. Install arm regenerative cut valve to right control valve. Tighten to specification.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-115

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-18/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=377

Hydraulic System Bucket Regenerative Cut Valve (77) Disassemble and Assemble

127 129

2. Remove sleeve (137), spool (131), spring (138), and guide (134) from right control valve.

138

131

135

TX1199690 —UN—14AUG15

1. Remove bucket regenerative cut valve (77) from right control valve.

3. Remove piston (130), backup ring (129), and O-ring (128) from retainer (127).

128 130

4. Remove O-ring (132) and plug (136) from sleeve (137). 5. Remove O-ring (135) from plug.

132

134 136

137

Bucket Regenerative Cut Valve

6. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 7. Install O-ring (135) to plug (136). 8. Install plug and O-ring (132) to sleeve (137). Tighten plug to specification. Specification Bucket Regenerative Cut Valve Plug—Torque.....................................................................180 N·m 133 lb·ft

77— Bucket Regenerative Cut Valve 127— Retainer 128— O-Ring 129— Backup Ring 130— Piston 131— Spool

132— O-Ring 134— Guide 135— O-Ring 136— Plug 137— Sleeve 138— Spring

Specification Bucket Regenerative Cut Valve—Torque.............................................................................180 N·m 133 lb·ft

9. Install O-ring (128), backup ring (129), and piston (130) to retainer (127). 10. Install guide (134), spring (138), spool (131), and retainer assembly to sleeve. 11. Install bucket regenerative cut valve. Tighten to specification.

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-19/32

Main Relief Valve Isolation Check Valve (4-Spool) (116) Disassemble and Assemble

116

2. Remove spring (112) and check valve (111) from right control valve.

107

3. Remove O-rings (113 and 115) and backup ring (114) from plug.

115

114 113

TX1199692 —UN—14AUG15

1. Remove plug (107) from right control valve.

111 112

4. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 5. Install backup ring and O-rings to plug. 6. Install spring and check valve.

Main Relief Valve Isolation Check Valve (4-spool)

7. Install plug. Tighten to specification. Specification Main Relief Valve Isolation Check Valve Plug—Torque...............................................................................350 N·m 258 lb·ft

107— Plug 111— Check Valve 112— Spring 113— O-Ring

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-116

114— Backup Ring 115— O-Ring 116— Main Relief Valve Isolation Check Valve (4-spool)

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-20/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=378

Check Valve—Travel Flow Combiner Valve (121) Disassemble and Assemble

119

118

117 112

1. Remove plug (119) from right control valve.

TX1199695 —UN—17AUG15

Hydraulic System

111 121

2. Remove spring (112) and check valve (111) from right control valve. 3. Remove O-ring (117) and backup ring (118) from plug. Check Valve—Travel Flow Combiner Valve

4. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 5. Install backup ring and O-ring to plug.

118— Backup Ring 119— Plug 121— Check Valve—Travel Flow Combiner Valve

111— Check Valve 112— Spring 117— O-Ring

6. Install check valve and spring. 7. Install plug. Tighten to specification. Specification Check Valve—Travel Flow Combiner Valve Plug—Torque...............................................................................350 N·m 258 lb·ft

Travel Flow Combiner Valve (120) Disassemble and Assemble

124

1. Remove plug (124) from right control valve.

122

109

120

2. Remove spring (122), spacer (110), and spool (109) from right control valve.

123

110

3. Remove O-ring (123) from plug.

TX1199697 —UN—19AUG15

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-21/32

Travel Flow Combiner Valve

4. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 5. Install O-ring to plug.

109— Spool 110— Spacer 120— Travel Flow Combiner Valve

6. Install spool, spacer, and spring.

122— Spring 123— O-Ring 124— Plug

7. Install plug. Tighten to specification. Specification Travel Flow Combiner Valve Plug—Torque.....................................................................250 N·m 184 lb·ft Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-117

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-22/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=379

Check Valve (Lift Check)—Arm 2 Neutral Passage (92) Disassemble and Assemble

126

1. Remove plug (126) from right control valve.

115 114

113

112 111

2. Remove spring (112) and check valve (111) from right control valve. 3. Remove O-rings (113 and 115) and backup ring (114) from plug. 4. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

Check Valve (lift check)—Arm 2 Neutral Passage 92— Check Valve (lift check)—Arm 2 Neutral Passage 111— Check Valve 112— Spring 113— O-Ring

5. Install backup ring and O-rings to plug. 6. Install check valve and spring. 7. Install plug. Tighten to specification.

TX1199698 —UN—17AUG15

Hydraulic System

114— Backup Ring 115— O-Ring 126— Plug

Specification Check Valve (lift check)—Arm 2 Neutral Passage Plug—Torque................................................................350 N·m 258 lb·ft Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-118

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-23/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=380

Hydraulic System Flow Rate Control Valve Assembly and Bypass Shutoff Valve (4-Spool)

186 187 188 189 190 191 93

192

182 148

184

149

168

185

152

170

183

150 172

151 174

169

176

147

180

171

181

173 175 177

145

83 146 149

167 165

151

163 159

144

160 158

148

157

164 162

150

166 156 154

155 153

TX1199700

TX1199700 —UN—17AUG15

161

Flow Rate Control Valve Assembly and Bypass Shutoff Valve (4-spool)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-119

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-24/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=381

Hydraulic System 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 145— O-Ring (4 used) 83— Boom Flow Rate Control 146— O-Ring Valve (valve and poppet) 147— O-Ring 85— Boom Reduced Leakage 148— Plug (2 used) Valve (valve and poppet) 149— O-Ring (2 used) 87— Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 150— Spring (2 used) Valve 151— Check Valve (2 used) 93— Bypass Shutoff Valve 152— Spacer (4-spool) 153— Plug 144— Socket Head Cap Screw (6 154— O-Ring used) 155— Spring 156— Guide 157— Spool 158— Plug 159— O-Ring 160— Piston

161— Backup Ring 162— O-Ring 163— Retainer 164— Backup Ring 165— O-Ring 166— Spool (boom reduced leakage valve) 167— Spring 168— Plug 169— O-Ring 170— Spring 171— Guide 172— Spool (boom flow rate control valve) 173— Poppet 174— Backup Ring Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-120

175— O-Ring 176— Check Valve 177— Valve Seat 180— Poppet 181— Spring 182— Piston 183— Check Valve 184— Spring 185— Piston 186— Spring 187— Spool 188— O-Ring 189— Sleeve 190— Piston 191— O-Ring 192— Plug BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-25/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=382

Hydraulic System Boom Flow Rate Control Valve (Valve and Poppet) (83) Disassemble

184

148 168

185

149 170

183

152

182

150

172 174

169

151 147

176

171

180

173

181

175 177

145

146 149

167 165 161 159

144

164 162

157

166

160 158

156

155

154

153

150

TX1199704 —UN—17AUG15

151

163

148

TX1199704 Boom Flow Rate Control Valve (valve and poppet) 83— Boom Flow Rate Control Valve (valve and poppet) 85— Boom Reduced Leakage Valve (valve and poppet) 87— Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve 144— Socket Head Cap Screw (6 used) 145— O-Ring (4 used) 146— O-Ring

147— O-Ring 148— Plug (2 used) 149— O-Ring (2 used) 150— Spring (2 used) 151— Check Valve (2 used) 152— Spacer 153— Plug 154— O-Ring 155— Spring 156— Guide 157— Spool 158— Plug 159— O-Ring 160— Piston

NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of the boom flow rate control valve (valve and poppet) (83) is for inspection purposes only.

173— Poppet 174— Backup Ring 175— O-Ring 176— Check Valve 177— Valve Seat 180— Poppet 181— Spring 182— Piston 183— Check Valve 184— Spring 185— Piston

4. Remove O-rings (145—147) from boom flow rate control valve. 5. Remove plugs (148) from flow rate control valve.

1. Remove socket head cap screws (144) to remove boom flow rate control valve (valve and poppet) (83) from right control valve.

6. Remove O-rings (149) from plugs. 7. Remove check valves (151) and springs (150) from boom flow rate control valve.

2. Remove spring (181) and poppet (180) from right control valve.

8. Inspect parts for wear or damage.

3. Remove piston (185), spring (184), check valve (183), and piston (182) from housing. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-121

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-26/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=383

Hydraulic System

87 173

169 171

1. Remove boom lower meter-in cut valve (87). 2. Remove valve seat (177) to remove check valve (176), O-ring (175), and backup ring (174). 3. Remove poppet (173), spool (172), guide (171), spring (170), and O-ring (169) from plug (168). 4. Inspect parts for wear or damage.

174 176

172

170

168

NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of the boom lower meter-in cut valve (87) is for inspection purposes only.

TX1199705 —UN—17AUG15

Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve (87) Disassemble

175 177

Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve 87— Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve 168— Plug 169— O-Ring 170— Spring 171— Guide 172— Spool (boom lower meter-in cut valve)

173— Poppet 174— Backup Ring 175— O-Ring 176— Check Valve 177— Valve Seat

Boom Reduced Leakage Valve (Valve and Poppet) (85) Disassemble

158

NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of the boom reduced leakage valve (valve and poppet) (85) is for inspection purposes only.

160 162

164

161

163 165

TX1199706 —UN—17AUG15

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-27/32

166

85 159

167

1. Remove plug (158) and remove O-ring (159). 2. Remove piston (160), O-rings (162 and 165), backup rings (161 and 164), retainer (163), spool (166), and spring (167). 3. Inspect parts for wear or damage.

Boom Reduced Leakage Valve (valve and poppet) 85— Boom Reduced Leakage Valve (valve and poppet) 158— Plug 159— O-Ring 160— Piston 161— Backup Ring 162— O-Ring Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-122

163— Retainer 164— Backup Ring 165— O-Ring 166— Spool (boom reduced leakage valve) 167— Spring

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-28/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=384

Bypass Shutoff Valve (4-Spool) (93) Disassemble and Assemble 1. Remove bypass shutoff valve (93) from right control valve.

192 93

2. Remove spool (187) and spring (186) from right control valve.

191

189

93— Bypass Shutoff Valve (4-spool) 186— Spring 187— Spool 188— O-Ring

5. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 6. Install O-ring (188) to sleeve.

187

Bypass Shutoff Valve (4-spool)

3. Remove piston (190), sleeve (189), and O-ring (191) from plug (192). 4. Remove O-ring (188) from sleeve.

186

188

190

TX1199707 —UN—17AUG15

Hydraulic System

189— Sleeve 190— Piston 191— O-Ring 192— Plug

7. Install O-ring (191), sleeve, and piston to plug. 8. Install spring (186) and spool (187). 9. Install plug (192). Tighten to specification.

Specification Bypass Shutoff Valve Plug—Torque...............................................................................250 N·m 184 lb·ft Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-123

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-29/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=385

Hydraulic System Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve and Check Valve

203 205 204 206 201 207

208 217

210

216 214

218

209 219

211

215 213 220

212

222

223 TX1199708 —UN—17AUG15

221

TX1199708 Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve and Check Valve

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-124

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-30/32

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=386

Hydraulic System 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 204— Spring 91— Arm 2 Flow Rate Control 205— O-Ring Valve (valve and poppet) 206— Backup Ring 201— Plug 207— Check Valve (bucket 203— Check Valve parallel lift) 208— Poppet 209— Check Valve

210— Spring 211— Piston 212— Socket Head Cap Screw (8 used) 213— Spool 214— Guide 215— Spring 216— O-Ring

217— Plug 218— O-Ring 219— O-Ring 220— Check Valve 221— Spring 222— O-Ring 223— Plug BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-31/32

217 215

NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of the arm 2 flow rate control valve (valve and poppet) (91) is for inspection purposes only.

212 213

6. Remove plug (223), spring (221), and check valve (220) from arm 2 flow rate control valve. 7. Remove O-ring (222) from plug (223). 8. Inspect parts for wear or damage.

208

210

91 220

221 223

3. Remove O-rings (218 and 219) from arm 2 flow rate control valve.

209 211

2. Remove piston (211), spring (210), check valve (209), and poppet (208) from right control valve.

5. Remove O-ring (216) from plug (217).

219

216

1. Remove socket head cap screws (212) and arm 2 flow rate control valve (valve and poppet) (91) from right control valve.

4. Remove plug (217), spring (215), guide (214), and spool (213) from arm 2 flow rate control valve.

218

214

TX1199709 —UN—17AUG15

Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve (Valve and Poppet) (91) Disassemble

222

Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve (valve and poppet) 91— Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve (valve and poppet) 208— Poppet 209— Check Valve 210— Spring 211— Piston 212— Socket Head Cap Screw (8 used) 213— Spool 214— Guide 215— Spring

216— O-Ring 217— Plug 218— O-Ring 219— O-Ring 220— Check Valve 221— Spring 222— O-Ring 223— Plug

Check Valve (Bucket Parallel Lift) (207) Disassemble and Assemble

201

1. Remove plug (201) from right control valve.

206

205

TX1199710 —UN—17AUG15

BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-32/32

204 203 207

2. Remove spring (204) and check valve (203) from right control valve. 3. Remove O-ring (205) and backup ring (206) from plug. Check Valve (bucket parallel lift)

4. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 5. Install backup ring and O-ring to plug.

201— Plug 203— Check Valve 204— Spring

6. Install check valve and spring.

205— O-Ring 206— Backup Ring 207— Check Valve (bucket parallel lift)

7. Install plug. Tighten to specification. Specification Check Valve (bucket parallel lift) Plug—Torque...............................................................................350 N·m 258 lb·ft BD53302,0001AC6 -19-13NOV15-33/32

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-125

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=387

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Oil Tank Remove and Install 500 L 132.1 gal

Hydraulic Oil Tank Weight (approximate)

450 kg 992 lb

Cap Screw (27) Torque

400 N·m 295 lb·ft

TX1097906A —UN—15SEP11

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

Hydraulic Hoses

TX1097907A —UN—15SEP11

1— Hydraulic Hose 2— Hydraulic Hose 3— Cap Screw

4— Cap Screw (2 used) 5— Washer (2 used) 6— Pump Case Drain Filter

6. Remove swing motor panels. See Swing Motor Panels Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 7. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1 and 2) from tank below hydraulic oil filters. Close all openings using caps or plugs.

9. Remove cap screws (4). Set pump case drain filter (6) aside.

8. Remove cap screw (3). Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-126

BE78919,0000198 -19-24NOV15-1/8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=388

Hydraulic System

10. Remove cap screws (7, 9, and 10). Set pilot system oil filter (8) aside. 9— Cap Screw 10— Cap Screw (2 used)

TX1097908A —UN—15SEP11

7— Cap Screw (2 used) 8— Pilot System Oil Filter

Hydraulic Oil Filter Assembly BE78919,0000198 -19-24NOV15-2/8

11. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (11—13). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 13— Hydraulic Hose

TX1097909A —UN—15SEP11

11— Hydraulic Hose 12— Hydraulic Hose

Hydraulic Hoses Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-127

BE78919,0000198 -19-24NOV15-3/8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=389

Hydraulic System

12. Disconnect couplings (14) and remove cap screws (15). 15— Cap Screw (2 used)

TX1097910A —UN—15SEP11

14— Coupling (2 used)

Hydraulic Tube Couplings Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-128

BE78919,0000198 -19-24NOV15-4/8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=390

Hydraulic System

13. Remove cap screws (19). 14. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (16—18 and 20—23). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 20— Hydraulic Hose 21— Hydraulic Hose 22— Hydraulic Hose 23— Hydraulic Hose

TX1097912A —UN—15SEP11

16— Hydraulic Hose 17— Hydraulic Hose 18— Hydraulic Hose 19— Cap Screw (2 used)

TX1097913A —UN—15SEP11

Hydraulic Hoses

Hydraulic Hoses Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-129

BE78919,0000198 -19-24NOV15-5/8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=391

Hydraulic System

15. Remove cap screw (24).

TX1097914A —UN—15SEP11

24— Cap Screw

Cap Screw BE78919,0000198 -19-24NOV15-6/8

16. Remove cap screws (29) and bottom access covers (31). 29— Cap Screw (11 used) 30— Washer (11 used)

31— Bottom Access Cover (2 used)

30 30 29

TX1097964 —UN—03AUG12

Bottom Access Covers Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-130

BE78919,0000198 -19-24NOV15-7/8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=392

Hydraulic System

17. Remove hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B40) and cap screws (25 and 26). 18. Remove mounting cap screws (27) and spacers (28). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. TX1097915A —UN—15SEP11

19. Using appropriate lifting device, remove hydraulic oil tank. Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 450 kg 992 lb

20. Repair or replace as necessary. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor and Mounting Cap Screws 25— Cap Screw (2 used) 26— Cap Screw (6 used) 27— Mounting Cap Screw (8 used)

28— Spacer (8 used) B40— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor

21. Using appropriate lifting device, install hydraulic oil tank. Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 450 kg 992 lb

22. Install mounting cap screws (27) and spacers. Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Cap Screw (27)—Torque...............................................................................400 N·m 295 lb·ft

23. Install hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B40) and cap screws (25 and 26). 24. Install bottom access covers and cap screws (29). 25. Install cap screw (24). 26. Connect hydraulic hoses (16—18 and 20—23) and install cap screws (19).

32. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

33. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pumps will be damaged if not filled with oil before starting. Procedure must be performed to fill pump housings whenever oil has been drained from pumps or hydraulic oil tank. 34. If hydraulic oil tank was drained, perform pump start-up procedure. See Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.)

28. Connect hydraulic hoses (11—13).

35. Operate machine and check for leaks. Verify all machine functions operate correctly. See Operational Checkout. (Group 9005-10.)

29. Install pilot system oil filter (8) and cap screws (7, 9, and 10).

36. Install swing motor panels. See Swing Motor Panels Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)

27. Connect couplings and install cap screws (15).

30. Install pump case drain filter (6) and cap screws (4). 31. Connect hydraulic hoses onto tank below hydraulic oil filters and install cap screw (3). BE78919,0000198 -19-24NOV15-8/8

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-131

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=393

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Oil Tank Disassemble and Assemble 7

8 8

9 4

13 14 13 13

15 14

13 16 13

14 17 1

19 20

25 37

23 36

26 35

TX1096344 —UN—24AUG11

24 34

28 29

TX1096344

30 B40 Hydraulic Oil Tank

1— Hydraulic Oil Tank 2— Suction Filter 3— O-Ring 4— Cover 5— Pressure Release Button 6— Washer 7— Cap Screw (4 used) 8— Cover (2 used) 9— Cap Screw (26 used) 10— Spring (2 used) 11— Flow Control Hydraulic Valve (2 used)

21— Pipe 12— Filter Element (2 used) 22— Cap Screw 13— Pipe Plug (4 used) 23— Level Gauge 14— Elbow Fitting (3 used) 24— Cap Screw (4 used) 15— Elbow Fitting 25— Washer (4 used) 16— Elbow Fitting 26— Pipe 17— Fitting Plug 18— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Bypass 27— Adapter Fitting 28— Hand-Operated Valve Valve 29— Pipe Plug 19— O-Ring 30— Gasket 20— O-Ring 31— Hose Clamp (2 used) 32— Hose

33— Cap Screw (8 used) 34— Spacer (8 used) 35— Cap Screw (6 used) 36— O-Ring 37— Cap Screw (2 used) B40— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor

1. Remove metal access covers (8). Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-132

BE78919,0000199 -19-17NOV15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=394

Hydraulic System

2. Remove filter elements (12). See Replace Hydraulic Tank Oil Filter. (Operator’s Manual.)

9. Install fitting plug (17), fitting elbows (14, 15, and 16), and pipe plugs (13).

3. Remove pressure release button (5), washer (6), cap screws (9), cover (4) and suction filter (2).

10. Install hydraulic oil cooler bypass valve. See Hydraulic Oil Cooler Bypass Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

4. Remove cap screws (35) and pipe (26). 5. Remove cap screws (24) and level gauge (23).

11. Install level gauge and cap screws (24). 12. Install pipe (26) and cap screws (35).

6. Remove hydraulic oil cooler bypass valve (18). See Hydraulic Oil Cooler Bypass Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

13. Install pressure release button, washer (6), cap screws (9), cover (4) and suction filter.

7. Remove fitting plug (17), fitting elbows (14, 15, and 16), and pipe plugs (13).

14. Install filter elements. See Replace Hydraulic Tank Oil Filter. (Operator’s Manual.)

8. Repair or replace as necessary.

15. Install metal access covers (8). BE78919,0000199 -19-17NOV15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-133

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=395

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Oil Restriction Valve Remove and Install

2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

3. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

6 5

TX1204229 —UN—26OCT15

3 1 2

TX1204229 Hydraulic Oil Restriction Valve 1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Hydraulic Line

3— O-Ring 4— Hydraulic Oil Restriction Valve

4. Remove cap screws (1) and hydraulic line (2). 5. Remove O-rings (3 and 5).

5— O-Ring 6— Hydraulic Line

6. Remove hydraulic oil restriction valve (4) from hydraulic line (6). 7. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-134

BD53302,0001ADA -19-27OCT15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=396

Hydraulic System must be performed to fill pump housings whenever oil has been drained from pumps or hydraulic oil tank.

8. Install hydraulic oil restriction valve. 9. Install O-rings. 10. Install hydraulic line and cap screws. 11. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

12. If hydraulic oil tank was drained, perform pump start-up procedure. See Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.) 13. Operate machine and check for leaks.

IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pumps will be damaged if not filled with oil before starting. Procedure BD53302,0001ADA -19-27OCT15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-135

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=397

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Bypass Valve Remove and Install

2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

3. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

5 6

TX1204273 —UN—27OCT15

TX1204273 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Bypass Valve 1— Hydraulic Oil Tank 2— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Bypass Valve

3— O-Ring 4— O-Ring 5— Hydraulic Line

6— Cap Screw (4 used) 7— Coupling

4. Loosen coupling (7). 5. Remove cap screws (6) and hydraulic line (5). 6. Remove O-rings (3 and 4). 7. Remove hydraulic oil cooler bypass valve (2). 8. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. 9. Install hydraulic oil cooler bypass valve. 10. Install O-rings. 11. Install hydraulic line and cap screws. 12. Tighten coupling.

13. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pumps will be damaged if not filled with oil before starting. Procedure must be performed to fill pump housings whenever oil has been drained from pumps or hydraulic oil tank. 14. If hydraulic oil tank was drained, perform pump start-up procedure. See Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.) Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-136

BD53302,0001ADD -19-22OCT15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=398

Hydraulic System

15. Operate machine and check for leaks. BD53302,0001ADD -19-22OCT15-2/2

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Remove and Install 500 L 132.1 gal

Air Cleaner Manifold Weight (approximate)

23 kg 50 lb

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Weight (approximate)

61 kg 135 lb TX1095668A —UN—08AUG11

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

NOTE: To remove lower hydraulic oil cooler, the upper hydraulic oil cooler must be removed first. 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service safely. (Group 0001.) IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position.

Air Cleaner Manifold 1— Hose Clamp (2 used) 2— Air Cleaner-to-Air Cleaner Manifold Hose (2 used) 3— Air Cleaner Manifold-toTurbocharger Hose

2. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing.

4— Cap Screw (7 used) 5— Air Cleaner Manifold B16— Air Filter Restriction Switch

8. Loosen clamp and disconnect air cleaner manifold-to-turbocharger hose (3). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 9. Install identification tags and disconnect air filter restriction switch (B16). See Oil Cooler Harness (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

5. Open cooling package doors. See Cooling Package Door Remove and Install. (Group 1921.)

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 10. Use appropriate lifting device, remove cap screws (4) and air cleaner manifold (5). Specification Air Cleaner Manifold—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg 50 lb

6. Remove air cleaner covers and support braces. See Hood Remove and Install and see Engine Side Shields Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 7. Loosen hose clamps (1) and disconnect air cleaner-to-air cleaner manifold hoses (2). Close all openings using caps and plugs. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-137

BD53302,0001B02 -19-13NOV15-1/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=399

Hydraulic System

11. Remove cap screws (6) and upper hydraulic oil cooler covers (7). 7— Upper Hydraulic Oil Cooler Cover (3 used)

TX1095669A —UN—08AUG11

6— Cap Screw (8 used)

Upper Hydraulic Oil Cooler Covers BD53302,0001B02 -19-13NOV15-2/7

12. Remove cap screws (8) and upper hydraulic oil cooler connection plate (9). 9— Upper Hydraulic Oil Cooler Connection Plate

TX1095671A —UN—08AUG11

8— Cap Screw (6 used)

Upper Hydraulic Oil Cooler Connection Plate Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-138

BD53302,0001B02 -19-13NOV15-3/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=400

Hydraulic System

13. Remove cap screws (10) and disconnect upper hydraulic oil cooler lines (11). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 11— Upper Hydraulic Oil Cooler Line (2 used)

TX1095672A —UN—08AUG11

10— Cap Screw (4 used)

Upper Hydraulic Oil Cooler Lines BD53302,0001B02 -19-13NOV15-4/7

NOTE: It is not necessary to remove fuel coolers or condenser/dryer to remove hydraulic oil coolers. 14. Remove cap screws (12) from upper hydraulic oil cooler.

TX1095675A —UN—08AUG11

12— Cap Screw (4 used)

Upper Hydraulic Oil Cooler Mounting Cap Screws Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-139

BD53302,0001B02 -19-13NOV15-5/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=401

Hydraulic System

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 15. Using appropriate lifting device, remove upper hydraulic oil cooler. Specification Hydraulic Oil Cooler—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 61 kg 135 lb

TX1095673A —UN—08AUG11

13— Lifting Point (2 used)

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Lifting Points Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-140

BD53302,0001B02 -19-13NOV15-6/7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=402

Hydraulic System

NOTE: To remove lower hydraulic oil cooler, the upper hydraulic oil cooler must be removed. NOTE: Procedure is the same for the upper and lower hydraulic oil coolers. 16. Remove cap screws (15) from lower hydraulic oil cooler (14). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1095695A —UN—08AUG11

17. Using appropriate lifting device, remove lower hydraulic oil cooler. Specification Hydraulic Oil Cooler—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 61 kg 135 lb

18. Repair or replace parts as necessary. Lower Hydraulic Oil Cooler

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1095731A —UN—08AUG11

19. Using appropriate lifting device, install hydraulic oil coolers. Specification Hydraulic Oil Cooler—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 61 kg 135 lb

20. Install cap screws (12 and 15). 21. Connect lower and upper hydraulic lines and install cap screws (10). 22. Install upper hydraulic oil cooler connection plate and cap screws (8). 23. Install upper hydraulic oil cooler covers (7) and cap screws (6). 24. Install air cleaner manifold and cap screws (4). 25. Connect air filter restriction switch (B16). See Oil Cooler Harness (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 26. Connect air cleaner manifold-to-turbocharger hose and tighten hose clamp.

Lower Hydraulic Oil Cooler Mounting Cap Screws 14— Lower Hydraulic Oil Cooler

15— Cap Screw (4 used)

30. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

27. Connect air cleaner-to-air cleaner manifold hoses and tighten hose clamps (1).

31. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.)

28. Install air cleaner covers and support braces. See Hood Remove and Install and see Engine Side Shields Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)

32. Operate machine and check for leaks.

29. Close cooling package doors. See Cooling Package Door Remove and Install. (Group 1921.) BD53302,0001B02 -19-13NOV15-7/7

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-141

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=403

Hydraulic System

Boom Cylinder Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 555 kg 1224 lb

Boom Cylinder Pin (7) Weight (approximate)

37 kg 82 lb

Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

Boom Cylinder Pin (14) Weight (approximate)

42 kg 93 lb

Cap Screw (12) Torque

400 N·m 295 lb·ft

Cap Screw (10) Torque

140 N·m 103 lb·ft

Cap Screw (5) Torque

180 N·m 133 lb·ft

Lubrication Line Torque

30 N·m 22 lb·ft

TX1098619 —UN—23SEP11

Boom Cylinder (3) Weight (approximate)

Machine Position 1— Bucket Cylinder 2— Arm Cylinder

3— Boom Cylinder (2 used)

NOTE: Procedure is same for both boom cylinders. 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Position the machine as shown. Fully retract the bucket cylinder (1) and arm cylinder (2) and lower bucket to the ground. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-142

BE78919,00001AB -19-23NOV15-1/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=404

Hydraulic System

3. Install identification tags and disconnect lubrication hose (4) at rod end of boom cylinder. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 4. Make note of shim (9) placement for ease of assembly. Remove shim. 5. Remove cap screws (5) and retaining plate (6). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1094642A —UN—26AUG11

6. Support boom cylinder (3) with appropriate lifting device and push boom cylinder pin (7) into boom. Specification Boom Cylinder (3)—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 555 kg 1224 lb Boom Cylinder Pin (7)—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 37 kg 82 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 7. Using appropriate lifting device, lower boom cylinder rod end onto floor stand. Specification Boom Cylinder (3)—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 555 kg 1224 lb

8. Start engine. 9. Retract cylinder fully. 10. Stop engine.

Boom Cylinder Pin Rod End 3— Boom Cylinder 4— Lubrication Line 5— Cap Screw (2 used) 6— Retaining Plate

12. Release hydraulic circuit pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 3360.) IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position. 13. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.)

14. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

7— Boom Cylinder Pin 8— Washer (2 used) 9— Shim

33-3360-143

BE78919,00001AB -19-23NOV15-2/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=405

Hydraulic System

15. Install identification tags, remove cap screws (10), and disconnect hydraulic hoses (11). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 11— Hydraulic Hose (2 used)

TX1096788A —UN—26AUG11

10— Cap Screw (8 used)

Boom Cylinder Hydraulic Hoses BE78919,00001AB -19-23NOV15-3/6

16. Remove cap screw (12).

TX1096790A —UN—26AUG11

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 17. Using appropriate lifting device, remove boom cylinder pin (14). Specification Boom Cylinder Pin (14)—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 42 kg 93 lb Boom Cylinder Pin

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 18. Using appropriate lifting device, remove boom cylinder.

12— Cap Screw 13— Washer

14— Boom Cylinder Pin

Specification Boom Cylinder (3)—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 555 kg 1224 lb Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-144

BE78919,00001AB -19-23NOV15-4/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=406

Hydraulic System

19. Remove shims (15 and 16). 20. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Boom Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) 21. Install shims (15 and 16). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 22. Using appropriate lifting device, lift boom cylinder, and align cylinder head with cylinder pin bores on frame. TX1096791A —UN—26AUG11

Specification Boom Cylinder (3)—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 555 kg 1224 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 23. Using appropriate lifting device, install boom cylinder pin (14).

Boom Cylinder Shims

Specification Boom Cylinder Pin (14)—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 42 kg 93 lb

24. Install cap screw (12). Tighten cap screw to specification. Specification Cap Screw (12)—Torque...............................................................................400 N·m 295 lb·ft

25. Connect boom cylinder hydraulic hoses (11) and install cap screws (10). Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Cap Screw (10)—Torque...............................................................................140 N·m 103 lb·ft

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

15— Boom Cylinder Shim

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

28. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pumps will be damaged if not filled with oil before starting. Procedure must be performed to fill pump housings whenever oil has been drained from pumps or hydraulic oil tank. 29. If hydraulic oil tank was drained, perform pump start-up procedure. See Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.) 30. Start engine. 31. Extend cylinder rod end to align with cylinder pin bore on boom.

26. Using appropriate lifting device, lift cylinder rod end. Specification Boom Cylinder (3)—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 555 kg 1224 lb

32. Stop engine. 33. Install shim (9).

27. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

16— Boom Cylinder Shim

33-3360-145

BE78919,00001AB -19-23NOV15-5/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=407

Hydraulic System 34. Using appropriate lifting device, install boom cylinder pin (7). Specification Boom Cylinder Pin (7)—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 37 kg 82 lb

35. Install retaining plate (6) and cap screws (5). Tighten cap screws to specification.

36. Connect lubrication line. Tighten lubrication line to specification. Specification Lubrication Line—Torque.................................................................................30 N·m 22 lb·ft

37. Operate machine and check for leaks.

Specification Cap Screw (5)—Torque...............................................................180 N·m 133 lb·ft BE78919,00001AB -19-23NOV15-6/6

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-146

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=408

Hydraulic System

Boom Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble 12 13 14 15 17 14

16 15 18

20 21

19 22

2 3

4 5 6 7 TX1096127 —UN—18AUG11

8 9 10 11

TX1096127 Boom Cylinder 1— Cylinder Rod 2— Wiper Ring 3— Socket Head Cap Screw (8 used) 4— Cylinder Head 5— Backup Ring

6— O-Ring 7— Backup Ring 8— U-Ring 9— Ring 10— Bushing 11— Retaining Ring 12— Cushion Seal

13— Cushion Bearing 14— Slide Ring (2 used) 15— Slide Ring (2 used) 16— Seal Ring 17— O-Ring

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-147

18— Piston 19— Nut 20— Steel Ball 21— Set Screw 22— Cylinder Barrel

BE78919,0000168 -19-07AUG18-1/5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=409

Hydraulic System SPECIFICATIONS

2. Drain hydraulic oil from cylinder. Dispose of waste properly.

Boom Cylinder Weight (approximate)

850 kg 1874 lb

Boom Cylinder Rod Assembly Weight (approximate)

437 kg 963 lb

Boom Cylinder Barrel Weight (approximate)

359 kg 791 lb

Boom Cylinder Rod Weight (approximate)

380 kg 838 lb

5. Tap and remove cylinder head with cylinder rod together from cylinder barrel (22) using soft face hammer.

Boom Cylinder Head Weight (approximate)

57 kg 126 lb

6. Install cylinder rod to ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device.

Boom Cylinder Rod Outside Diameter (OD)

150 mm 5.9 in

7. Apply matching marks on cylinder rod and nut (19).

Nut-to-Cylinder Rod Torque

30 200 N·m 22 274 lb·ft

8. Cut away the crimped part (two places) of set screw (21) using a hand drill.

Set Screw-to-Nut Torque

100 N·m 74 lb·ft

9. Remove set screw and steel ball (20).

Socket Head Cap Screw-to-Cylinder Head Torque

1910 N·m 1409 lb·ft

3. Fully extend cylinder rod (1). 4. Remove socket head cap screws (3).

10. Remove nut from cylinder rod using ST3285 Cylinder Nut Removal and Installation Tool and ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device.

ESSENTIAL TOOLS

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device ST3285 Cylinder Nut Removal and Installation Tool ST1195 Cylinder Head Bushing Puller and Installer

11. Using appropriate lifting device, remove piston (18) from boom cylinder rod.

ST2055 Seal Ring Pushing Tool ST2054 Seal Ring Sliding Tool ST7362 Seal Ring Correcting Tool

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 1. Attach appropriate lifting device to cylinder and position horizontally on suitable workbench.

Specification Boom Cylinder Rod Assembly—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 437 kg 963 lb Boom Cylinder Barrel—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 359 kg 791 lb

Specification Boom Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 850 kg 1874 lb Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-148

BE78919,0000168 -19-07AUG18-2/5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=410

Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: Avoid cylinder damage. DO NOT reuse slide rings (14 and 15). Always replace with new slide rings when assembling. TX1096255A —UN—02SEP11

12. Using appropriate lifting device, remove slide rings (14 and 15), seal ring (16), and O-ring (17) from piston. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 13. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cushion bearing (13), cushion seal (12), and cylinder head from cylinder rod.

Piston and Rings

Specification Boom Cylinder Rod—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 380 kg 838 lb Boom Cylinder Head—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 57 kg 126 lb

14. Remove O-ring (6), backup ring (5), wiper ring (2), retaining ring (11), ring (9), U-ring (8), and backup ring (7). 15. Remove bushing (10) from cylinder head by using ST1195 Cylinder Head Bushing Puller and Installer. 16. Inspect cylinder rod, cylinder barrel outside, and inside for wear, scratches, and nicks that may cut or damage a seal or wear ring during assembly.

14— Slide Ring (2 used) 15— Slide Ring (2 used) 16— Seal Ring

17— O-Ring 18— Piston

Specification Boom Cylinder Rod—Outside Diameter (OD)............................................................................................. 150 mm 5.9 in

17. Inspect seals and bushings on both rod end and head end of cylinder for wear and damage. See Inspect Pins, Bushings, and Bosses—Front Attachment. (Group 3340.)

BE78919,0000168 -19-07AUG18-3/5

18. Check cylinder rod for curvature using V-blocks and dial indicator.

TX1095813 —UN—11AUG11

IMPORTANT: Premature component malfunction will result if components are assembled dry. Friction between nonlubricated parts generates significant heat buildup and wear. Apply clean hydraulic oil to all components while assembling. 19. Apply clean hydraulic oil onto components. 20. Install bushing to cylinder head using ST1195 Cylinder Head Bushing Puller and Installer.

Cylinder Rod on V-Blocks

21. Install retaining ring (11) to cylinder head. 22. Install ring (9) to cylinder head with lip facing bushing side.

25. Install wiper ring to cylinder head using ST2055 Seal Ring Pushing Tool and soft face hammer.

23. Install backup ring (7) to cylinder head.

26. Install O-ring (6) and backup ring (5) to cylinder head.

24. Install U-ring (8) to cylinder head with lip facing bushing side. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-149

BE78919,0000168 -19-07AUG18-4/5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=411

Hydraulic System

27. Install O-ring (17) and seal ring (16) to piston using ST2054 Seal Ring Sliding Tool. After installation, adjust seal ring using ST7362 Seal Ring Correcting Tool. TX1096255A —UN—02SEP11

28. Install slide rings (14 and 15) with their slits positioned 180° offset from each other. 29. Install cylinder head assembly to cylinder rod using ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device. 30. Install cushion seal to cylinder rod with slit facing towards piston side. 31. Install cushion bearing to cylinder rod with chamfered surface facing towards cylinder head side. 32. Install piston assembly to cylinder rod. 33. Align matching marks made during disassembly and install nut to cylinder rod using ST3285 Cylinder Nut Removal and Installation Tool and ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device. Tighten nut to specification. Specification Nut-to-Cylinder Rod—Torque..........................................................................30 200 N·m 22 274 lb·ft

34. Install ball and set screw to nut. Tighten set screw to specification. Specification Set Screw-toNut—Torque................................................................................100 N·m 74 lb·ft

Piston and Rings 14— Slide Ring (2 used) 15— Slide Ring (2 used) 16— Seal Ring

17— O-Ring 18— Piston

36. Position cylinder barrel horizontally on a suitable workbench. 37. Install cylinder rod into cylinder barrel. 38. Install cylinder head to cylinder barrel with socket head cap screws. Tighten socket head cap screws to specification. Specification Socket Head Cap Screw-to-Cylinder Head—Torque...........................................................................1910 N·m 1409 lb·ft

35. Crimp set screw in two places using a punch. BE78919,0000168 -19-07AUG18-5/5

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-150

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=412

Hydraulic System

Arm Cylinder Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 500 L 132.1 gal

Arm Cylinder (2) Weight (approximate)

1200 kg 2646 lb

Arm Cylinder Pin (11 and 16) Weight (approximate)

45 kg 99 lb

Cap Screw (8 and 13) Torque

400 N·m 295 lb·ft

Cap Screw (4) Torque

140 N·m 103 lb·ft

Lubrication Line (6 and 12) Torque

30 N·m 22 lb·ft

TX1098619 —UN—23SEP11

Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

Machine Position

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Position the machine as shown. Fully retract the bucket cylinder (1) and arm cylinder (2) and lower bucket to the ground. CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing. 3. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

1— Bucket Cylinder 2— Arm Cylinder

3— Boom Cylinder (2 used)

5. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) 6. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

4. Release hydraulic circuit pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 3360.)

7. Support arm cylinder with an appropriate lifting device during removal of arm cylinder pins.

IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position.

Specification Arm Cylinder (2)—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 1200 kg 2646 lb Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-151

BE78919,00001A7 -19-23NOV15-1/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=413

Hydraulic System

8. Remove cap screws (4). 9. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (5). Close all openings using caps and plugs. TX1097319A —UN—06SEP11

10. Install identification tags and disconnect lubrication hose (6). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 11. Remove cap screws (8) and retaining plate (10). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 12. Using appropriate lifting device, remove arm cylinder pin (11).

Arm Cylinder Pin and Hydraulic Hoses

Specification Arm Cylinder Pin (11 and 16)—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 45 kg 99 lb

2— Arm Cylinder 4— Cap Screw (8 used) 5— Hydraulic Hose (2 used) 6— Lubrication Hose

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-152

8— Cap Screw (2 used) 9— Washer (2 used) 10— Retaining Plate 11— Arm Cylinder Pin

BE78919,00001A7 -19-23NOV15-2/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=414

Hydraulic System

13. Install identification tags and disconnect lubrication line (12). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 14. Remove cap screws (13) and retaining plate (15). TX1097320A —UN—06SEP11

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 15. Connect appropriate lifting device to arm cylinder (2) using lifting straps and remove arm cylinder pin (16) at rod end. Specification Arm Cylinder (2)—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 1200 kg 2646 lb Arm Cylinder Pin (11 and 16)—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 45 kg 99 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 16. Using appropriate lifting device, remove arm cylinder (2). Specification Arm Cylinder (2)—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 1200 kg 2646 lb

17. Repair or replace arm cylinder as necessary. See Arm Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

Arm Cylinder Pin Rod End 2— Arm Cylinder 12— Lubrication Line 13— Cap Screw (2 used)

Specification Arm Cylinder Pin (11 and 16)—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 45 kg 99 lb

23. Install retaining plate (15) and cap screws (13). Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Cap Screw (13)—Torque...............................................................................400 N·m 295 lb·ft

18. Check pins and bushings for any wear. See Inspect Pins, Bushings, and Bosses—Front Attachment. (Group 3340.)

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 24. Connect appropriate lifting device, align arm cylinder pin bore, and install arm cylinder pin (11) at head end.

19. Clean pins and bores. 20. Apply grease to pins and bores. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 21. Connect appropriate lifting device to arm cylinder using lifting straps and align pin bores. Specification Arm Cylinder (2)—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 1200 kg 2646 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 22. Using appropriate lifting device, install arm cylinder pin (16) at rod end.

Specification Arm Cylinder Pin (11 and 16)—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 45 kg 99 lb

25. Install retaining plate (10) and cap screws (8). Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Cap Screw (8)—Torque...............................................................400 N·m 295 lb·ft

26. Connect hydraulic hoses and install cap screws (4). Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Cap Screw (4)—Torque...............................................................140 N·m 103 lb·ft

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

14— Washer (2 used) 15— Retaining Plate 16— Arm Cylinder Pin

33-3360-153

BE78919,00001A7 -19-23NOV15-3/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=415

Hydraulic System

27. Connect lubrication lines (6 and 12). Tighten lubrication lines to specification.

29. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.)

Specification Lubrication Line (6 and 12)—Torque...................................................................................30 N·m 22 lb·ft

IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pumps will be damaged if not filled with oil before starting. Procedure must be performed to fill pump housings whenever oil has been drained from pumps or hydraulic oil tank.

28. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

30. If hydraulic oil tank was drained, perform pump start-up procedure. See Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.) 31. Operate machine and check for leaks.

BE78919,00001A7 -19-23NOV15-4/4

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-154

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=416

Hydraulic System

TX1096059 —UN—15AUG11

Arm Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble

Arm Cylinder 1— Cylinder Rod 2— Wiper Ring 3— Cylinder Head 4— Socket Head Cap Screw (8 used) 5— Backup Ring

6— U-Ring 7— Ring 8— Bushing 9— Retaining Ring 10— Backup Ring 11— O-Ring 12— Cushion Seal

13— Cushion Bearing 14— Piston 15— Slide Ring (2 used) 16— Slide Ring (2 used) 17— Seal Ring

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-155

18— O-Ring 19— Nut 20— Steel Ball 21— Set Screw 22— Cylinder Barrel

BE78919,000016A -19-19NOV15-1/5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=417

Hydraulic System SPECIFICATIONS

2. Drain hydraulic oil from cylinder. Dispose of waste properly.

Arm Cylinder Weight (approximate)

1200 kg 2646 lb

Arm Cylinder Rod Assembly Weight (approximate)

571 kg 1259 lb

Arm Cylinder Barrel Weight (approximate)

561 kg 1237 lb

Arm Cylinder Rod Weight (approximate)

508 kg 1120 lb

5. Tap and remove cylinder head with cylinder rod together from cylinder barrel (22) using soft face hammer.

Arm Cylinder Head Weight (approximate)

63 kg 139 lb

6. Install cylinder rod to ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device.

Arm Cylinder Rod Outside Diameter (OD)

160 mm 6.3 in

7. Apply matching marks on cylinder rod and nut (19).

Nut-to-Cylinder Rod Torque

51 800 N·m 38 206 lb·ft

8. Cut away the crimped part (two places) of set screw (21) using a hand drill.

Set Screw-to-Nut Torque

180 N·m 133 lb·ft

9. Remove set screw and steel ball (20).

Socket Head Cap Screw-to-Cylinder Head Torque

1910 N·m 1409 lb·ft

3. Fully extend cylinder rod (1). 4. Remove socket head cap screws (4).

10. Remove nut from cylinder rod using ST3278 Cylinder Nut Removal and Installation Tool and ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device.

ESSENTIAL TOOLS

CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device ST3278 Cylinder Nut Removal and Installation Tool ST1195 Cylinder Head Bushing Puller and Installer

11. Using appropriate lifting device, remove piston (14) from cylinder rod.

ST2054 Seal Sliding Installing Tool ST7362 Seal Ring Correcting Tool

CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 1. Attach appropriate lifting device to cylinder and position horizontally on suitable workbench. Specification Arm Cylinder—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 1200 kg 2646 lb

Specification Arm Cylinder Rod Assembly—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 571 kg 1259 lb Arm Cylinder Barrel—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 561 kg 1237 lb

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-156

BE78919,000016A -19-19NOV15-2/5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=418

Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: Avoid cylinder damage. DO NOT reuse slide rings (15 and 16). Always replace with new slide rings when assembling. TX1096064A —UN—02SEP11

12. Remove slide rings (15 and 16), seal ring (17), and O-ring (18). CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 13. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cushion bearing (13), cushion seal (12), and arm cylinder head. Specification Arm Cylinder Rod—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 508 kg 1120 lb Arm Cylinder Head—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 63 kg 139 lb

14. Remove O-ring (11), backup ring (10), wiper ring (2), retaining ring (9), ring (7), U-ring (6), and backup ring (5).

Piston and Rings 14— Piston 15— Slide Ring (2 used) 16— Slide Ring (2 used)

17— Seal Ring 18— O-Ring

Specification Arm Cylinder Rod—Outside Diameter (OD)............................................................................................. 160 mm 6.3 in

17. Inspect seals and bushings on both rod end and head end of cylinder for wear and damage. See Inspect Pins, Bushings, and Bosses—Front Attachment. (Group 3340.)

15. Remove bushing (8) from cylinder head by using ST1195 Cylinder Head Bushing Puller and Installer. 16. Inspect cylinder rod and cylinder barrel outside and inside for wear, scratches, and nicks that may cut or damage a seal or wear ring during assembly.

BE78919,000016A -19-19NOV15-3/5

18. Check cylinder rod for curvature using V-blocks and dial indicator.

TX1095813 —UN—11AUG11

Cylinder Rod on V-Blocks

21. Install retaining ring (9). 22. Install ring (7) to cylinder head with lip facing bushing side. 23. Install backup ring (5) to cylinder head. 24. Install U-ring (6) to cylinder head with lip facing bushing side.

25. Install wiper ring to cylinder head using ST1195 Cylinder Head Bushing Puller and Installer and soft face hammer. 26. Install O-ring (11) and backup ring (10). Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-157

BE78919,000016A -19-19NOV15-4/5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=419

Hydraulic System

27. Install O-ring (18) and seal ring (17) to piston using ST2054 Seal Sliding Installing Tool. After installation, adjust seal ring using ST7362 Seal Ring Correcting Tool. TX1096064A —UN—02SEP11

28. Install slide rings (15 and 16) with their slits positioned 180° offset from each other. 29. Install cylinder head assembly to cylinder rod using ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device. 30. Install cushion seal to cylinder rod with slit facing towards piston side. Piston and Rings

31. Install cushion bearing to cylinder rod with chamfered surface facing towards cylinder head side.

14— Piston 15— Slide Ring (2 used) 16— Slide Ring (2 used)

32. Install piston assembly. 33. Align matching marks made during disassembly and install nut to cylinder rod using ST3278 Cylinder Nut Removal and Installation Tool and ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device. Tighten nut to specification. Specification Nut-to-Cylinder Rod—Torque..........................................................................51 800 N·m 38 206 lb·ft

17— Seal Ring 18— O-Ring

35. Crimp set screw in two places using a punch. 36. Position cylinder barrel horizontally on a suitable workbench. 37. Install cylinder rod into cylinder barrel. 38. Install cylinder head to cylinder barrel with socket head cap screws. Tighten socket head cap screws to specification. Specification Socket Head Cap Screw-to-Cylinder Head—Torque...........................................................................1910 N·m 1409 lb·ft BE78919,000016A -19-19NOV15-5/5

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-158

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=420

Hydraulic System

Bucket Cylinder Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 500 L 132.1 gal

Bucket Cylinder Pin (8) Weight (approximate)

104 kg 229 lb

Bucket Cylinder (1) Weight (approximate)

680 kg 1499 lb

Bucket Cylinder Pin (15) Weight (approximate)

34 kg 75 lb

Cap Screw (5 and 12) Torque

400 N·m 295 lb·ft

Lubrication Hose Torque

30 N·m 22 lb·ft

Cap Screw (9) Torque

140 N·m 103 lb·ft

TX1098619 —UN—23SEP11

Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

Machine Position 1— Bucket Cylinder 2— Arm Cylinder

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

3— Boom Cylinder (2 used)

IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position.

2. Position the machine as shown. Fully retract the bucket cylinder (1) and arm cylinder (2) and lower bucket to the ground.

5. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.)

6. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

3. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

4. Release hydraulic circuit pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 3360.)

BE78919,00001A8 -19-23NOV15-1/6

7. Install wood block (4) between bucket cylinder and arm.

TX1097331 —UN—07SEP11

4— Wood Block

Wood Block Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-159

BE78919,00001A8 -19-23NOV15-2/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=421

Hydraulic System

8. Remove cap screws (5) and pin stop (7). 6— Washer (3 used) 7— Pin Stop

TX1097338A —UN—07SEP11

1— Bucket Cylinder 5— Cap Screw (3 used)

Bucket Cylinder Pin Stop BE78919,00001A8 -19-23NOV15-3/6

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 9. Using appropriate lifting device, remove bucket cylinder pin (8). Specification Bucket Cylinder Pin (8)—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 104 kg 229 lb

TX1097339A —UN—07SEP11

8— Bucket Cylinder Pin

Bucket Cylinder Pin Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-160

BE78919,00001A8 -19-23NOV15-4/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=422

Hydraulic System

10. Install identification tags, remove cap screws (9), and disconnect hydraulic hoses (10). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 11. Install identification tags and disconnect lubrication hose (11). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 12. Remove cap screws (12) and retaining plate (14). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1097340A —UN—07SEP11

13. Attach appropriate lifting device to bucket cylinder (1) and remove bucket cylinder pin (15). Specification Bucket Cylinder (1)—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 680 kg 1499 lb Bucket Cylinder Pin (15)—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 34 kg 75 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 14. Using appropriate lifting device, remove bucket cylinder. Specification Bucket Cylinder (1)—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 680 kg 1499 lb

15. Repair or replace bucket cylinder as necessary. See Bucket Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

Bucket Cylinder Pin Hydraulic Hoses 1— Bucket Cylinder 9— Cap Screw (8 used) 10— Hydraulic Hose (2 used) 11— Lubrication Hose

20. Using appropriate lifting device, install bucket cylinder pin (15) at head end. Specification Bucket Cylinder Pin (15)—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 34 kg 75 lb

21. Install retaining plate (14) and cap screws (12). Tighten cap screws to specification.

16. Check pins and bushings for any wear. See Inspect Pins, Bushings, and Bosses—Front Attachment. (Group 3340.)

Specification Cap Screw (5 and 12)—Torque.................................................................................400 N·m 295 lb·ft

17. Clean pins and bores. 18. Apply grease to pins and bores. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 19. Support bucket cylinder with appropriate lifting device, align cylinder pin bores. Specification Bucket Cylinder (1)—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 680 kg 1499 lb

22. Connect lubrication hose. Tighten lubrication hose to specification. Specification Lubrication Hose—Torque...............................................................................30 N·m 22 lb·ft

23. Connect hydraulic hoses and install cap screws (9). Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Cap Screw (9)—Torque...............................................................140 N·m 103 lb·ft

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

12— Cap Screw (2 used) 13— Washer (2 used) 14— Retaining Plate 15— Bucket Cylinder Pin

33-3360-161

BE78919,00001A8 -19-23NOV15-5/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=423

Hydraulic System 24. Using appropriate lifting device, install bucket cylinder pin (8) at rod end. Specification Bucket Cylinder Pin (8)—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 104 kg 229 lb

25. Install pin stop (7) and cap screws (5). Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Cap Screw (5 and 12)—Torque.................................................................................400 N·m 295 lb·ft

26. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

27. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pumps will be damaged if not filled with oil before starting. Procedure must be performed to fill pump housings whenever oil has been drained from pumps or hydraulic oil tank. 28. If hydraulic oil tank was drained, perform pump start-up procedure. See Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.) 29. Operate machine and check for leaks. BE78919,00001A8 -19-23NOV15-6/6

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-162

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=424

Hydraulic System

Bucket Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble

12 13 14 15 16 17

19 20

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 TX1095764 —UN—12AUG11

9 11

TX1095764 Bucket Cylinder 1— Cylinder Rod 2— Wiper Ring 3— Socket Head Cap Screw (8 used) 4— Cylinder Head 5— Backup Ring

6— U-Ring 7— Ring 8— Bushing 9— Retaining Ring 10— Backup Ring 11— O-Ring 12— Cushion Bearing

13— Piston 14— Slide Ring (2 used) 15— Slide Ring (2 used) 16— Seal Ring 17— O-Ring

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-163

18— Nut 19— Steel Ball 20— Set Screw 21— Cylinder Barrel

BE78919,000016C -19-07AUG18-1/5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=425

Hydraulic System SPECIFICATIONS Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

680 kg 1499 lb

Bucket Cylinder Rod Assembly Weight (approximate)

331 kg 730 lb

Bucket Cylinder Barrel Weight (approximate)

280 kg 617 lb

Bucket Cylinder Rod Weight (approximate)

286 kg 631 lb

Bucket Cylinder Head Weight (approximate)

45 kg 99 lb

Bucket Cylinder Rod Outside Diameter (OD)

140 mm 5.5 in

Nut-to-Cylinder Rod Torque

34 600 N·m 25 520 lb·ft

Set Screw-to-Nut Torque

100 N·m 74 lb·ft

Socket Head Cap Screw-to-Cylinder Head Torque

2. Drain hydraulic oil from cylinder. Dispose of waste properly. 3. Fully extend cylinder rod (1). 4. Remove socket head cap screws (3). IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to sliding surface of cylinder rod. Handle with care. 5. Tap and remove cylinder head with cylinder rod together from cylinder barrel (21) using soft face hammer. 6. Install cylinder rod to ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device. 7. Apply matching marks on cylinder rod and nut (18). 8. Cut away the crimped part (two places) of set screw (20) using a hand drill.

1590 N·m 1173 lb·ft

9. Remove set screw and steel ball (19).

ESSENTIAL TOOLS

10. Remove nut from cylinder rod using ST3284 Cylinder Nut Removal and Installation Tool and ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device.

ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device ST3284 Cylinder Nut Removal and Installation Tool ST1193 Cylinder Head Bushing Puller Plate

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

ST2059 Seal Ring Sliding Tool ST2060 Seal Ring Pushing Tool

11. Using appropriate lifting device, remove piston (13) from cylinder rod.

ST7364 Seal Ring Correcting Tool ST7365 Seal Ring Correcting Tool

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 1. Attach appropriate lifting device to cylinder and position horizontally on suitable workbench. Specification Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 680 kg 1499 lb

Specification Bucket Cylinder Rod Assembly—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 331 kg 730 lb Bucket Cylinder Barrel—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 280 kg 617 lb

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-164

BE78919,000016C -19-07AUG18-2/5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=426

Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: Avoid cylinder damage. DO NOT reuse slide rings (14 and 15). Always replace with new slide rings when assembling. TX1095814A —UN—02SEP11

12. Remove slide rings (14 and 15), seal ring (16), and O-ring (17). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 13. Remove cushion bearing (12) and cylinder head. Specification Bucket Cylinder Rod—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 286 kg 631 lb Bucket Cylinder Head—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 45 kg 99 lb

14. Remove O-ring (11), backup ring (10), wiper ring (2), retaining ring (9), ring (7), U-ring (6), and backup ring (5). 15. Remove bushing (8) from cylinder head by using ST1193 Cylinder Head Bushing Puller Plate.

Piston and Rings 13— Piston 14— Slide Ring (2 used) 15— Slide Ring (2 used)

16— Seal Ring 17— O-Ring

Specification Bucket Cylinder Rod—Outside Diameter (OD)............................................................................................. 140 mm 5.5 in

17. Inspect seals and bushings on both rod end and head end of cylinder for wear and damage. See Inspect Pins, Bushings, and Bosses—Front Attachment. (Group 3340.)

16. Inspect cylinder rod and cylinder barrel outside and inside for wear, scratches, and nicks that may cut or damage a seal or wear ring during assembly.

BE78919,000016C -19-07AUG18-3/5

18. Check cylinder rod for curvature using V-blocks and dial indicator.

TX1095813 —UN—11AUG11

Cylinder Rod on V-Blocks

21. Install retaining ring (9). 22. Install ring (7) to cylinder head with lip facing bushing side.

25. Install wiper ring to cylinder head using a plate and soft face hammer.

23. Install backup ring (5).

26. Install O-ring (11) and backup ring (10) to cylinder head (4).

24. Install U-ring (6) to cylinder head with lip facing bushing side.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-165

BE78919,000016C -19-07AUG18-4/5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=427

Hydraulic System

TX1095814A —UN—02SEP11

27. Install O-ring (17) and seal ring (16) to piston using ST2059 Seal Ring Sliding Tool, ST2060 Seal Ring Pushing Tool, and a plate. After installation, adjust seal ring using ST7364 Seal Ring Correcting Tool and ST7365 Seal Ring Correcting Tool. 28. Install slide rings (14 and 15) with their slits positioned 180° offset from each other. 29. Install cylinder head assembly to cylinder rod. 30. Install cushion bearing to cylinder rod with chamfered surface facing towards cylinder head side. 31. Install piston assembly.

Piston and Rings

32. Align matching marks made during disassembly and install nut to cylinder rod using ST3284 Cylinder Nut Removal and Installation Tool and ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device. Tighten nut to specification. Specification Nut-to-Cylinder Rod—Torque..........................................................................34 600 N·m 25 520 lb·ft

33. Install ball and set screw to nut. Tighten set screw to specification. Specification Set Screw-toNut—Torque................................................................................100 N·m 74 lb·ft

34. Crimp set screw in two places using a punch.

13— Piston 14— Slide Ring (2 used) 15— Slide Ring (2 used)

16— Seal Ring 17— O-Ring

35. Position cylinder barrel horizontally on a suitable workbench. IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to rings. Handle with care. 36. Install cylinder head to cylinder barrel with socket head cap screws. Tighten socket head cap screws to specification. Specification Socket Head Cap Screw-to-Cylinder Head—Torque...........................................................................1590 N·m 1173 lb·ft BE78919,000016C -19-07AUG18-5/5

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-166

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=428

Hydraulic System

Counterweight Cylinder Remove and Install—If Equipped SPECIFICATIONS 190 kg 419 lb

TX1097854A —UN—14SEP11

Counterweight Cylinder Weight (approximate)

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove counterweight. See Counterweight Remove and Install. (Group 1749.) 3. Lower counterweight removal device and support with an appropriate device. IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position.

Counterweight Shutoff Valve 1— Counterweight Shutoff Valve

oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing.

4. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) 5. Close counterweight shutoff valve (1). CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of

6. Slowly operate counterweight pilot control lever several times to relieve hydraulic circuit pressure at counterweight control valve.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-167

BE78919,000017F -19-25NOV15-1/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=429

Hydraulic System

7. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (2 and 3). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 8. Disconnect counterweight cylinder pressure sensor (B71). 9. Remove socket head screws (10 and 11). 10. Remove cap screws (12 and 14). 11. Remove cylinder bracket (15) and counterweight removal cylinder hydraulic piping as an assembly. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 12. Attach an appropriate lifting device to counterweight cylinder.

2— Hydraulic Hose 3— Hydraulic Hose 10— Socket Head Screw (4 used) 11— Socket Head Screw (4 used)

12— Cap Screw (2 used) 14— Cap Screw (2 used) 15— Cylinder Bracket B71— Counterweight Cylinder Pressure Sensor Counterweight Cylinder Hoses Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

TX1164501A —UN—29JUL14

Specification Counterweight Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 190 kg 419 lb

33-3360-168

BE78919,000017F -19-25NOV15-2/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=430

Hydraulic System

13. Remove snap ring (4). 14. Remove snap ring pin (5) and cylinder retaining pin (6). 6— Cylinder Retaining Pin TX1097864A —UN—14SEP11

4— Snap Ring 5— Snap Ring Pin

TX1097865A —UN—14SEP11

Snap Ring

Cylinder Retaining Pin Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-169

BE78919,000017F -19-25NOV15-3/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=431

Hydraulic System

15. Remove cap screws (7). 16. Remove lock plate (8) and cylinder retaining pin. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1097866A —UN—15SEP11

17. Using appropriate lifting device, remove counterweight cylinder. Specification Counterweight Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 190 kg 419 lb

18. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Counterweight Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 19. Using appropriate lifting device, install counterweight cylinder. Specification Counterweight Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 190 kg 419 lb

Counterweight Cylinder Lock Plate 7— Cap Screw (2 used)

8— Lock Plate

24. Install cap screws (12 and 14). 25. Install socket head screws (10 and 11). 26. Connect hydraulic hoses. 27. Connect counterweight cylinder pressure sensor (B71). 28. Open counterweight shutoff valve. 29. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.)

20. Install cylinder retaining pin. 21. Install lock plate with cap screws (7). 22. Install cylinder retaining pin (6), snap ring pin (5), and snap ring (4). 23. Install cylinder bracket (15) and counterweight removal cylinder hydraulic piping as an assembly.

30. Install counterweight. See Counterweight Remove and Install. (Group 1749.) 31. Operate machine and check for leaks.

BE78919,000017F -19-25NOV15-4/4

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-170

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=432

Hydraulic System

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-171

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=433

Hydraulic System

TX1183838 —UN—03FEB15

Counterweight Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble

Counterweight Cylinder Components

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-172

BE78919,0000186 -19-23NOV15-1/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=434

TX1183843 —UN—03FEB15

Hydraulic System

Seal Identification 1— Cylinder Barrel 2— Cylinder Rod 3— Cylinder Head 4— Wiper Ring 5— Retaining Ring

6— Seal Ring 7— Backup Ring 8— Ring 9— Bushing 10— O-Ring 11— Backup Ring 12— Socket Head Cap Screw (10 used) SPECIFICATIONS

Counterweight Cylinder Weight (approximate)

190 kg 419 lb

Counterweight Cylinder Barrel Inside Diameter (ID)

170 mm 6.7 in

Counterweight Cylinder Rod Outside Diameter (OD)

120 mm 4.7 in

Piston-to-Cylinder Rod Torque

2450 N·m 1807 lb·ft

Set Screw Torque

20 N·m 177 lb·in

Socket Head Cap Screw-to-Cylinder Barrel Torque

775 N·m 572 lb·ft

13— Piston 14— Seal Ring 15— Slide Ring (2 used) 16— O-Ring 17— Backup Ring (2 used)

18— Steel Ball 19— Set Screw

3. Fully extend cylinder rod (2). 4. Remove socket head cap screws (12) from cylinder head (3). IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to sliding surface of cylinder rod and cylinder barrel. Place a protective cover over cylinder rod. 5. Tap and remove cylinder head together with cylinder rod from cylinder barrel (1) using soft faced hammer. 6. Secure cylinder rod to ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device. NOTE: Set screw (19) has been crimped in two places during assembly process.

ESSENTIAL TOOLS ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device

7. Cut away the crimped part of set screw (19) using a hand drill.

ST8036 Cylinder Head Maintenance Tool ST2970 Seal Ring Installing Tool

8. Remove set screw and steel ball (18).

ST2810 Cylinder Head Inserting Guide

9. Remove piston (13) assembly from cylinder rod. 10. Remove slide rings (15), seal ring (14), O-ring (16), and backup rings (17).

CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

11. Remove cylinder head.

1. Attach appropriate lifting device to cylinder and position horizontally on suitable workbench.

12. Remove O-ring (10), retaining ring (5), wiper ring (4), ring (8), seal ring (6), and backup ring (7).

Specification Counterweight Cylinder—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 190 kg 419 lb

13. Remove bushing (9) from cylinder head using ST8036 Cylinder Head Maintenance Tool.

2. Drain hydraulic oil from cylinder. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-173

BE78919,0000186 -19-23NOV15-2/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=435

Hydraulic System

14. Inspect cylinder rod and cylinder barrel outside and inside for wear, scratches, and nicks that may cut or damage a seal or wear ring during assembly.

23. Install slide rings (15) to piston with slits positioned 180° offset from each other. 24. Install O-ring (16) and backup rings (17).

Specification Counterweight Cylinder Barrel—Inside Diameter (ID).............................................................................................. 170 mm 6.7 in Counterweight Cylinder Rod—Outside Diameter (OD)............................................................................................. 120 mm 4.7 in

15. Inspect seals and bushings on both rod end and head end of cylinder for wear and damage. See Inspect Pins, Bushings, and Bosses—Front Attachment. (Group 3340.) IMPORTANT: Premature cylinder malfunction will result if components are assembled dry. Friction between nonlubricated components generates significant heat buildup and wear. Apply clean hydraulic oil to all components while assembling. 16. Install bushing (9) to cylinder head (3) using ST8036 Cylinder Head Maintenance Tool. 17. Install ring (8) to cylinder head with lip facing bushing side. 18. Install backup ring (7) to cylinder head. 19. Install seal ring (6) to cylinder head with lip facing bushing side. 20. Install wiper ring (4) and retaining ring (5) to cylinder head using ST8036 Cylinder Head Maintenance Tool and soft faced hammer. 21. Install O-ring (10) and backup ring (11) to cylinder head. 22. Install seal ring (14) to piston using ST2970 Seal Ring Installing Tool. After installed, adjust seal ring using ST2970 Seal Ring Installing Tool.

25. Install cylinder head assembly to cylinder rod using ST2810 Cylinder Head Inserting Guide. 26. Secure cylinder rod to ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device. 27. Install piston assembly to cylinder rod. Tighten piston to specification. Specification Piston-to-Cylinder Rod—Torque.............................................................................2450 N·m 1807 lb·ft

28. Install steel ball and set screw to piston. Tighten set screws to specification. Specification Set Screw—Torque.......................................................................20 N·m 177 lb·in

29. Crimp set screw in two places using a punch. 30. Position cylinder barrel horizontally on a suitable workbench. IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to rings. Install cylinder head and cylinder rod straight into cylinder barrel. 31. Install cylinder head assembly straight into cylinder barrel and fasten with socket head cap screws. Tighten socket head cap screws to specification. Specification Socket Head Cap Screw-to-Cylinder Barrel—Torque............................................................................775 N·m 572 lb·ft

BE78919,0000186 -19-23NOV15-3/3

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-174

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=436

Hydraulic System

Counterweight Removal Device Remove and Install—If Equipped SPECIFICATIONS Counterweight Removal Device (with yoke assemblies) Weight (approximate)

550 kg 1213 lb

Yoke Assembly Weight (approximate)

50 kg 110 lb

Bracket Weight (approximate)

203 kg 448 lb

Cap Screw (5) Torque

2650 N·m 1955 lb·ft

Cap Screw (6) Torque

700 N·m 516 lb·ft

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1184451A —UN—06FEB15

2. Remove counterweight. See Counterweight Remove and Install. (Group 1749.) 3. Remove counterweight cylinder. See Counterweight Cylinder Remove and Install—If Equipped. (Group 3360.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Counterweight Removal Device Retainer and Pin

4. Using an appropriate lifting device, lift counterweight removal to raised position. Specification Counterweight Removal Device (with yoke assemblies)—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 550 kg 1213 lb Yoke Assembly—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 50 kg 110 lb Bracket—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 203 kg 448 lb

NOTE: It is not necessary to remove yokes or mounting bracket in order to remove counterweight removal device. IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 5 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position.

1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Retainer (2 used)

3— Pin (2 used)

7. Remove pins (3) and retainers (2). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 8. Using appropriate lifting device, remove counterweight removal device. Specification Counterweight Removal Device (with yoke assemblies)—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 550 kg 1213 lb

5. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.) 6. Remove cap screws (1). Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-175

BE78919,000018A -19-23NOV15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=437

Hydraulic System

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 9. Attach appropriate lifting device to bracket (4). Remove cap screws (5 and 6) and bracket. Specification Bracket—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 203 kg 448 lb

10. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

TX1184433A —UN—06FEB15

11. Install bracket and cap screws (5 and 6). Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Cap Screw (5)—Torque.............................................................2650 N·m 1955 lb·ft Cap Screw (6)—Torque...............................................................700 N·m 516 lb·ft

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 12. Using appropriate lifting device, install counterweight removal device and pins. Specification Counterweight Removal Device (with yoke assemblies)—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 550 kg 1213 lb

13. Install retainers and cap screws (1). 14. Turn battery disconnect switch to ON position. See Battery Disconnect Switch. (Operator’s Manual.)

Bracket 4— Bracket 5— Cap Screw (2 used)

6— Cap Screw (2 used)

15. Install counterweight cylinder. See Counterweight Cylinder Remove and Install—If Equipped. (Group 3360.) 16. Install counterweight. See Counterweight Remove and Install. (Group 1749.) 17. Operate machine and check for leaks. BE78919,000018A -19-23NOV15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-176

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=438

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Cylinder Bleed Procedure

(oil change) is done on hydraulic system, or when machine has been in storage for a period of time may be necessary.

SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed

Slow Idle

CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected machine movement. Perform this procedure when repairs or maintenance is done on hydraulic system, or when machine has been stored for a period of time. IMPORTANT: Trapped air suddenly compressed in a cylinder is heated and ignites the oil used for assembly causing cap seal and ring damage. Start with cylinder rod retracted and the rod end filled with clean oil. Connect the cylinder head end and lines. Operate function to slowly extend rod. Procedure will eliminate most of the air and reduce the possibility of damage.

IMPORTANT: Prevent component damage from cavitation. Perform this procedure when repairs or maintenance is done on hydraulic system, or when machine has been stored for a period of time. 1. Operate engine to specification. Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle

2. Slowly extend and retract cylinder several times to approximately 100 mm (4 in) from end of stroke. 3. Operate cylinder several times to full stroke. 4. Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Tank Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)

NOTE: Bleeding air from hydraulic system at initial start-up, whenever major repairs or maintenance DF89619,00B5D0D -19-31AUG15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-177

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=439

Hydraulic System

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

33-3360-178

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=440

Section 43 Swing System Contents Page

Group 4350—Mechanical Drive Elements Swing Gear Case Remove and Install ..................................................... 43-4350-1 Swing Gear Case Disassemble and Assemble........................................ 43-4350-4 Swing Gear Case Start-Up Procedure ............................................ 43-4350-11 Upperstructure Remove and Install ................................................... 43-4350-12 Swing Bearing Remove and Install ................................................... 43-4350-15 Swing Bearing Disassemble and Assemble............................................. 43-4350-18 Swing Bearing Upper Seal Install ............ 43-4350-21 Swing Bearing Lower Seal Install ............ 43-4350-22 Group 4360—Hydraulic System Center Joint Remove and Install ............... 43-4360-1 Center Joint Disassemble and Assemble............................................... 43-4360-4 Center Joint Air Test .................................. 43-4360-6 Swing Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install................................ 43-4360-7 Swing Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble .................. 43-4360-9 Swing Motor and Park Brake Start-Up Procedure.............................. 43-4360-15 Crossover Relief Valve and Make-Up Check Valve Remove and Install ............................................ 43-4360-16 Make-Up Check Valve Disassemble and Assemble ................ 43-4360-17

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=1

Contents

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=2

Group 4350

Mechanical Drive Elements Swing Gear Case Remove and Install

oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing.

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

Left Swing Gear Case Weight (approximate)

405 kg 893 lb

Left Swing Gear Case Cap Screw Torque

950 N·m 701 lb·ft

2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Drain hydraulic oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 277™ Threadlocker (high strength)

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of

4. Remove swing motor panels. See Swing Motor Panels Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-1

JG33441,000019F -19-06OCT15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=443

Mechanical Drive Elements

13 7

9 8

12 11 10

4 6

17 14

15 TX1201476 —UN—16SEP15

16 18

TX1201476 Right and Left Swing Gear Case 3— Right Swing Gear Case 4— Right Swing Motor 5— Right Swing Gear Case Drain Hose 6— Left Swing Gear Case Drain Hose 7— Pilot Signal Manifold Swing Park Brake Release Pilot Valve-to-Right Swing Motor Line

8— Left Control Valve 12— Left Control Valve 18— Cap Screw (26 used) (5-spool) Bypass Shutoff (5-spool)-to-Left Swing Valve-to-Right Swing Motor Motor Hose (2 used) Hose 13— Left Swing Motor-to9— Left Control Valve Hydraulic Oil Tank Hose (5-spool)-to-Right Swing 14— Left Swing Motor Motor Hose (2 used) 15— Left Swing Gear Case 10— Right Swing Motor-to16— Cap Screw (26 used) Hydraulic Oil Tank Hose 17— Pilot Signal Manifold Swing 11— Left Control Valve (5-spool) Park Brake Release Pilot Bypass Shutoff Valve-to-Left Valve-to-Left Swing Motor Swing Motor Hose Line

JG33441,000019F -19-06OCT15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=444

Mechanical Drive Elements NOTE: Removal and installation of swing gear cases are similar. Removal of left swing gear case is used in this procedure shown. Hydraulic hoses (6, 8, and 9) and line (7) do not need to be disconnected to remove left swing gear case. 5. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (5 and 10—13) and line (17). Close all openings using caps and plugs. See Swing Motor Line Identification. (Group 9025-15.) 6. Apply alignment marks on swing gear case housing and upperstructure to aid in installation. 7. Remove cap screws (16). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 8. Using appropriate lifting device, remove left swing gear case (15). Specification Left Swing Gear Case—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 405 kg 893 lb

9. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Swing Gear Case Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 4350.) 10. Apply Loctite® 277™ Threadlocker (high strength) to mating surfaces of swing gear case housing and upperstructure. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 11. Using appropriate lifting device, install left swing gear case (15).

Specification Left Swing Gear Case—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 405 kg 893 lb

12. Align swing gear case assembly mark with mark on upperstructure. 13. Install cap screws (16) and tighten to specification. Specification Left Swing Gear Case Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................950 N·m 701 lb·ft

14. Connect hydraulic hoses (5 and 10—13) and line (17). See Swing Motor Line Identification. (Group 9025-15.) 15. Perform swing gear case start-up procedure. See Swing Gear Case Start-Up Procedure. (Group 4350.) 16. Perform swing motor and park brake start-up procedure. See Swing Motor and Park Brake Start-Up Procedure. (Group 4360.) 17. Install swing motor panels. See Swing Motor Panels Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 18. Fill hydraulic oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pump will be damaged if not filled with oil before starting. Procedure must be performed to fill pump housing whenever oil has been drained from pump or hydraulic oil tank. 19. If hydraulic oil tank was drained, perform pump 1 and 2 start-up procedure. See Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.) 20. Operate machine and check for leaks.

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JG33441,000019F -19-06OCT15-3/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=445

Mechanical Drive Elements

Swing Gear Case Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS

ESSENTIAL TOOLS ST5101 Bracket DFT1220 Swing Gear Case Nut Spanner Wrench

Swing Gear Case Weight (approximate)

405 kg 893 lb

Swing Gear Case Oil Capacity (each)

15.7 L 4.1 gal

ST7289 Bearing Pusher

Swing Motor Weight (approximate)

69 kg 152 lb

ST7300 Seal Install Tool

Ring Gear Weight (approximate)

34 kg 75 lb

Planetary Pinion Carrier Weight (approximate)

43 kg 95 lb

Shaft Weight (approximate)

69 kg 152 lb

Housing Weight (approximate)

135 kg 298 lb

Housing and Shaft Weight (approximate)

230 kg 507 lb

Bearing Nut Torque

490 N·m 361 lb·ft

Lock Plate Cap Screw Torque

50 N·m 37 lb·ft

Ring Gear-to-Housing Cap Screw Torque

400 N·m 295 lb·ft

Drain Plug Torque

50 N·m 37 lb·ft

Swing Motor-to-Ring Gear Cap Screw Torque

90 N·m 66 lb·ft

ST2926 Swing Gear Case Nut Spanner Wrench

ST7292 Bearing Pusher

ST7296 Seal Install Tool ST2924 Bearing Pusher OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 277™ Threadlocker (high strength) Loctite® 515™ Gasket Eliminator® Flange Sealant

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-4

JG33441,000018C -19-01JUN18-1/9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=446

Mechanical Drive Elements

Swing Gear Case Disassemble

1 2

24 25

4 22 27 26

21 26 27

20 19

29 7 18 30

31 32

15 14

33 12 34 10 35

TX1201563 —UN—17SEP15

TX1201563 Swing Gear Case Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-5

JG33441,000018C -19-01JUN18-2/9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=447

Mechanical Drive Elements 1— Swing Motor 2— Cap Screw (12 used) 3— Ring Gear 4— Sun Gear 5— Thrust Plate 6— Planetary Pinion Carrier 7— Sun Gear 8— Thrust Plate 9— Planetary Pinion Carrier 10— Bearing Nut

11— Tapered Roller Bearing 12— Lock Plate 13— Cap Screw (2 used) 14— Thrust Plate (3 used) 15— Needle Bearing (6 used) 16— Planetary Gear (3 used) 17— Spring Pin (3 used) 18— Pin (3 used)

19— Spring Pin (3 used) 20— Thrust Plate (3 used) 21— Planetary Gear (3 used) 22— Needle Bearing (3 used) 23— Pin (3 used) 24— Cap Screw (12 used) 25— Plug (2 used) 26— Drain Valve (2 used)

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 1. Remove swing gear case assembly. See Swing Gear Case Remove and Install. (Group 4350.) Specification

27— Drain Plug (2 used) 28— Housing 29— Oil Seal 30— Tapered Roller Bearing 31— Screw (4 used) 32— Magnet (4 used) 33— Sleeve 34— O-Ring 35— Shaft

Specification Ring Gear—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 34 kg 75 lb

8. Remove sun gear (7) and thrust plate (8) from planetary pinion carrier (9).

Swing Gear Case—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 405 kg 893 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

2. Install ST5101 Bracket using M22 cap screws to swing gear case.

9. Using appropriate lifting device, remove planetary pinion carrier (9) from shaft (35).

3. Remove drain plug (27). Rotate drain valve (26) to drain oil from swing gear case. See Drain and Refill Swing Gear Case Oil. (Operator’s Manual.)

Specification Planetary Pinion Carrier—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 43 kg 95 lb

Specification Swing Gear Case—Oil Capacity (each).............................................................................. 15.7 L 4.1 gal

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

10. Remove spring pins (19) from planetary pinion carrier (6). 11. Remove pins (23), planetary gears (21), needle bearings (22), and thrust plates (20) from planetary pinion carrier (6).

4. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cap screws (2) and swing motor (1) from ring gear (3).

12. Remove thrust plate (5) from planetary pinion carrier (6).

Specification Swing Motor—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 69 kg 152 lb

13. Remove planetary pinion carrier (9).

5. Remove sun gear (4) from planetary pinion carrier (6). 6. Remove planetary pinion carrier (6) from ring gear (3). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

14. Remove spring pins (17) from planetary pinion carrier (9). 15. Remove pins (18), planetary gears (16), needle bearings (15), and thrust plates (14) from planetary pinion carrier (9). 16. Remove cap screws (13). Remove lock plate (12) from bearing nut (10).

7. Using appropriate lifting device, remove cap screws (24) and ring gear (3) from housing (28). Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-6

JG33441,000018C -19-01JUN18-3/9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=448

Mechanical Drive Elements

17. Remove bearing nut (10) from shaft (35) using ST2926 Swing Gear Case Nut Spanner Wrench or DFT1220 Swing Gear Case Nut Spanner Wrench. See DFT1220 Swing Gear Case Nut Spanner Wrench. (Group 9900.)

10— Bearing Nut 28— Housing

TX1201784 —UN—18SEP15

18. Remove tapered roller bearing (11) from housing (28) by inserting bar through oil passage in housing, and tapping roller bearing out. 40— DFT1220 Swing Gear Case Nut Spanner Wrench

Swing Bearing Spanner Wrench JG33441,000018C -19-01JUN18-4/9

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1201787 —UN—18SEP15

19. Using appropriate lifting device, remove shaft (35) from housing (28) using a press (36). Specification Shaft—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 69 kg 152 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Shaft and Housing

20. Using appropriate lifting device, place shaft (35) in press.

28— Housing 35— Shaft

Specification Shaft—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 69 kg 152 lb

21. Remove cone of tapered roller bearing (30) and sleeve (33) from shaft (35).

36— Press

23. Remove oil seal (29) from housing (28). 24. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

22. Remove O-ring (34), screws (31), and magnets (32) from sleeve (33). Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-7

JG33441,000018C -19-01JUN18-5/9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=449

Mechanical Drive Elements Swing Gear Case Assemble

1 2

24 25

4 22 27 26

21 26 27

20 19

29 7 18 30

31 32

15 14

33 12 34 10 35

TX1201563 —UN—17SEP15

TX1201563 Swing Gear Case

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-8

JG33441,000018C -19-01JUN18-6/9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=450

1. Apply Loctite® 277™ Threadlocker (high strength) to screws (31). Install magnets (32) and screws to sleeve (33).

27— Drain Plug (2 used) 28— Housing 29— Oil Seal 30— Tapered Roller Bearing 31— Screw (4 used) 32— Magnet (4 used) 33— Sleeve 34— O-Ring 35— Shaft

12. Remove bearing nut (10) from shaft (35). 13. Install tapered roller bearing (11) to housing using ST2924 Bearing Pusher.

2. Install O-ring (34) to sleeve. 3. Install sleeve and cone of tapered roller bearing (30) to shaft (35) using ST7289 and ST7292 Bearing Pusher tools.

14. Apply grease to threads of bearing nut (10). Install bearing nut to shaft (35). Tighten bearing nut using either DFT1220 Swing Gear Case Nut Spanner Wrench or ST2926 Swing Gear Case Nut Spanner Wrench.

4. Install cup of tapered roller bearing (30) to housing (28). 5. Apply Loctite® 277™ Threadlocker (high strength) to outside diameter of oil seal (29) and multipurpose grease to lip of seal. 6. Install oil seal into housing (28) with lip of seal facing motor side of housing using ST7300 and ST7296 Seal Install Tools. 7. Install cup of tapered roller bearing (11) to housing. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 8. Using appropriate lifting device, install housing onto shaft (35). Specification Housing—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 135 kg 298 lb

9. Install cone of tapered roller bearing (11) to shaft. Tap cone until two threads of shaft (35) for bearing nut (10) appear. 10. Install bearing nut to shaft to prevent shaft from falling out. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

To make DFT1220 Swing Gear Case Nut Spanner Wrench tool, see DFT1220 Swing Gear Case Nut Spanner Wrench. (Group 9900.) Specification Bearing Nut—Torque...................................................................490 N·m 361 lb·ft

15. Apply Loctite® 277™ Threadlocker (high strength) to cap screws (13). Install lock plate (12) to bearing nut (10) using cap screws (13). Tighten to specification. Specification Lock Plate Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft

16. Install thrust plate (8) to planetary pinion carrier (9) with oil groove facing sun gear (7). 17. Apply grease onto upper and lower sides of planetary gears (16). Install needle bearings (15) to planetary gears. 18. Install thrust plates (14) so oil grooves face planetary gear. 19. Install planetary gears, needle bearings, and thrust plates to planetary pinion carrier (9). 20. Install pins (18).

11. Using appropriate lifting device, lift and place housing (28) in a press. Specification Housing and Shaft—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 230 kg 507 lb Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-9

JG33441,000018C -19-01JUN18-7/9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=451

Mechanical Drive Elements

21. Install spring pin (17) so slit (39) in spring pin (17) is to end of pin (18). 22. Install spring pins (17) into holes of planetary pinion carrier (9). TX1009831 —UN—17JUL06

23. Install thrust plate (5) to planetary pinion carrier (6) with oil groove to sun gear (4). 24. Install needle bearings (22) to planetary gears (21). 25. Install planetary gears (21), thrust plates (20), pins (23), and spring pins (19) to planetary pinion carrier (6). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 26. Using appropriate lifting device, install planetary pinion carrier (9) to shaft (35). Specification Planetary Pinion Carrier—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 43 kg 95 lb

27. Install sun gear (7) to planetary pinion carrier (9) with thinner side facing up towards motor side. 28. Apply Loctite® 277™ Threadlocker (high strength) to mating surfaces of ring gear (3) and housing (28).

Spring Pin 17— Spring Pin 18— Pin

39— Slit

34. Apply Loctite® 515™ Gasket Eliminator® Flange Sealant to ring gear (3) and swing motor (1) mating surfaces. Install swing motor to swing gear case. Specification Swing Motor—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 69 kg 152 lb

35. Apply Loctite® 277™ Threadlocker (high strength) to cap screws (2) and tighten to specification.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 29. Using appropriate lifting device, install ring gear (3) and cap screws (24) to housing. Tighten to specification. Specification Ring Gear—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 34 kg 75 lb

Specification Swing Motor-toRing Gear Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................90 N·m 66 lb·ft

36. Remove swing gear case from ST5101 Bracket. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Specification Ring Gear-to-Housing Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................400 N·m 295 lb·ft

30. Install planetary pinion carrier (6) to sun gear (7).

37. Using appropriate lifting device, install swing gear case assembly. See Swing Gear Case Remove and Install. (Group 4350.)

32. Install drain valve (26) to housing (28). Place handle in closed position.

Specification Swing Gear Case—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 405 kg 893 lb

33. Install drain plug (27) to drain valve (26). Tighten to specification.

38. Fill swing gear case. See Drain and Refill Swing Gear Case Oil. (Operator’s Manual.)

Specification Drain Plug—Torque.......................................................................50 N·m 37 lb·ft

Specification Swing Gear Case—Oil Capacity (each).............................................................................. 15.7 L 4.1 gal

31. Install sun gear (4) to planetary pinion carrier (6) with stepped side facing downward towards thrust plate (5).

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-10

JG33441,000018C -19-01JUN18-8/9

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=452

Mechanical Drive Elements Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JG33441,000018C -19-01JUN18-9/9

Swing Gear Case Start-Up Procedure SPECIFICATIONS 15.7 L 4.1 gal TX1199162A —UN—06AUG15

Swing Gear Case Oil Capacity (each)

IMPORTANT: Swing gear case will be damaged if not filled with oil before operating swing function. Procedure must be performed whenever a new swing gear case is installed or oil has been drained from gear case. 1. Check swing gear case oil level. See Check Swing Gear Case Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. If necessary, remove fill cap (2) and add oil. See Drain and Refill Swing Gear Case Oil. (Operator’s Manual.)

Swing Gear Case 1— Dipstick (2 used)

2— Fill Cap (2 used)

Specification Swing Gear Case—Oil Capacity (each).............................................................................. 15.7 L 4.1 gal JG33441,00001A0 -19-02SEP15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-11

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=453

Mechanical Drive Elements

Upperstructure Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

Upperstructure Weight (approximate)

19 200 kg 42 329 lb

Upperstructure Cap Screw Torque

2200 N·m 1623 lb·ft TX1199169 —UN—06AUG15

Center Joint

2. Relieve hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

4. Remove boom. See Boom Remove and Install. (Group 3340.)

1— Right Reverse Travel Supply Line 2— Right Forward Travel Supply Line 3— Left Reverse Travel Supply Line 4— Left Forward Travel Supply Line

5— Return Line 6— Pilot Line 7— Cap Screw (2 used) 8— Stop Bracket

Travel Hydraulic System Line Connections. (Group 9025-15.) NOTE: Center joint remains attached to undercarriage when upperstructure is removed. 8. Remove cap screws (7) and stop bracket (8).

5. Remove counterweight. See Counterweight Remove and Install. (Group 1749.) 6. Remove cab. See Cab Remove and Install. (Group 1800.) 7. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic lines (1—6). Close all openings using caps and plugs. See Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-12

JG33441,00001A1 -19-06OCT15-1/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=454

Mechanical Drive Elements

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 9. Support upperstructure (9) by attaching appropriate lifting device to counterweight mounting frames (10) and boom mounting holes (11). 11— Boom Mounting Hole (2 used)

9 10

TX1201493 —UN—15SEP15

9— Upperstructure 10— Counterweight Mounting Frame (2 used)

Upperstructure Lifting Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-13

JG33441,00001A1 -19-06OCT15-2/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=455

Mechanical Drive Elements

10. Install alignment marks on upperstructure and outer race on swing bearing (14) to aid during installation.

TX1199166 —UN—06AUG15

11. Remove upperstructure cap screws (13). Record location of cap screws to aid during installation. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

12. Using appropriate lifting device, remove upperstructure from undercarriage. Specification Upperstructure—Weight (approximate)........................................................................... 19 200 kg 42 329 lb

Upperstructure Cap Screws 9— Upperstructure 13— Upperstructure Cap Screw (36 used)

13. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

14— Swing Bearing

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 14. Attach appropriate lifting device to boom mounting holes and counterweight mounting frames. Install upperstructure. Specification Upperstructure—Weight (approximate)........................................................................... 19 200 kg 42 329 lb

15. Align upperstructure and swing bearing using alignment marks. 16. Install uppperstructure cap screws and tighten to specification. Specification Upperstructure Cap Screw—Torque..........................................................................2200 N·m 1623 lb·ft

17. Install stop bracket and cap screws. 18. Connect hydraulic lines. See Travel Hydraulic System Line Connections. (Group 9025-15.) 19. Install cab. See Cab Remove and Install. (Group 1800.)

20. Install counterweight. See Counterweight Remove and Install. (Group 1749.) 21. Install boom. See Boom Remove and Install. (Group 3340.) 22. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

IMPORTANT: To prevent possible hydraulic pump damage, pump 1 and 2 start-up procedure must be performed to fill pump housing whenever oil has been drained from the pump or hydraulic oil tank. 23. When hydraulic oil tank is drained, perform pump 1 and 2 start-up procedure. See Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.) 24. Operate machine and check for leaks. JG33441,00001A1 -19-06OCT15-3/3

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-14

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=456

Mechanical Drive Elements

Swing Bearing Remove and Install

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 277™ Threadlocker (high strength)

SPECIFICATIONS Swing Bearing Weight (approximate)

1240 kg 2734 lb

Undercarriage-to-Swing Bearing Cap Screw Torque

1750 N·m 1291 lb·ft

Swing Bearing Grease Capacity

22 L 5.8 gal

1. Position machine so upperstructure and tracks face forward and are aligned. 2. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 3. Remove upperstructure. See Upperstructure Remove and Install. (Group 4350.)

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT01748 Lifting Bracket (3 used)

8 1

4 9

12 12

8 1

10 14 13 TX1009361

TX1009361 —UN—25JUL06

Swing Bearing Lubrication Lines 1— Clamp (2 used) 4— Lubrication Fitting 5— Manifold 7— Lock Washer (2 used)

8— Cap Screw (2 used) 9— Cap Screw 10— Lubrication Line 11— Lubrication Line

12— Adapter Fitting (2 used) 13— Elbow Fitting (2 used) 14— Swing Bearing

4. Install identification tags and remove lubrication lines (10 and 11), adapter fittings (12), and elbow fittings (13). Close all openings using caps and plugs. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-15

JG33441,00001A2 -19-06NOV19-1/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=457

TX1095358 —UN—02AUG11

Mechanical Drive Elements

JT01748 Lifting Brackets 14— Swing Bearing 15— JT01748 Lifting Bracket (3 used)

16— Cap Screw (40 used)

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 5. Install JT01748 Lifting Brackets (15) to swing bearing (14). Attach appropriate lifting device to lifting brackets and support swing bearing.

Specification Swing Bearing—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 1240 kg 2734 lb

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-16

JG33441,00001A2 -19-06NOV19-2/4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=458

Mechanical Drive Elements

TX1095359A —UN—01AUG11

IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage. Apply alignment marks between the tooth (17) (marked G, S, or equivalent) and the bearing loading plug (18) to the undercarriage. 6. Apply alignment marks on the inner race of swing bearing and the undercarriage. 7. Remove cap screws (16). 8. Using appropriate lifting device, remove swing bearing (14). 9. Inspect and replace swing bearing upper and lower seals if necessary. See Swing Bearing Upper Seal Install or see Swing Bearing Lower Seal Install. (Group 4350.) 10. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Swing Bearing Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 4350.) 11. Clean mating surfaces of swing bearing, upperstructure, and undercarriage. 12. Apply Loctite® 277™ Threadlocker (high strength) to mating surfaces of swing bearing, upperstructure, and undercarriage.

Tooth and Loading Plug 17— Tooth

18— Loading Plug

13. Attach appropriate lifting device to swing bearing (14). Specification Swing Bearing—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 1240 kg 2734 lb

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JG33441,00001A2 -19-06NOV19-3/4

TX1095359A —UN—01AUG11

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to the swing bearing. Tooth and bearing loading plug must be oriented with undercarriage marks so the use of that portion of the swing bearing is minimized. Tooth marked with letter G, S, or equivalent is the starting and stopping point for the hardening process. 14. Install swing bearing with the alignment marks on the undercarriage with the tooth (17) (marked G, S, or equivalent) and bearing loading plug (18). 15. Install cap screws and tighten to specification. Specification Undercarriage-to-Swing Bearing Cap Screw—Torque..........................................................................1750 N·m 1291 lb·ft

16. Install lubrication lines, adapter fittings, and elbow fittings. 17. Apply grease to swing bearing teeth and pinion shaft. See Lubricate Swing Bearing. (Operator’s Manual.)

Tooth and Loading Plug 17— Tooth

18— Loading Plug

Specification Swing Bearing Grease—Capacity............................................................................. 22 L 5.8 gal

18. Install upperstructure. See Upperstructure Remove and Install. (Group 4350.) JG33441,00001A2 -19-06NOV19-4/4

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-17

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=459

Mechanical Drive Elements

Swing Bearing Disassemble and Assemble

4 1

TX1095360 —UN—01AUG11

TX1095360 Swing Bearing (exploded view) 1— Inner Bearing Race 2— Outer Bearing Race

3— Upper Seal 4— Ball Bearing (86 used)

5— Support (86 used) 6— Lower Seal

SPECIFICATIONS Swing Bearing Weight (approximate)

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS M10 x 1.5 Pitch Cap Screw

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

1240 kg 2734 lb

NOTE: Keep hoist attached to outer bearing race (2) to aid in disassembly.

1. Remove swing bearing. See Swing Bearing Remove and Install. (Group 4350.) Continued on next page TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-18

JG33441,00001A3 -19-02SEP15-1/5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=460

Mechanical Drive Elements 2. Using appropriate lifting device, place outer bearing race (2) on a clean and flat surface.

Specification Swing Bearing—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 1240 kg 2734 lb JG33441,00001A3 -19-02SEP15-2/5

NOTE: Taper pin may be tack welded or crimped. 3. Grind tack weld (7) or crimp off of top of taper pin (8). 4. Drive taper pin out from the bottom side of swing bearing. 5. Remove loading plug (9) using a M10 x 1.5 pitch cap screw. 9— Loading Plug

TX1095361 —UN—02AUG11

7— Tack Weld 8— Taper Pin

Swing Bearing Cross Section JG33441,00001A3 -19-02SEP15-3/5

6. Using a magnet and wire, remove ball bearings (4).

TX1095362 —UN—01AUG11

4— Ball Bearing (86 used)

Ball Bearing Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-19

JG33441,00001A3 -19-02SEP15-4/5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=461

Mechanical Drive Elements

7. Remove spacers (5). 8. Turn inner race to remove remaining ball bearings and spacers. 9. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 10. Using appropriate lifting device, align outer race and inner race of swing bearing.

TX1095363 —UN—01AUG11

Specification Swing Bearing—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 1240 kg 2734 lb

11. Install ball bearing and spacer alternatively through plug hole while turning outer race. 12. Install loading plug. 13. Install taper pin even with top of swing bearing. 14. Tack weld pin to swing bearing. See Welding On Machine. (Group 1740.)

Support 5— Spacer (86 used)

15. While turning outer race, add multipurpose grease to swing bearing through lubrication fittings. See Lubricate Swing Bearing. (Operator’s Manual.) 16. Install swing bearing. See Swing Bearing Remove and Install. (Group 4350.) JG33441,00001A3 -19-02SEP15-5/5

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-20

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=462

Mechanical Drive Elements

Swing Bearing Upper Seal Install OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 7649™ Primer N™ Cure Primer TX1094140A —UN—29JUN11

Loctite® 480™ Prism® Instant Adhesive (black/toughened)

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove upperstructure. See Upperstructure Remove and Install. (Group 4350.) 3. Remove upper seal (1). Scrape and clean old adhesive from seal groove. 4. Thoroughly clean seal groove and new seal using Loctite® 7649™ Primer N™ Cure Primer. 5. Apply Loctite® 480™ Prism® Instant Adhesive (black/toughened) sparingly to seal groove. 6. Install seal with seal lip against inner bearing race. Start about 76 mm (3 in) from end of seal using blunt instrument to force seal into groove. Push seal in direction of portion already installed to avoid stretching seal.

Upper Seal 1— Upper Seal

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to seal. Avoid pulling seal out of groove, adhesive must cure for at least 24 hours before using swing function. 9. Install upperstructure. See Upperstructure Remove and Install. (Group 4350.)

7. Before bringing ends of seal together, cut off excess length. Be careful not to cut seal too short. 8. Apply Loctite® 480™ Prism® Instant Adhesive (black/toughened) to both ends of seal. Push ends into seal groove to ensure a proper seal. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JS20420,000139E -19-05OCT15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-21

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=463

Mechanical Drive Elements

Swing Bearing Lower Seal Install OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 7649™ Primer N™ Cure Primer

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1094141 —UN—14JUL11

Loctite® 480™ Prism® Instant Adhesive (black/toughened)

NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the upperstructure to replace the swing bearing lower seal.

Part of swing bearing is shown cut away to show lower seal in groove. 2. Remove old seal (1).

Swing Bearing Lower Seal 1— Seal

3. Scrape old adhesive from seal groove (2). Thoroughly clean seal groove and new seal using Loctite® 7649™ Primer N™ Cure Primer. 4. Apply Loctite® 480™ Prism® Instant Adhesive (black/toughened) sparingly to seal groove. 5. Install seal with seal lip against inner bearing race. Start about 76 mm (3 in) from end of seal using blunt instrument to force seal into groove. Push seal in direction of portion already installed to avoid stretching seal.

2— Seal Groove

7. Apply Loctite® 480™ Prism® Instant Adhesive (black/toughened) to both ends of seal. Push ends into seal groove to ensure a proper seal. IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to seal. Avoid pulling seal out of groove, adhesive must cure for at least 24 hours before using swing function. 8. Let adhesive cure for at least 24 hours before using swing function.

6. Before bringing ends of seal together, cut off excess length. Be careful not to cut seal too short. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JS20420,000139F -19-05OCT15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4350-22

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=464

Group 4360

Hydraulic System Center Joint Remove and Install

oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing.

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

Center Joint Weight (approximate)

52 kg 115 lb

Center Joint Manifold-to-Frame Cap Screw Torque

210 N·m 155 lb·ft

Center Joint Stop-to-Manifold Cap Screw Torque

140 N·m 103 lb·ft

2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

Center Joint Lifting Tool (2 used)

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of

3 4 5

7 8

TX1093672 —UN—21JUN11

10 9

TX1093672 Center Joint 3— Stop Bracket 4— Cap Screw (2 used) 5— Center Joint 6— Left Control Valve (5-spool)-to-Center Joint Hose (left travel forward)

7— Left Control Valve (5-spool)-to-Center Joint Hose (left travel reverse) 8— Center Joint-to-Hydraulic Oil Tank Hose

4. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (6—11). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

9— Solenoid Manifold-to-Center Joint Hose 10— Right Control Valve (4-spool)-to-Center Joint Hose (right travel forward)

5. Remove cap screws (4) and stop bracket (3).

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

11— Right Control Valve (4-spool)-to-Center Joint Hose (right travel reverse)

43-4360-1

JG33441,00001AE -19-06OCT15-1/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=465

Hydraulic System

5 16 15

17 18

TX1093673 —UN—21JUN11

TX1093673 Center Joint 5— Center Joint 12— Center Joint-to-Left Travel Device Hose (drain) 13— Center Joint-to-Left Travel Device Hose (left travel reverse) 14— Center Joint-to-Left Travel Device Hose (travel speed change)

15— Center Joint-to-Left Travel 18— Center Joint-to-Right Travel Device Hose (left travel Device Hose (right travel forward) forward) 16— Cap Screw (4 used) 19— Center Joint-to-Right Travel 17— Center Joint-to-Right Travel Device Hose (right travel Device Hose (travel speed reverse) change) 20— Center Joint-to-Right Travel Device Hose (drain)

6. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (12—15 and 17—20). Close all openings using caps and plugs. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 7. Support center joint using appropriate lifting device. For instructions to make tool, see Center Joint (Rotary Manifold) Lifting Tool. (Group 9900.) Specification Center Joint—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 52 kg 115 lb

Specification Center Joint Manifold-to-Frame Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................210 N·m 155 lb·ft

11. Connect hydraulic hoses. See Travel Hydraulic System Line Connections. (Group 9025-15.) 12. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) 13. Install stop bracket and cap screws. Specification Center Joint Stop-to-Manifold Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................140 N·m 103 lb·ft

8. Remove cap screws (16) and lower center joint (5). 9. Repair and replace parts as necessary. See Center Joint Air Test and see Center Joint Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 4360.) 10. Raise center joint into position and install cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4360-2

JG33441,00001AE -19-06OCT15-2/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=466

Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: To prevent possible hydraulic pump damage, pump 1 and 2 start-up procedure must be performed to fill pump housing whenever oil has been drained from the pump or hydraulic oil tank.

14. If hydraulic oil tank was drained, perform pump start-up procedure. See Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.) 15. Operate machine and check for leaks. JG33441,00001AE -19-06OCT15-3/3

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4360-3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=467

Hydraulic System

Center Joint Disassemble and Assemble

7 3 4 5 6 8 6 9

6 6

TX1009610 —UN—14JUL06

TX1009610 Center Joint (exploded view)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4360-4

JG33441,000019D -19-06OCT15-1/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=468

Hydraulic System 1— Plug 2— Spindle 3— Dust Seal 4— O-Ring

5— Bushing 6— Oil Seal (6 used) 7— Body

8— Ring 9— Snap Ring 10— O-Ring 11— Cover

SPECIFICATIONS Center Joint Weight (approximate)

52 kg 115 lb

Spindle Weight (approximate)

22 kg 50 lb

Body Weight (approximate)

29 kg 64 lb

Body and Spindle Sliding Clearance Depth

0.1 mm 0.004 in

Body, Spindle Sliding Surface With Ring Depth

0.5 mm 0.020 in

Cover-to-Ring Wear Depth

0.5 mm 0.020 in

Bushing Wear Thickness

0.2 mm 0.008 in

Cover-to-Body Cap Screw Torque

90 N·m 66 lb·ft

Specification Spindle—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 22 kg 50 lb Body—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 29 kg 64 lb

8. Remove oil seals (6) from body. 9. Remove dust seal (3) and O-ring (4) from body. 10. Inspect body and spindle for wear and damage. Sliding surfaces with seals that are heavily damaged by seizure or foreign matter should be replaced. Sliding surfaces with seals that are scored and less then specification, repair the surface. Specification Body and Spindle Sliding Clearance—Depth........................................................................ 0.1 mm 0.004 in

ESSENTIAL TOOLS ST1033 Plate

11. Inspect the sliding surfaces of body and spindle with ring (8). Surfaces that are worn or have scores but are less than allowable specification, repair. Surfaces scored or worn more than allowable specification, replace.

ST1020 Puller Screw SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS ST2670 Pushing Tool JT01800 Bushing, Bearing, and Seal Driver Set

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 1. Using appropriate lifting device, remove center joint. See Center Joint Remove and Install. (Group 4360.) Specification Center Joint—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 52 kg 115 lb

2. Place center joint on a flat clean work area. 3. Install alignment marks on spindle (2), body (7), and cover (11) to aid in assembly.

Specification Body, Spindle Sliding Surface With Ring—Depth................................................................................. 0.5 mm 0.020 in

12. Inspect cover (11) sliding surface with ring (8). If worn or scored, and damage is less than specification, repair. If worn or scored more than specification, replace. Specification Cover-to-Ring Wear—Depth................................................................................ 0.5 mm 0.020 in

13. Replace bushing (5) if damaged or wear over specification is found within 180° of bushing.

4. Remove cap screws (12).

Specification Bushing Wear—Thickness.............................................................................................. 0.2 mm 0.008 in

5. Remove cover (11), O-ring (10), snap ring (9), and ring (8) from body. 6. Remove the body from the spindle (2) using ST1033 Plate and ST1020 Puller Screw. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage from weld spatter. Cover the seal surface when welding. Remove bushing by welding on bushing inner diameter in four places at 90°. Let bushing cool and shrink, remove from body.

7. Tighten center bolt of puller to remove body from spindle.

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

12— Cap Screw (4 used)

43-4360-5

JG33441,000019D -19-06OCT15-2/3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=469

Hydraulic System

14. Clean body and new bushing. Apply grease to body and new bushing.

Body—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 29 kg 64 lb

15. Install bushing into body using ST2670 Pushing Tool or discs from JT01800 Bushing, Bearing, and Seal Driver Set and a press.

19. Install the body onto spindle by tapping the circumference of body evenly. 20. Install snap ring to spindle.

16. Install dust seal and O-ring (4). Apply grease to lip of dust seal and O-ring in body.

21. Install O-ring (10) to body.

17. Install oil seals to body.

22. Install cover to body.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 18. Place spindle upside down. Install two M12 x 1.75 mm eyebolts into the body. Specification Spindle—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 22 kg 50 lb

23. Install cap screws (12) and tighten to specification. Specification Cover-to-Body Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................90 N·m 66 lb·ft

24. Install center joint. See Center Joint Remove and Install. (Group 4360.)

JG33441,000019D -19-06OCT15-3/3

Center Joint Air Test SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JDG185 Air Test Plug T6557JB —UN—01NOV88

1. Install a plug in one port. 2. Apply air pressure, using JDG185 Air Test Plug and regulated air pressure through the other port in that passage. 3. Listen for air leaks at ports on either side of pressurized port. 4. Repair or replace if air leaks are found. See Center Joint Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 4360.)

Center Joint Air Test DV53278,0000A8B -19-24JUL15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4360-6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=470

Hydraulic System

Swing Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install

burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing.

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

500 L 132.1 gal

Left Swing Motor and Park Brake Weight (approximate)

69 kg 152 lb

Swing Motor and Park Brake Cover-to-Housing Cap Screw Torque

90 N·m 66 lb·ft

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious

4. Remove swing motor panels. See Swing Motor Panels Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)

5 7

6 10

11 13

TX1201657 —UN—21SEP15

3 14

TX1201657 Left and Right Swing Motor and Park Brake 3— Cap Screw (8 used) 4— Right Swing Motor and Park Brake 5— Pilot Signal Manifold Swing Park Brake Release Pilot Valve-to-Right Swing Motor Line 6— Left Control Valve (5-spool)-to-Right Swing Motor Hose (2 used)

7— Left Control Valve (5-spool) Bypass Shutoff Valve-to-Right Swing Motor Hose 8— Right Swing Motor-toHydraulic Oil Tank Hose 9— Pilot Signal Manifold Swing Park Brake Release Pilot Valve-to-Left Swing Motor Line

10— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 13— Left Swing Motor and Park Bypass Shutoff Valve-to-Left Brake Swing Motor Hose 14— Cap Screw (8 used) 11— Left Control Valve (5-spool)-to-Left Swing Motor Hose (2 used) 12— Left Swing Motor-toHydraulic Oil Tank Hose

NOTE: Removal and installation of swing motors and park brakes are similar. Removal of left swing motor and park brake is used in this procedure shown.

5. Install identification tags and disconnect appropriate hydraulic hoses and lines. Close all openings using caps and plugs.

Hydraulic hoses and lines (5—7 and 9) do not need to be disconnected to remove left swing gear case. Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4360-7

JG33441,00001AF -19-07OCT15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=471

Hydraulic System

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 6. Remove cap screws (14) and left swing motor and park brake (13). Specification Left Swing Motor and Park Brake—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 69 kg 152 lb

7. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Swing Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 4360.) 8. Install left swing motor and park brake. Install cap screws (14) and tighten to specification. Specification Swing Motor and Park Brake Cover-to-Housing Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................90 N·m 66 lb·ft

10. Perform swing motor and park brake start-up procedure. See Swing Motor and Park Brake Start-Up Procedure. (Group 4360.) 11. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pump will be damaged if not filled with oil before starting. Procedure must be performed to fill pump housing whenever oil has been drained from the pump or hydraulic oil tank. 12. Perform pump 1 and 2 start-up procedure. Perform Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.) 13. Install swing motor panels. See Swing Motor Panels Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 14. Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Tank Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.) 15. Operate machine and check for leaks.

9. Connect hydraulic hoses and lines. See Swing Motor Line Identification. (Group 9025-15.) JG33441,00001AF -19-07OCT15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4360-8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=472

Hydraulic System

Swing Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS Swing Motor Oil Capacity (approximate)

1.5 L 1.6 qt

Plunger-to-Cylinder Clearance

0.027 mm (new) 0.052 mm (maximum used) 0.0011 in (new) 0.0020 in (maximum used)

Plunger-to-Shoe Clearance

0.000 mm (new) 0.300 mm (maximum used) 0.0000 in (new) 0.0120 in (maximum used)

Shoe Thickness

5.500 mm (new) 5.300 mm (minimum) 0.2170 in (new) 0.2100 in (minimum)

Friction Plate Thickness

2.000 mm (new) 1.800 mm (minimum) 0.0800 in (new) 0.0700 in (minimum)

Valve Casing Cap Screw Torque

440 N·m 325 lb·ft

Poppet Plug Torque

340 N·m 251 lb·ft

Swing Motor Relief Valve Torque

180 N·m 133 lb·ft

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4360-9

JG33441,00001B0 -19-16NOV15-1/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=473

TX1201700 —UN—13NOV15

Hydraulic System

Swing Motor and Park Brake Valve

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4360-10

JG33441,00001B0 -19-16NOV15-2/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=474

Hydraulic System 1— Case 2— Seal 3— Bearing 4— Shaft 5— Shoe Plate 6— Plunger (9 used) 7— Plate 8— Retainer 9— Rotor 10— Plate (4 used) 11— Friction Plate (3 used)

12— O-Ring 13— O-Ring 14— Brake Piston 15— Spring (24 used) 16— Valve Plate 17— Bearing 18— O-Ring 19— Relief Valve (2 used) 20— Spring Pin (2 used)

21— Valve Casing 22— Poppet (2 used) 23— Spring (2 used) 24— O-Ring (2 used) 25— Plug (2 used) 26— Plate 27— Cap Screw (2 used) 28— Plug (2 used)

1. Drain oil from swing motor.

29— O-Ring (2 used) 30— Cap Screw (4 used) 31— Cap Screw 32— Valve

9. Remove plates (10) and friction plates (11).

Specification Swing Motor Oil—Capacity (approximate)................................................................................... 1.5 L 1.6 qt

10. Remove shoe plate (5). 11. Remove shaft (4). 12. Remove bearing (3). 13. Remove seal (2).

2. Remove relief valves (19), plugs (25), O-rings (24), springs (23), and poppets (22).

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage. Filter and orifice are mounted inside of piston. Unless clogged or deformed, do not disassemble. Do so only when absolutely needed. If inner parts need to be replaced, replace them as an assembly.

3. Remove cap screws (30) and valve casing (21). 4. Remove valve plate (16) and springs (15) from rotor (9). 5. Remove brake piston (14).

14. Remove cap screw (31) and valve (32).

6. Remove O-rings (12 and 13) from case.

15. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

7. Remove bearing (17). 8. Remove rotor (9), retainer (7), plate (8), and plungers (6). Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4360-11

JG33441,00001B0 -19-16NOV15-3/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=475

Hydraulic System

16. Measure clearance between outer diameter of plunger and inner bore of cylinder. Specification Plunger-to-Cylinder Clearance—Clearance................................................... 0.027 mm (new) 0.052 mm (maximum used) 0.0011 in (new) 0.0020 in (maximum used) 35— Plunger Diameter

36— Cylinder Bore

TX1205501 —UN—12NOV15

TX1205501 Plunger and Bore Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4360-12

JG33441,00001B0 -19-16NOV15-4/6

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=476

Hydraulic System

17. Measure clearance between plunger and shoe.

T142069 —UN—22JUN01

Specification Plunger-toShoe—Clearance........................................................... 0.000 mm (new) 0.300 mm (maximum used) 0.0000 in (new) 0.0118 in (maximum used)

Plunger and Shoe JG33441,00001B0 -19-16NOV15-5/6

18. Measure thickness of shoe.

T142072 —UN—22JUN01

Specification Shoe—Thickness........................................................... 5.500 mm (new) 5.300 mm (minimum) 0.2200 in (new) 0.2100 in (minimum)

Shoe Thickness JG33441,00001B0 -19-16NOV15-6/6

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4360-13

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=477

Hydraulic System

19. Measure thickness of friction plate. Specification Friction Plate—Thickness................................................................................ 2.000 mm (new) 1.800 mm (minimum) 0.0800 in (new) 0.0700 in (minimum)

20. Install valve (32) and cap screw (31). T142073 —UN—22JUN01

21. Install seal (2). 22. Install bearing (3). IMPORTANT: Prevent possible oil seal damage. Wrap tape around shaft splines during installation. 23. Install shaft (4). 24. Install shoe plate (5).

Friction Plate Thickness

25. Install retainer (7) to plungers (6) with notch on retainer facing plate side. 26. Align notch and install retainer to plate. 27. Install plungers to rotor (9). 28. Install rotor to shaft. 29. Starting with a plate (10), alternately install plates and friction plates (11) to case and rotor aligning four notches on outer side of friction plates and on spline side of plates respectively.

Specification Valve Casing Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................440 N·m 320 lb·ft

36. Install poppets (22), springs (23), O-rings (24), and plugs (25). Tighten plugs to specification. Specification Poppet Plug—Torque..................................................................340 N·m 251 lb·ft

30. Install O-rings (12 and 13) to case.

37. Install relief valves (19). Tighten to specification.

31. Align matching mark and install brake piston (14) into case.

Specification Swing Motor Relief Valve—Torque.............................................................................180 N·m 133 lb·ft

32. Install springs (15) to brake piston (14). 33. Install O-ring (18) to valve casing. Apply petroleum jelly to plate (16). Install plate to valve casing with notch on port facing to rotor (9). 34. Apply petroleum jelly to needle part of bearing (17). 35. Install valve casing to case. Torque cap screws (30) to specification.

38. Add oil to specification. Specification Swing Motor Oil—Capacity (approximate)................................................................................... 1.5 L 1.6 qt. JG33441,00001B0 -19-16NOV15-7/6

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4360-14

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=478

Hydraulic System

Swing Motor and Park Brake Start-Up Procedure SPECIFICATIONS Swing Motor Oil Capacity

1.5 L 1.6 qt

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1201669A —UN—21SEP15

IMPORTANT: Swing motors will be damaged if not filled with oil before operating swing function. Procedure must be performed whenever a new swing motor is installed or oil has been drained from swing motor. 2. Disconnect swing motor drain line (1). NOTE: Air must be allowed to escape from swing motor while filling. 3. Fill motor with hydraulic oil through port until oil reaches level of port.

Swing Motors

Specification Swing Motor Oil—Capacity................................................................................... 1.5 L 1.6 qt

1— Swing Motor Drain Line (2 used)

4. Connect swing motor drain line. JG33441,00001B5 -19-20NOV15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4360-15

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=479

Hydraulic System

Crossover Relief Valve and Make-Up Check Valve Remove and Install 500 L 132.1 gal

Crossover Relief Valve Torque

180 N·m 133 lb·ft

Make-Up Check Valve Torque

350 N·m 258 lb·ft

TX1198577A —UN—27JUL15

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Tank Capacity

Remove and Install Crossover Relief Valve Swing Motor Relief Valves

4. Remove crossover relief valves (1). NOTE: Crossover relief valves are not serviceable. Replace only.

1— Crossover Relief Valve (2 used)

2— Swing Motor Make-Up Check Valve (2 used)

CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high-pressure fluid. High-pressure release of oil from pressurized system can cause serious burns or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from hydraulic system before servicing. 2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Apply vacuum or drain hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification Hydraulic Oil Tank—Capacity............................................................................... 500 L 132.1 gal

4. Remove swing motor make-up check valves (2). 5. Inspect and replace as necessary. 6. Install crossover relief valves. Tighten to specification. Specification Crossover Relief Valve—Torque.............................................................................180 N·m 133 lb·ft

7. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) 8. Perform swing motor crossover relief valve test and adjustment. See Swing Motor Crossover Relief Valve Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.) Remove and Install Make-Up Check Valve 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

5. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. See Make-Up Check Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 4360.) 6. Install make-up check valves. Tighten to specification. Specification Make-Up Check Valve—Torque.............................................................................350 N·m 258 lb·ft

JG33441,00001B1 -19-06OCT15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4360-16

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=480

Hydraulic System

Make-Up Check Valve Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS Make-Up Check Valve Plug Torque

350 N·m 258 lb·ft

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1113765 —UN—15MAY12

2. Remove make-up check valves from swing motor and park brake (5). See Crossover Relief Valve and Make-Up Check Valve Remove and Install. (Group 4360.) 3. Inspect O-rings (2), springs (3), and poppets (4) for wear and damage. 4. Replace parts as necessary. 5. Install O-rings, springs, poppets, and make-up check valve plugs (1). 6. Tighten make-up check valve plugs to specification. See Crossover Relief Valve and Make-Up Check Valve Remove and Install. (Group 4360.) Specification Make-Up Check Valve Plug—Torque...............................................................................350 N·m 258 lb·ft

Make-Up Check Valve 1— Make-Up Check Valve Plug (2 used) 2— O-Ring (2 used) 3— Spring (2 used)

4— Poppet (2 used) 5— Swing Motor and Park Brake

JS20420,00013A0 -19-06OCT15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4360-17

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=481

Hydraulic System

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

43-4360-18

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=482

Contents

Section 99 Dealer Fabricated Tools

Page

Group 9900—Dealer Fabricated Tools DF1063 Lift Bracket................................... 99-9900-1 DFT1130 Adapter ...................................... 99-9900-3 Center Joint (Rotary Manifold) Lifting Tool ............................................. 99-9900-4 DFT1220 Swing Gear Case Nut Spanner Wrench.................................... 99-9900-6

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

99-1

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=1

Contents

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

99-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=2

Group 9900

Dealer Fabricated Tools DF1063 Lift Bracket Tool is the same as used on other machines. Only the lift bracket of the tool is used for this machine with adapter DFT1130. Lift Bracket is used to remove and install travel motor.

• 38.1 x 76.2 x 0.48 mm (1-1/2 x 3 x 3/16 in.) Square Tube • 1.3 mm (1/2 in.) 1020 Steel Plate • 1 x 38.1 mm (3/8 x 1-1/2 in.) Cap Screw and Nut (4 used)

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

99-9900-1

T8318AC —UN—20SEP94

Material required:

DV53278,0000A68 -19-07JUL15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=485

T7247BW —19—25APR90

Dealer Fabricated Tools

DV53278,0000A68 -19-07JUL15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

99-9900-2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=486

Dealer Fabricated Tools

T8319BN —UN—20SEP94

DFT1130 Adapter

A—Adapter Plate

B—Tube C—Stop Plate

Adapter is used with DF1063 Lift Bracket to remove and install travel motor. Material required:

• 38.1 mm x 38.1 mm x .48 mm (1-1/2 in. x 1-1/2 in. x 3/16 in.) Square Tube (B)

• .6 mm (1/4 in.) 1020 Steel Plate (C)

• 1.3 mm (1/2 in.) 1020 Steel Plate (A) DV53278,0000A69 -19-07JUL15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

99-9900-3

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=487

Dealer Fabricated Tools

Center Joint (Rotary Manifold) Lifting Tool Tool is used to remove and install center joint. Drill and tap the center of 38H1419 Cap Assembly for M16 x 2 threads (A). Material required: • 38H1419 Cap Assembly (—16) • JT05551 Metric Lifting Eyebolt (M16 x 2)

T6641DO —UN—24OCT88

A—Drilled and Tapped hole Location

DV53278,0000A6A -19-07JUL15-1/1

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

99-9900-4

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=488

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

99-9900-5

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=489

Dealer Fabricated Tools

T143704 —UN—03MAR10

DFT1220 Swing Gear Case Nut Spanner Wrench

1— Weld (4 Places)

Material required:

• 159.4 x 82.5 mm (6.275 x 3.25 in.) Steel Tubing Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

99-9900-6

DV53278,0000A6C -19-24AUG15-1/2

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=490

Dealer Fabricated Tools

• 159.4 x 38.1 x 6.35 mm (6.65 x 1.5 x .25 in.) DV53278,0000A6C -19-24AUG15-2/2

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

99-9900-7

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=491

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

99-9900-8

870GLC Excavator 061020 PN=492

Index Page Page

A Adjuster cylinder Track, disassemble and assemble............... 01-0130-38 Air conditioner Compressor, remove and install .................... 18-1830-7 Condenser, remove and install ...................... 18-1830-8 Receiver/dryer, remove and install............... 18-1830-12 Air conditioner and heater Remove and install ........................................ 18-1830-9 Air conditioner compressor Remove and install ........................................ 18-1830-7 Air conditioner system Flush and purge ............................................. 18-1830-4 Air conditioning Charge ........................................................... 18-1830-6 R134a refrigerant oil information.................... 18-1830-2 Refrigerant cautions and proper handling........................................................ 18-1830-1 Air seat Disassemble and assemble ........................... 18-1821-5 Air suspension Seat disassemble and assemble ................... 18-1821-5 Arm Remove and install ........................................ 33-3340-3 Arm cylinder Bleed procedure......................................... 33-3360-177 Inspect pins and bushings ........................... 33-3340-14 Arm Cylinder Disassemble and assemble ....................... 33-3360-155 Arm flow rate (SF) Solenoid, disassemble and assemble.......... 33-3360-44 Solenoid, remove and install........................ 33-3360-44 Arm pins and bushings Inspect ......................................................... 33-3340-14 Attachments Adding safely ............................................... 00-0001-14 Operating safely........................................... 00-0001-14 Avoid static electricity risk when fueling ............ 00-0001-5

B Backover Accidents ......................................... 00-0001-11 Bearing Swing, disassemble and assemble.............. 43-4350-18 Swing, remove and install ............................ 43-4350-15 Bleed procedure Hydraulic cylinder....................................... 33-3360-177 Boom Remove and install ........................................ 33-3340-8 Boom cylinder Bleed procedure......................................... 33-3360-177 Disassemble and assemble ....................... 33-3360-147 Inspect pins and bushings ........................... 33-3340-14 Boom mode (SC) Solenoid, disassemble and assemble.......... 33-3360-46 Solenoid, remove and install........................ 33-3360-46

Boom pins and bushings Inspect ......................................................... 33-3340-14 Boom up shockless valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-58 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-57 Boom, arm, and bucket bushings and bosses Inspect ......................................................... 33-3340-14 Boom, arm, and bucket pins Inspect ......................................................... 33-3340-14 Brake valve, park Disassemble and assemble ........................... 02-0260-5 Broken track chain Repair .......................................................... 01-0130-20 Broken track pin Repair .......................................................... 01-0130-20 Bucket Pin-up data..................................................... 33-3302-2 Remove and install ........................................ 33-3302-1 Bucket cylinder Bleed procedure......................................... 33-3360-177 Inspect pins and bushings ........................... 33-3340-14 Bucket Cylinder Disassemble and assemble ....................... 33-3360-163 Bucket pins Inspect ......................................................... 33-3340-14 Bushings Remove and install ...................................... 33-3340-18 Bypass shutoff valve (SF) Solenoid, disassemble and assemble.......... 33-3360-44 Solenoid, remove and install........................ 33-3360-44 Bypass valve Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-47

C Cab Remove and install ........................................ 18-1800-1 Carrier roller Track, disassemble and assemble................. 01-0130-9 Center joint Air test............................................................ 43-4360-6 Disassemble and assemble ........................... 43-4360-4 Remove and install ........................................ 43-4360-1 Chain Track, disassemble and assemble............... 01-0130-18 Track, repair................................................. 01-0130-20 Charge air cooler Remove and install ........................................ 05-0510-3 Check valve, counterweight Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-76 Check valve, pilot accumulator Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-64 Circuit Hydraulic pressure release procedure ..................................................... 33-3360-2 Condenser, air conditioner Remove and install ........................................ 18-1830-8 Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

Index-1

870GLC Excavator

061020

PN=1

Index

Page

Control pattern................................................... 00-0001-2 Control valve Engine radiator fan drive reversing disassemble and assemble........................ 05-0510-11 Hydraulic oil cooler fan drive reversing disassemble and assemble........................ 33-3360-41 Left, disassemble and assemble.................. 33-3360-84 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-78 Control valve halves Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-83 Control valve, right (4-spool) Disassemble and assemble ....................... 33-3360-105 Cooler Hydraulic oil, remove and install ................ 33-3360-137 Cooling package Remove and install ........................................ 05-0510-5 Cooling package door Remove and install ........................................ 19-1921-1 Cooling system Charge air cooler remove and install ............. 05-0510-3 Radiator remove and install ........................... 05-0510-1 Counterbalance valve Remove and install ........................................ 02-0260-6 Counterweight Check valve, remove and install .................. 33-3360-76 Cylinder, disassemble and assemble......... 33-3360-172 Cylinder, remove and install....................... 33-3360-167 Pilot control valve, disassemble and assemble.................................................... 33-3360-73 Pilot control valve, remove and install.......... 33-3360-71 Remove and install ........................................ 17-1749-1 Shutoff valve, remove and install ................. 33-3360-75 Slow return valve, remove and install .......... 33-3360-74 Counterweight removal device Remove and install .................................... 33-3360-175 Crossover relief valve Remove and install ....................02-0260-6, 43-4360-16 Cylinder Bleed procedure......................................... 33-3360-177 Cylinder specifications Specifications cylinder ................................. 33-3340-17 Cylinder, boom Disassemble and assemble ....................... 33-3360-147 Cylinder, counterweight Disassemble and assemble ....................... 33-3360-172 Remove and install .................................... 33-3360-167

Diesel exhaust fluid dosing unit Remove and install ...................................... 05-0530-13 Diesel exhaust fluid header Remove and install ...................................... 05-0530-10 Diesel exhaust fluid heating valve Remove and install ...................................... 05-0530-15 Diesel exhaust fluid tank Remove and install ........................................ 05-0530-8 Diesel exhaust fluid tank header suction screen Remove and install ...................................... 05-0530-12 Disassemble and assemble Boom up shockless valve ............................ 33-3360-58 Engine radiator fan motor ............................ 05-0510-18 Exhaust aftertreatment assembly .................. 05-0530-4 Hydraulic oil cooler fan motor ...................... 33-3360-40 Pilot pump .................................................... 33-3360-20 Pilot shutoff solenoid valve .......................... 33-3360-24 Pilot valve..................................................... 33-3360-50 Door Cooling package remove and install .............. 19-1921-1

D Dealer fabricated tools Center joint (rotary manifold) lifting tool ............................................................... 99-9900-4 DF1063 lift bracket......................................... 99-9900-1 DFT1130 adapter ........................................... 99-9900-3 DFT1220 swing gear case nut spanner wrench.......................................................... 99-9900-6 Diesel exhaust fluid dosing injector Remove and install ...................................... 05-0530-16

E Engine Remove and install ........................................ 04-0400-1 Engine radiator fan Remove and install ........................................ 05-0510-9 Engine radiator fan drive reversing control valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 05-0510-11 Engine radiator fan motor Disassemble and assemble ......................... 05-0510-18 Remove and install ...................................... 05-0510-13 Engine side cover Remove and install ........................................ 19-1910-2 Exhaust aftertreatment assembly Disassemble and assemble ........................... 05-0530-4 Remove and install ........................................ 05-0530-2 Exhaust tube Remove and install ........................................ 05-0530-1

F Fan Remove and install ........................................ 05-0510-8 Fan drive pump Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-28 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-26 Fan drive pump regulator Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-32 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-31 Fan drive reversing control valve Remove and install ........................................ 05-0510-9 Fan drive system relief valve Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-41

Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

Index-2

870GLC Excavator

061020

PN=2

Index

Page

Fan drive valve Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-40 Fan guard Remove and install ........................................ 05-0510-8 Fan motor Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-34 Fan shroud Remove and install ........................................ 05-0510-8 Filter Pilot pressure and regulating valve disassemble and assemble........................ 33-3360-22 Pilot pressure and regulating valve remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-21 Pump case drain .......................................... 33-3360-47 Fire prevention................................................... 00-0001-6 Front idler Disassemble and assemble ......................... 01-0130-29 Pressure test................................................ 01-0130-33 Remove and install ...................................... 01-0130-28 Fuel cooler Remove and install ........................................ 05-0510-4 Fuel tank Remove and install ........................................ 05-0560-1

Hydraulic cylinder bleed procedure ............... 33-3360-177 Hydraulic fitting Flared connections......................................... 00-0003-7 Non-restricted banjo (adjustable)................. 00-0003-19 O-ring boss with shoulder ............................ 00-0003-20 Hydraulic oil Oil cooler bypass valve .............................. 33-3360-136 Restriction valve......................................... 33-3360-134 Hydraulic oil cooler Remove and install ..................05-0510-3, 33-3360-137 Hydraulic oil cooler bypass valve Remove and install .................................... 33-3360-136 Hydraulic oil cooler fan drive reversing control valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-41 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-40 Hydraulic oil cooler fan motor Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-40 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-34 Hydraulic oil restriction valve Remove and install .................................... 33-3360-134 Hydraulic oil tank Apply vacuum ................................................ 33-3360-1 Hydraulic Oil Tank Disassemble and assemble ....................... 33-3360-132 Remove and install .................................... 33-3360-126 hydraulic valve - bypass Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-47 Hydraulic valve - pilot accumulator check Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-64

G Gear case Swing, disassemble and assemble................ 43-4350-4 Gear case disassemble and assemble Travel gear case ............................................ 02-0250-4 Gearbox Swing, remove and install .............................. 43-4350-1 Gearcase Swing, start-up procedure............................ 43-4350-11 Grouser Remove and install ...................................... 01-0130-12

H Hazards Avoiding ....................................................... 00-0001-10 Heater and air conditioner Remove and install ........................................ 18-1830-9 Hood Remove and install ........................................ 19-1910-1 HVAC Charge ........................................................... 18-1830-6 Hydraulic Fittings, 30° cone seat ................................... 00-0003-5 Fittings, 37° flare ............................................ 00-0003-5 Pilot pump .................................................... 33-3360-18 Pump 1 and pump 2 disassemble and assemble.................................................... 33-3360-10 Hydraulic circuit Pressure release procedure........................... 33-3360-2 Hydraulic Cylinder Bucket Cylinder....................33-3360-155, 33-3360-163

I Identification Manual ....................................................................... --3 Idler Front, disassemble and assemble ............... 01-0130-29 Front, pressure test...................................... 01-0130-33 Inch bolt and cap screw Torque value .................................................. 00-0003-4 Inch series four bolt flange fitting Service recommendation, torque value for high pressure ............................................. 00-0003-18 Inspection Pump 1 and 2............................................... 33-3360-13

J Joint Center, air test................................................ 43-4360-6 Center, disassemble and assemble ............... 43-4360-4 Center, remove and install ............................. 43-4360-1

L Leakage test Track roller ..................................................... 01-0130-5 Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

Index-3

870GLC Excavator

061020

PN=3

Index

Page

Left (5-spool) control valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-84 Lifting objects Special care ................................................. 00-0001-14 Lower seal Swing bearing, install ................................... 43-4350-22

M Machine Welding .......................................................... 17-1740-1 Machine modifications Avoid .............................................................. 00-0001-2 Machine movement Unintended................................................... 00-0001-10 Machine tip over Avoiding ....................................................... 00-0001-12 Machine,inspect................................................. 00-0001-3 Main pump Inspection..................................................... 33-3360-13 Make-up check valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 43-4360-17 Remove and install ....................02-0260-6, 43-4360-16 Manual Identification............................................................... --3 Metal face seals Repair .......................................................... 01-0130-11 Metric bolt and cap screw Torque value .................................................. 00-0003-1 Motor Swing, park brake disassemble and assemble...................................................... 43-4360-9 Swing, park brake remove and install ............ 43-4360-7 Swing, park brake start-up procedure.......... 43-4360-15

O O-ring boss fitting in aluminum housingexcavators Torque value, service recommendation ............................................................... 00-0003-9 O-ring boss fittings............................................. 00-0003-6 O-ring face seal fitting Inch hex nut and stud end for high pressure torque values............................... 00-0003-10 Metric hex nut and stud end for high pressure torque values............................... 00-0003-14 Metric hex nut and stud end for standard pressure torque values............................... 00-0003-12 O-ring seal, metric 24 Service recommendation ............................. 00-0003-22 Oil cooler Hydraulic, remove and install..................... 33-3360-137 Oil information R134a refrigerant ........................................... 18-1830-2 Operation qualification....................................... 00-0001-1

P Park brake Disassemble and assemble ........................... 02-0260-2 Remove and install ........................................ 02-0260-1 Swing motor, disassemble and assemble...................................................... 43-4360-9 Swing motor, remove and install .................... 43-4360-7 Swing motor, start-up procedure.................. 43-4360-15 Park brake valve Disassemble and assemble ........................... 02-0260-5 Parts, moving Stay clear ....................................................... 00-0001-3 Pilot accumulator Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-63 Pilot accumulator check valve Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-64 Pilot control valve, counterweight Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-73 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-71 Pilot filter and pressure regulating valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-22 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-21 Pilot pump Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-20 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-18 Pilot shutoff lever ............................................. 00-0001-10 Pilot shutoff solenoid valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-24 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-22 Pilot signal manifold Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-68 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-65 Pilot valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-50 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-48 Pilot valve, travel Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-61 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-59 Pin-up data Bucket ............................................................ 33-3302-2 Pins, metal Drive safely .................................................. 00-0001-16 Power dig (SI) Solenoid, disassemble and assemble.......... 33-3360-44 Solenoid, remove and install........................ 33-3360-44 Pressure regulating valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-22 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-21 Pressure test Track roller ..................................................... 01-0130-5 Proportional solenoid Disassemble and assemble ...33-3360-44, 33-3360-46 Remove and install ..................33-3360-44, 33-3360-46 Pump Fan drive remove and install........................ 33-3360-26 Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

Index-4

870GLC Excavator

061020

PN=4

Index

Page

Pump 1 Remove and install ........................................ 33-3360-3 Pump 1 and 2 Inspection..................................................... 33-3360-13 Start-up procedure ....................................... 33-3360-14 Pump 1 and 2 regulator Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-16 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-15 Pump 1 and pump 2 disassemble and assemble.......................... 33-3360-10 Pump 2 Remove and install ........................................ 33-3360-3 Pump case filter Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-47 Pump drive gear case Disassmble and assemble ............................. 08-0851-1 Remove and install ........................................ 08-0800-1 Pump drive gearbox Disassemble and assemble ........................... 08-0851-1 Remove and install ........................................ 08-0800-1 Pump, hydraulic Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-10

Control valve ................................................ 33-3360-78 Diesel exhaust fluid dosing injector.............. 05-0530-16 Diesel exhaust fluid dosing unit ................... 05-0530-13 Diesel exhaust fluid header.......................... 05-0530-10 Diesel exhaust fluid heating valve................ 05-0530-15 Diesel exhaust fluid tank ................................ 05-0530-8 Diesel exhaust fluid tank header suction screen ........................................................ 05-0530-12 Engine............................................................ 04-0400-1 Engine side cover .......................................... 19-1910-2 Exhaust aftertreatment assembly .................. 05-0530-2 Exhaust tube .................................................. 05-0530-1 Fuel cooler ..................................................... 05-0510-4 Hood .............................................................. 19-1910-1 Hydraulic oil cooler......................................... 05-0510-3 Pilot pump .................................................... 33-3360-18 Pilot valve..................................................... 33-3360-48 Solenoid valve manifold (2-spool)................ 33-3360-45 Solenoid valve manifold (4-spool)................ 33-3360-43 Swing motor panels ....................................... 19-1910-3 Travel gear case ............................................ 02-0250-1 Reversing control valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 05-0510-11 Riding machine................................................ 00-0001-11 Right (4-spool) control valve Disassemble and assemble ....................... 33-3360-105 Roller, track Pressure test.................................................. 01-0130-5 ROPS Inspect ......................................................... 00-0001-12 Maintain ....................................................... 00-0001-12

R R134a refrigerant Recover.......................................................... 18-1830-3 R134a system Charge ........................................................... 18-1830-6 Evacuate ........................................................ 18-1830-5 Radiator Remove and install ........................................ 05-0510-1 Receiver/dryer Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-12 Recognize Safety, information ......................................... 00-0001-1 Recoil spring Track adjuster, disassemble and assemble.................................................... 01-0130-36 Recovery/charging station Installation procedure..................................... 18-1830-3 Refrigerant cautions and proper handling Air conditioning .............................................. 18-1830-1 Refrigerant oil information R134a ............................................................ 18-1830-2 Refueling, avoid static electricity risk................. 00-0001-5 Relief valve Fan drive system remove and install ........... 33-3360-41 Removal device, counterweight Remove and install .................................... 33-3360-175 Remove and install Arm cylinder ............................................... 33-3360-151 Boom Cylinder ........................................... 33-3360-142 Boom up shockless valve ............................ 33-3360-57 Bucket ............................................................ 33-3302-1 Bucket Cylinder.......................................... 33-3360-159 Bucket links.................................................... 33-3340-1 Cab ................................................................ 18-1800-1

S Safety Add cab guarding for special uses............................................00-0001-1, 00-0001-2 Clean debris from machine ............................ 00-0001-9 Fire................................................................. 00-0001-6 Operator's seat .............................................. 00-0001-9 Protective equipment ..................................... 00-0001-2 Safety hazards Travel ........................................................... 00-0001-13 Safety, high-pressure fluids Avoid high-pressure fluids.............................. 00-0001-3 Safety, information Recognize ...................................................... 00-0001-1 SCR Disassemble and assemble ........................... 05-0530-4 Seals Metal face, repair ......................................... 01-0130-11 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3340-18 Seat Air suspension remove and install ................. 18-1821-1 Disassemble and assemble ........................... 18-1821-5 Mechanical suspension remove and install ............................................................ 18-1821-1 Remove and install ........................................ 18-1821-1 Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

Index-5

870GLC Excavator

061020

PN=5

Index

Page

Seat Belt Remove and Install ........................................ 18-1821-2 Service recommendation Inch series four bolt flange fitting for high pressure ..................................................... 00-0003-18 O-ring boss fitting in aluminum housingexcavators ....................................... 00-0003-9 O-ring face seal fittings with inch hex nut and stud end for high pressure .................. 00-0003-10 O-ring face seal fittings with metric hex nut and stud end for high pressure ............ 00-0003-14 O-ring face seal fittings with metric hex nut and stud end for standard pressure ........... 00-0003-12 O-ring seal, metric 24................................... 00-0003-22 Shutoff solenoid valve, pilot Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-22 Shutoff valve, counterweight Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-75 Sliding window Remove and install ......................18-1810-1, 18-1810-7 Slow return valve, counterweight Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-74 Solenoid valve Disassemble and assemble ...33-3360-44, 33-3360-46 Remove and install ..................33-3360-44, 33-3360-46 Solenoid valve manifold (2-spool) Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-45 Solenoid valve manifold (4-spool) Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-43 Sprocket Remove and install ...................................... 01-0130-26 Start-up procedure Pump 1 and 2............................................... 33-3360-14 Steps Use correctly Handholds .................................................. 00-0001-9 Swing bearing Disassemble and assemble ......................... 43-4350-18 Lower seal install ......................................... 43-4350-22 Remove and install ...................................... 43-4350-15 Upper seal install ......................................... 43-4350-21 Swing flow rate (SI) Solenoid, disassemble and assemble.......... 33-3360-46 Solenoid, remove and install........................ 33-3360-46 Swing gear case Disassemble and assemble ........................... 43-4350-4 Swing gearbox Remove and install ........................................ 43-4350-1 Swing gearcase Start-up procedure ....................................... 43-4350-11 Swing motor and park brake Disassemble and assemble ........................... 43-4360-9 Remove and install ........................................ 43-4360-7 Start-up procedure ....................................... 43-4360-15 Swing motor panels Remove and install ........................................ 19-1910-3

T Tank , hydraulic oil Remove and install .................................... 33-3360-126 Tank, hydraulic oil Apply vacuum ................................................ 33-3360-1 Tank, Hydraulic Oil Disassemble and assemble ....................... 33-3360-132 Tip over Avoiding ....................................................... 00-0001-12 Torque value 30° cone seat hydraulic fittings ...................... 00-0003-5 37° flare hydraulic fittings............................... 00-0003-5 Flared connections......................................... 00-0003-7 Flat face O-ring seal fitting ............................. 00-0003-8 Inch SAE four bolt flange fitting.................... 00-0003-17 Inch series four bolt flange fitting for high pressure ..................................................... 00-0003-18 Metric bolt and cap screw .............................. 00-0003-1 Metric cap screw ............................................ 00-0003-3 Metric four bolt flange fitting......................... 00-0003-16 Non-restricted banjo fittings ......................... 00-0003-19 O-Ring boss fitting ......................................... 00-0003-6 O-ring boss fitting in aluminum housingexcavators ....................................... 00-0003-9 O-ring boss fittings with shoulder................. 00-0003-20 O-ring face seal fittings with inch hex nut and stud end for high pressure .................. 00-0003-10 O-ring face seal fittings with metric hex nut and stud end for high pressure ............ 00-0003-14 O-ring face seal fittings with metric hex nut and stud end for standard pressure ........... 00-0003-12 O-ring seal, metric 24................................... 00-0003-22 Unified inch bolt and cap screw ..................... 00-0003-4 Track Adjuster and recoil spring disassemble and assemble............................................. 01-0130-36 Adjuster cylinder disassemble and assemble.................................................... 01-0130-38 Carrier roller disassemble and assemble...................................................... 01-0130-9 Chain disassemble and assemble ............... 01-0130-18 Chain repair ................................................. 01-0130-20 Track adjuster Recoil spring, remove and install ................. 01-0130-35 Track bushing Repair .......................................................... 01-0130-20 Track carrier roller Remove and install ........................................ 01-0130-7 Track chain Remove and install ...................................... 01-0130-13 Track link Repair .......................................................... 01-0130-20 Track Pin Repair .......................................................... 01-0130-20 Track roller Disassemble and assemble ........................... 01-0130-3 Continued on next page

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

Index-6

870GLC Excavator

061020

PN=6

Index

Page

Pressure test.................................................. 01-0130-5 Remove and install ........................................ 01-0130-1 Track shoe Remove and install ...................................... 01-0130-12 Tracks, front idler Remove and install ...................................... 01-0130-28 Travel gear case Gear case disassemble and assemble...................................................... 02-0250-4 Remove and install ........................................ 02-0250-1 Travel motor Disassemble and assemble ........................... 02-0260-2 Remove and install ........................................ 02-0260-1 Start-up procedure ......................................... 02-0260-7 Travel motor and park brake Disassemble and assemble ........................... 02-0260-2 Remove and install ........................................ 02-0260-1 Start-up procedure ......................................... 02-0260-7 Travel pilot valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-61 Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-59 Travel speed (SC) Solenoid, disassemble and assemble.......... 33-3360-44 Solenoid, remove and install........................ 33-3360-44 Travel speed selector valve Remove and install ........................................ 02-0260-7

Make-up check, disassemble....................... 43-4360-17 Make-up check, remove and install ............. 43-4360-16 Pilot filter and pressure regulating valve disassemble and assemble........................ 33-3360-22 Pilot filter and pressure regulating valve remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-21 Valve halves, control Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-83 Valve, pilot shutoff solenoid Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-22 Valve, pilot travel Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33-3360-61 Valve, travel pilot Remove and install ...................................... 33-3360-59

U Upper seal Swing bearing, install ................................... 43-4350-21 Upperstructure Remove and install ...................................... 43-4350-12

W Welding on machine .......................................... 17-1740-1 Welding repairs................................................ 00-0001-15 Window Remove and install ........................................ 18-1810-7 Window glass Dimensions .................................................... 18-1810-8 Windowpane Dimensions .................................................... 18-1810-8 Windowpanes Remove and install ........................................ 18-1810-7 Windshield Disassemble and assemble ........................... 18-1810-2 Work site hazards Avoid ............................................................ 00-0001-10

V Valve Crossover relief, remove and install............. 43-4360-16

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

Index-7

870GLC Excavator

061020

PN=7

Index

TM13343X19 (10JUN20)

Index-8

870GLC Excavator

061020

PN=8